Ubuntu Manpage: cmake-modules - CMake Modules Reference

name
all modules
copyright

Provided by: cmake-data_3.10.2-1ubuntu2.18.04.2_all

NAME

       cmake-modules - CMake Modules Reference

ALL MODULES

AddFileDependencies
ADD_FILE_DEPENDENCIES(source_file depend_files…)

Adds the given files as dependencies to source_file

AndroidTestUtilities
Create a test that automatically loads specified data onto an Android device.

Introduction
Use this module to push data needed for testing an Android device behavior onto a connected Android
device. The module will accept files and libraries as well as separate destinations for each. It will
create a test that loads the files into a device object store and link to them from the specified
destination. The files are only uploaded if they are not already in the object store.

For example:

include(AndroidTestUtilities)
android_add_test_data(
example_setup_test
FILES <files>...
LIBS <libs>...
DEVICE_TEST_DIR "/data/local/tests/example"
DEVICE_OBJECT_STORE "/sdcard/.ExternalData/SHA"
)

At build time a test named “example_setup_test” will be created. Run this test on the command line with
ctest(1) to load the data onto the Android device.

Module Functions
android_add_test_data

android_add_test_data(<test-name>
[FILES <files>...] [FILES_DEST <device-dir>]
[LIBS <libs>...] [LIBS_DEST <device-dir>]
[DEVICE_OBJECT_STORE <device-dir>]
[DEVICE_TEST_DIR <device-dir>]
[NO_LINK_REGEX <strings>...]
)

The android_add_test_data function is used to copy files and libraries needed to run
project-specific tests. On the host operating system, this is done at build time. For on-device
testing, the files are loaded onto the device by the manufactured test at run time.

This function accepts the following named parameters:

FILES <files>...
zero or more files needed for testing

LIBS <libs>...
zero or more libraries needed for testing

FILES_DEST <device-dir>
absolute path where the data files are expected to be

LIBS_DEST <device-dir>
absolute path where the libraries are expected to be

DEVICE_OBJECT_STORE <device-dir>
absolute path to the location where the data is stored on-device

DEVICE_TEST_DIR <device-dir>
absolute path to the root directory of the on-device test location

NO_LINK_REGEX <strings>...
list of regex strings matching the names of files that should be copied from the object
store to the testing directory

BundleUtilities
Functions to help assemble a standalone bundle application.

A collection of CMake utility functions useful for dealing with .app bundles on the Mac and bundle-like
directories on any OS.

The following functions are provided by this module:

fixup_bundle
copy_and_fixup_bundle
verify_app
get_bundle_main_executable
get_dotapp_dir
get_bundle_and_executable
get_bundle_all_executables
get_item_key
get_item_rpaths
clear_bundle_keys
set_bundle_key_values
get_bundle_keys
copy_resolved_item_into_bundle
copy_resolved_framework_into_bundle
fixup_bundle_item
verify_bundle_prerequisites
verify_bundle_symlinks

Requires CMake 2.6 or greater because it uses function, break and PARENT_SCOPE. Also depends on
GetPrerequisites.cmake.

FIXUP_BUNDLE(<app> <libs> <dirs>)

Fix up a bundle in-place and make it standalone, such that it can be drag-n-drop copied to another
machine and run on that machine as long as all of the system libraries are compatible.

If you pass plugins to fixup_bundle as the libs parameter, you should install them or copy them into the
bundle before calling fixup_bundle. The “libs” parameter is a list of libraries that must be fixed up,
but that cannot be determined by otool output analysis. (i.e., plugins)

Gather all the keys for all the executables and libraries in a bundle, and then, for each key, copy each
prerequisite into the bundle. Then fix each one up according to its own list of prerequisites.

Then clear all the keys and call verify_app on the final bundle to ensure that it is truly standalone.

As an optional parameter (IGNORE_ITEM) a list of file names can be passed, which are then ignored (e.g.
IGNORE_ITEM “vcredist_x86.exe;vcredist_x64.exe”)

COPY_AND_FIXUP_BUNDLE(<src> <dst> <libs> <dirs>)

Makes a copy of the bundle <src> at location <dst> and then fixes up the new copied bundle in-place at
<dst>…

VERIFY_APP(<app>)

Verifies that an application <app> appears valid based on running analysis tools on it. Calls
“message(FATAL_ERROR” if the application is not verified.

As an optional parameter (IGNORE_ITEM) a list of file names can be passed, which are then ignored (e.g.
IGNORE_ITEM “vcredist_x86.exe;vcredist_x64.exe”)

GET_BUNDLE_MAIN_EXECUTABLE(<bundle> <result_var>)

The result will be the full path name of the bundle’s main executable file or an “error:” prefixed string
if it could not be determined.

GET_DOTAPP_DIR(<exe> <dotapp_dir_var>)

Returns the nearest parent dir whose name ends with “.app” given the full path to an executable. If
there is no such parent dir, then simply return the dir containing the executable.

The returned directory may or may not exist.

GET_BUNDLE_AND_EXECUTABLE(<app> <bundle_var> <executable_var> <valid_var>)

Takes either a “.app” directory name or the name of an executable nested inside a “.app” directory and
returns the path to the “.app” directory in <bundle_var> and the path to its main executable in
<executable_var>

GET_BUNDLE_ALL_EXECUTABLES(<bundle> <exes_var>)

Scans the given bundle recursively for all executable files and accumulates them into a variable.

GET_ITEM_KEY(<item> <key_var>)

Given a file (item) name, generate a key that should be unique considering the set of libraries that need
copying or fixing up to make a bundle standalone. This is essentially the file name including extension
with “.” replaced by “_”

This key is used as a prefix for CMake variables so that we can associate a set of variables with a given
item based on its key.

CLEAR_BUNDLE_KEYS(<keys_var>)

Loop over the list of keys, clearing all the variables associated with each key. After the loop, clear
the list of keys itself.

Caller of get_bundle_keys should call clear_bundle_keys when done with list of keys.

SET_BUNDLE_KEY_VALUES(<keys_var> <context> <item> <exepath> <dirs>
<copyflag> [<rpaths>])

Add a key to the list (if necessary) for the given item. If added, also set all the variables associated
with that key.

GET_BUNDLE_KEYS(<app> <libs> <dirs> <keys_var>)

Loop over all the executable and library files within the bundle (and given as extra <libs>) and
accumulate a list of keys representing them. Set values associated with each key such that we can loop
over all of them and copy prerequisite libs into the bundle and then do appropriate install_name_tool
fixups.

As an optional parameter (IGNORE_ITEM) a list of file names can be passed, which are then ignored (e.g.
IGNORE_ITEM “vcredist_x86.exe;vcredist_x64.exe”)

COPY_RESOLVED_ITEM_INTO_BUNDLE(<resolved_item> <resolved_embedded_item>)

Copy a resolved item into the bundle if necessary. Copy is not necessary if the resolved_item is “the
same as” the resolved_embedded_item.

COPY_RESOLVED_FRAMEWORK_INTO_BUNDLE(<resolved_item> <resolved_embedded_item>)

Copy a resolved framework into the bundle if necessary. Copy is not necessary if the resolved_item is
“the same as” the resolved_embedded_item.

By default, BU_COPY_FULL_FRAMEWORK_CONTENTS is not set. If you want full frameworks embedded in your
bundles, set BU_COPY_FULL_FRAMEWORK_CONTENTS to ON before calling fixup_bundle. By default,
COPY_RESOLVED_FRAMEWORK_INTO_BUNDLE copies the framework dylib itself plus the framework Resources
directory.

FIXUP_BUNDLE_ITEM(<resolved_embedded_item> <exepath> <dirs>)

Get the direct/non-system prerequisites of the resolved embedded item. For each prerequisite, change the
way it is referenced to the value of the _EMBEDDED_ITEM keyed variable for that prerequisite. (Most
likely changing to an “@executable_path” style reference.)

This function requires that the resolved_embedded_item be “inside” the bundle already. In other words,
if you pass plugins to fixup_bundle as the libs parameter, you should install them or copy them into the
bundle before calling fixup_bundle. The “libs” parameter is a list of libraries that must be fixed up,
but that cannot be determined by otool output analysis. (i.e., plugins)

Also, change the id of the item being fixed up to its own _EMBEDDED_ITEM value.

Accumulate changes in a local variable and make one call to install_name_tool at the end of the function
with all the changes at once.

If the BU_CHMOD_BUNDLE_ITEMS variable is set then bundle items will be marked writable before
install_name_tool tries to change them.

VERIFY_BUNDLE_PREREQUISITES(<bundle> <result_var> <info_var>)

Verifies that the sum of all prerequisites of all files inside the bundle are contained within the bundle
or are “system” libraries, presumed to exist everywhere.

As an optional parameter (IGNORE_ITEM) a list of file names can be passed, which are then ignored (e.g.
IGNORE_ITEM “vcredist_x86.exe;vcredist_x64.exe”)

VERIFY_BUNDLE_SYMLINKS(<bundle> <result_var> <info_var>)

Verifies that any symlinks found in the bundle point to other files that are already also in the bundle…
Anything that points to an external file causes this function to fail the verification.

CheckCCompilerFlag
Check whether the C compiler supports a given flag.

check_c_compiler_flag

check_c_compiler_flag(<flag> <var>)

Check that the <flag> is accepted by the compiler without a diagnostic. Stores the result in an
internal cache entry named <var>.

This command temporarily sets the CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS variable and calls the
check_c_source_compiles macro from the CheckCSourceCompiles module. See documentation of that module for
a listing of variables that can otherwise modify the build.

A positive result from this check indicates only that the compiler did not issue a diagnostic message
when given the flag. Whether the flag has any effect or even a specific one is beyond the scope of this
module.

NOTE:
Since the try_compile() command forwards flags from variables like CMAKE_C_FLAGS, unknown flags in
such variables may cause a false negative for this check.

CheckCSourceCompiles
Check if given C source compiles and links into an executable.

check_c_source_compiles

check_c_source_compiles(code resultVar [FAIL_REGEX regex1 [regex2...]])

Check that the source supplied in code can be compiled as a C source file and linked as an
executable (so it must contain at least a main() function). The result will be stored in the
internal cache variable specified by resultVar, with a boolean true value for success and boolean
false for failure. If FAIL_REGEX is provided, then failure is determined by checking if anything
in the output matches any of the specified regular expressions.

The underlying check is performed by the try_compile() command. The compile and link commands can
be influenced by setting any of the following variables prior to calling
check_c_source_compiles():

CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS
Additional flags to pass to the compiler. Note that the contents of CMAKE_C_FLAGS and its
associated configuration-specific variable are automatically added to the compiler command
before the contents of CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS.

CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS
A ;-list of compiler definitions of the form -DFOO or -DFOO=bar. A definition for the name
specified by resultVar will also be added automatically.

CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES
A ;-list of header search paths to pass to the compiler. These will be the only header
search paths used by try_compile(), i.e. the contents of the INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES directory
property will be ignored.

CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES
A ;-list of libraries to add to the link command. These can be the name of system libraries
or they can be Imported Targets (see try_compile() for further details).

CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET
If this variable evaluates to a boolean true value, all status messages associated with the
check will be suppressed.

The check is only performed once, with the result cached in the variable named by resultVar. Every
subsequent CMake run will re-use this cached value rather than performing the check again, even if
the code changes. In order to force the check to be re-evaluated, the variable named by resultVar
must be manually removed from the cache.

CheckCSourceRuns
Check if given C source compiles and links into an executable and can subsequently be run.

check_c_source_runs

check_c_source_runs(code resultVar)

Check that the source supplied in code can be compiled as a C source file, linked as an executable
and then run. The code must contain at least a main() function. If the code could be built and run
successfully, the internal cache variable specified by resultVar will be set to 1, otherwise it
will be set to an value that evaluates to boolean false (e.g. an empty string or an error
message).

The underlying check is performed by the try_run() command. The compile and link commands can be
influenced by setting any of the following variables prior to calling check_c_source_runs():

CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS
A ;-list of compiler definitions of the form -DFOO or -DFOO=bar. A definition for the name
specified by resultVar will also be added automatically.

CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES
A ;-list of header search paths to pass to the compiler. These will be the only header
search paths used by try_run(), i.e. the contents of the INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES directory
property will be ignored.

CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES
A ;-list of libraries to add to the link command. These can be the name of system libraries
or they can be Imported Targets (see try_run() for further details).

CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET
If this variable evaluates to a boolean true value, all status messages associated with the
check will be suppressed.

CheckCXXCompilerFlag
Check whether the CXX compiler supports a given flag.

check_cxx_compiler_flag

check_cxx_compiler_flag(<flag> <var>)

Check that the <flag> is accepted by the compiler without a diagnostic. Stores the result in an
internal cache entry named <var>.

This command temporarily sets the CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS variable and calls the
check_cxx_source_compiles macro from the CheckCXXSourceCompiles module. See documentation of that module
for a listing of variables that can otherwise modify the build.

NOTE:
Since the try_compile() command forwards flags from variables like CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS, unknown flags in
such variables may cause a false negative for this check.

CheckCXXSourceCompiles
Check if given C++ source compiles and links into an executable.

check_cxx_source_compiles

check_cxx_source_compiles(code resultVar [FAIL_REGEX regex1 [regex2...]])

Check that the source supplied in code can be compiled as a C++ source file and linked as an
executable (so it must contain at least a main() function). The result will be stored in the
internal cache variable specified by resultVar, with a boolean true value for success and boolean
false for failure. If FAIL_REGEX is provided, then failure is determined by checking if anything
in the output matches any of the specified regular expressions.

The underlying check is performed by the try_compile() command. The compile and link commands can
be influenced by setting any of the following variables prior to calling
check_cxx_source_compiles():

CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS
Additional flags to pass to the compiler. Note that the contents of CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS and its
associated configuration-specific variable are automatically added to the compiler command
before the contents of CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS.

CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS
A ;-list of compiler definitions of the form -DFOO or -DFOO=bar. A definition for the name
specified by resultVar will also be added automatically.

CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES
A ;-list of libraries to add to the link command. These can be the name of system libraries
or they can be Imported Targets (see try_compile() for further details).

CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET
If this variable evaluates to a boolean true value, all status messages associated with the
check will be suppressed.

CheckCXXSourceRuns
Check if given C++ source compiles and links into an executable and can subsequently be run.

check_cxx_source_runs

check_cxx_source_runs(code resultVar)

Check that the source supplied in code can be compiled as a C++ source file, linked as an
executable and then run. The code must contain at least a main() function. If the code could be
built and run successfully, the internal cache variable specified by resultVar will be set to 1,
otherwise it will be set to an value that evaluates to boolean false (e.g. an empty string or an
error message).

The underlying check is performed by the try_run() command. The compile and link commands can be
influenced by setting any of the following variables prior to calling check_cxx_source_runs():

CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS
A ;-list of compiler definitions of the form -DFOO or -DFOO=bar. A definition for the name
specified by resultVar will also be added automatically.

CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES
A ;-list of libraries to add to the link command. These can be the name of system libraries
or they can be Imported Targets (see try_run() for further details).

CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET
If this variable evaluates to a boolean true value, all status messages associated with the
check will be suppressed.

CheckCXXSymbolExists
Check if a symbol exists as a function, variable, or macro in C++

CHECK_CXX_SYMBOL_EXISTS(<symbol> <files> <variable>)

Check that the <symbol> is available after including given header <files> and store the result in a
<variable>. Specify the list of files in one argument as a semicolon-separated list.
CHECK_CXX_SYMBOL_EXISTS() can be used to check in C++ files, as opposed to CHECK_SYMBOL_EXISTS(), which
works only for C.

If the header files define the symbol as a macro it is considered available and assumed to work. If the
header files declare the symbol as a function or variable then the symbol must also be available for
linking. If the symbol is a type or enum value it will not be recognized (consider using CheckTypeSize
or CheckCSourceCompiles).

The following variables may be set before calling this macro to modify the way the check is run:

CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS = string of compile command line flags
CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS = list of macros to define (-DFOO=bar)
CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES = list of include directories
CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES = list of libraries to link
CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET = execute quietly without messages

CheckFortranCompilerFlag
Check whether the Fortran compiler supports a given flag.

check_fortran_compiler_flag

check_fortran_compiler_flag(<flag> <var>)

Check that the <flag> is accepted by the compiler without a diagnostic. Stores the result in an
internal cache entry named <var>.

This command temporarily sets the CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS variable and calls the
check_fortran_source_compiles macro from the CheckFortranSourceCompiles module. See documentation of
that module for a listing of variables that can otherwise modify the build.

NOTE:
Since the try_compile() command forwards flags from variables like CMAKE_Fortran_FLAGS, unknown flags
in such variables may cause a false negative for this check.

CheckFortranFunctionExists
macro which checks if the Fortran function exists

CHECK_FORTRAN_FUNCTION_EXISTS(FUNCTION VARIABLE)

FUNCTION - the name of the Fortran function
VARIABLE - variable to store the result
Will be created as an internal cache variable.

The following variables may be set before calling this macro to modify the way the check is run:

CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES = list of libraries to link

CheckFortranSourceCompiles
Check if given Fortran source compiles and links into an executable.

check_fortran_source_compiles

check_fortran_source_compiles(code resultVar
[FAIL_REGEX regex1 [regex2...]]
[SRC_EXT ext]
)

Check that the source supplied in code can be compiled as a Fortran source file and linked as an
executable (so it must contain at least a PROGRAM entry point). The result will be stored in the
internal cache variable specified by resultVar, with a boolean true value for success and boolean
false for failure. If FAIL_REGEX is provided, then failure is determined by checking if anything
in the output matches any of the specified regular expressions.

By default, the test source file will be given a .F file extension. The SRC_EXT option can be used
to override this with .ext instead.

The underlying check is performed by the try_compile() command. The compile and link commands can
be influenced by setting any of the following variables prior to calling
check_fortran_source_compiles():

CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS
Additional flags to pass to the compiler. Note that the contents of CMAKE_Fortran_FLAGS and
its associated configuration-specific variable are automatically added to the compiler
command before the contents of CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS.

CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS
A ;-list of compiler definitions of the form -DFOO or -DFOO=bar. A definition for the name
specified by resultVar will also be added automatically.

CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES
A ;-list of libraries to add to the link command. These can be the name of system libraries
or they can be Imported Targets (see try_compile() for further details).

CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET
If this variable evaluates to a boolean true value, all status messages associated with the
check will be suppressed.

CheckFunctionExists
Check if a C function can be linked:

check_function_exists(<function> <variable>)

Check that the <function> is provided by libraries on the system and store the result in a <variable>.
<variable> will be created as an internal cache variable.

The following variables may be set before calling this macro to modify the way the check is run:

NOTE:
Prefer using CheckSymbolExists instead of this module, for the following reasons:

• check_function_exists() can’t detect functions that are inlined in headers or specified as a macro.

• check_function_exists() can’t detect anything in the 32-bit versions of the Win32 API, because of a
mismatch in calling conventions.

• check_function_exists() only verifies linking, it does not verify that the function is declared in
system headers.

CheckIPOSupported
Check whether the compiler supports an interprocedural optimization (IPO/LTO). Use this before enabling
the INTERPROCEDURAL_OPTIMIZATION target property.

check_ipo_supported

check_ipo_supported([RESULT <result>] [OUTPUT <output>]
[LANGUAGES <lang>...])

Options are:

RESULT <result>
Set <result> variable to YES if IPO is supported by the compiler and NO otherwise. If this
option is not given then the command will issue a fatal error if IPO is not supported.

OUTPUT <output>
Set <output> variable with details about any error.

LANGUAGES <lang>...
Specify languages whose compilers to check. Languages C and CXX are supported.

It makes no sense to use this module when CMP0069 is set to OLD so module will return error in this case.
See policy CMP0069 for details.

Examples
check_ipo_supported() # fatal error if IPO is not supported
set_property(TARGET foo PROPERTY INTERPROCEDURAL_OPTIMIZATION TRUE)

# Optional IPO. Do not use IPO if it's not supported by compiler.
check_ipo_supported(RESULT result OUTPUT output)
if(result)
set_property(TARGET foo PROPERTY INTERPROCEDURAL_OPTIMIZATION TRUE)
else()
message(WARNING "IPO is not supported: ${output}")
endif()

CheckIncludeFileCXX
Provides a macro to check if a header file can be included in CXX.

CHECK_INCLUDE_FILE_CXX

CHECK_INCLUDE_FILE_CXX(<include> <variable> [<flags>])

Check if the given <include> file may be included in a CXX source file and store the result in an
internal cache entry named <variable>. The optional third argument may be used to add compilation
flags to the check (or use CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS below).

The following variables may be set before calling this macro to modify the way the check is run:

CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS
string of compile command line flags

CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS
list of macros to define (-DFOO=bar)

CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES
list of include directories

CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET
execute quietly without messages

See modules CheckIncludeFile and CheckIncludeFiles to check for one or more C headers.

CheckIncludeFile
Provides a macro to check if a header file can be included in C.

CHECK_INCLUDE_FILE

CHECK_INCLUDE_FILE(<include> <variable> [<flags>])

Check if the given <include> file may be included in a C source file and store the result in an
internal cache entry named <variable>. The optional third argument may be used to add compilation
flags to the check (or use CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS below).

The following variables may be set before calling this macro to modify the way the check is run:

CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS
string of compile command line flags

CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS
list of macros to define (-DFOO=bar)

CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES
list of include directories

CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET
execute quietly without messages

See the CheckIncludeFiles module to check for multiple headers at once. See the CheckIncludeFileCXX
module to check for headers using the CXX language.

CheckIncludeFiles
Provides a macro to check if a list of one or more header files can be included together in C.

CHECK_INCLUDE_FILES

CHECK_INCLUDE_FILES("<includes>" <variable>)

Check if the given <includes> list may be included together in a C source file and store the
result in an internal cache entry named <variable>. Specify the <includes> argument as a ;-list
of header file names.

The following variables may be set before calling this macro to modify the way the check is run:

CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS
string of compile command line flags

CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS
list of macros to define (-DFOO=bar)

CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES
list of include directories

CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET
execute quietly without messages

See modules CheckIncludeFile and CheckIncludeFileCXX to check for a single header file in C or CXX
languages.

CheckLanguage
Check if a language can be enabled

Usage:

check_language(<lang>)

where <lang> is a language that may be passed to enable_language() such as “Fortran”. If
CMAKE_<lang>_COMPILER is already defined the check does nothing. Otherwise it tries enabling the
language in a test project. The result is cached in CMAKE_<lang>_COMPILER as the compiler that was
found, or NOTFOUND if the language cannot be enabled.

Example:

check_language(Fortran)
if(CMAKE_Fortran_COMPILER)
enable_language(Fortran)
else()
message(STATUS "No Fortran support")
endif()

CheckLibraryExists
Check if the function exists.

CHECK_LIBRARY_EXISTS (LIBRARY FUNCTION LOCATION VARIABLE)

LIBRARY - the name of the library you are looking for
FUNCTION - the name of the function
LOCATION - location where the library should be found
VARIABLE - variable to store the result
Will be created as an internal cache variable.

The following variables may be set before calling this macro to modify the way the check is run:

CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS = string of compile command line flags
CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS = list of macros to define (-DFOO=bar)
CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES = list of libraries to link
CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET = execute quietly without messages

CheckPrototypeDefinition
Check if the protoype we expect is correct.

check_prototype_definition(FUNCTION PROTOTYPE RETURN HEADER VARIABLE)

FUNCTION - The name of the function (used to check if prototype exists)
PROTOTYPE- The prototype to check.
RETURN - The return value of the function.
HEADER - The header files required.
VARIABLE - The variable to store the result.
Will be created as an internal cache variable.

Example:

check_prototype_definition(getpwent_r
"struct passwd *getpwent_r(struct passwd *src, char *buf, int buflen)"
"NULL"
"unistd.h;pwd.h"
SOLARIS_GETPWENT_R)

The following variables may be set before calling this macro to modify the way the check is run:

CheckStructHasMember
Check if the given struct or class has the specified member variable

CHECK_STRUCT_HAS_MEMBER(<struct> <member> <header> <variable>
[LANGUAGE <language>])

<struct> - the name of the struct or class you are interested in
<member> - the member which existence you want to check
<header> - the header(s) where the prototype should be declared
<variable> - variable to store the result
<language> - the compiler to use (C or CXX)

The following variables may be set before calling this macro to modify the way the check is run:

Example: CHECK_STRUCT_HAS_MEMBER(“struct timeval” tv_sec sys/select.h HAVE_TIMEVAL_TV_SEC LANGUAGE C)

CheckSymbolExists
Provides a macro to check if a symbol exists as a function, variable, or macro in C.

check_symbol_exists

check_symbol_exists(<symbol> <files> <variable>)

Check that the <symbol> is available after including given header <files> and store the result in
a <variable>. Specify the list of files in one argument as a semicolon-separated list.
<variable> will be created as an internal cache variable.

If the header files define the symbol as a macro it is considered available and assumed to work. If the
header files declare the symbol as a function or variable then the symbol must also be available for
linking (so intrinsics may not be detected). If the symbol is a type, enum value, or intrinsic it will
not be recognized (consider using CheckTypeSize or CheckCSourceCompiles). If the check needs to be done
in C++, consider using CheckCXXSymbolExists instead.

The following variables may be set before calling this macro to modify the way the check is run:

CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS
string of compile command line flags

CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS
list of macros to define (-DFOO=bar)

CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES
list of include directories

CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES
list of libraries to link

CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET
execute quietly without messages

CheckTypeSize
Check sizeof a type

CHECK_TYPE_SIZE(TYPE VARIABLE [BUILTIN_TYPES_ONLY]
[LANGUAGE <language>])

Check if the type exists and determine its size. On return, “HAVE_${VARIABLE}” holds the existence of
the type, and “${VARIABLE}” holds one of the following:

<size> = type has non-zero size <size>
"0" = type has arch-dependent size (see below)
"" = type does not exist

Both HAVE_${VARIABLE} and ${VARIABLE} will be created as internal cache variables.

Furthermore, the variable “${VARIABLE}_CODE” holds C preprocessor code to define the macro “${VARIABLE}”
to the size of the type, or leave the macro undefined if the type does not exist.

The variable “${VARIABLE}” may be “0” when CMAKE_OSX_ARCHITECTURES has multiple architectures for
building OS X universal binaries. This indicates that the type size varies across architectures. In
this case “${VARIABLE}_CODE” contains C preprocessor tests mapping from each architecture macro to the
corresponding type size. The list of architecture macros is stored in “${VARIABLE}_KEYS”, and the value
for each key is stored in “${VARIABLE}-${KEY}”.

If the BUILTIN_TYPES_ONLY option is not given, the macro checks for headers <sys/types.h>, <stdint.h>,
and <stddef.h>, and saves results in HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H, HAVE_STDINT_H, and HAVE_STDDEF_H. The type size
check automatically includes the available headers, thus supporting checks of types defined in the
headers.

If LANGUAGE is set, the specified compiler will be used to perform the check. Acceptable values are C and
CXX

Despite the name of the macro you may use it to check the size of more complex expressions, too. To
check e.g. for the size of a struct member you can do something like this:

check_type_size("((struct something*)0)->member" SIZEOF_MEMBER)

The following variables may be set before calling this macro to modify the way the check is run:

CheckVariableExists
Check if the variable exists.

CHECK_VARIABLE_EXISTS(VAR VARIABLE)

VAR - the name of the variable
VARIABLE - variable to store the result
Will be created as an internal cache variable.

This macro is only for C variables.

The following variables may be set before calling this macro to modify the way the check is run:

CMakeAddFortranSubdirectory
Use MinGW gfortran from VS if a fortran compiler is not found.

The ‘add_fortran_subdirectory’ function adds a subdirectory to a project that contains a fortran only
sub-project. The module will check the current compiler and see if it can support fortran. If no
fortran compiler is found and the compiler is MSVC, then this module will find the MinGW gfortran. It
will then use an external project to build with the MinGW tools. It will also create imported targets
for the libraries created. This will only work if the fortran code is built into a dll, so
BUILD_SHARED_LIBS is turned on in the project. In addition the CMAKE_GNUtoMS option is set to on, so
that the MS .lib files are created. Usage is as follows:

cmake_add_fortran_subdirectory(
<subdir> # name of subdirectory
PROJECT <project_name> # project name in subdir top CMakeLists.txt
ARCHIVE_DIR <dir> # dir where project places .lib files
RUNTIME_DIR <dir> # dir where project places .dll files
LIBRARIES <lib>... # names of library targets to import
LINK_LIBRARIES # link interface libraries for LIBRARIES
[LINK_LIBS <lib> <dep>...]...
CMAKE_COMMAND_LINE ... # extra command line flags to pass to cmake
NO_EXTERNAL_INSTALL # skip installation of external project
)

Relative paths in ARCHIVE_DIR and RUNTIME_DIR are interpreted with respect to the build directory
corresponding to the source directory in which the function is invoked.

Limitations:

NO_EXTERNAL_INSTALL is required for forward compatibility with a future version that supports
installation of the external project binaries during “make install”.

CMakeBackwardCompatibilityCXX
define a bunch of backwards compatibility variables

CMAKE_ANSI_CXXFLAGS - flag for ansi c++
CMAKE_HAS_ANSI_STRING_STREAM - has <strstream>
include(TestForANSIStreamHeaders)
include(CheckIncludeFileCXX)
include(TestForSTDNamespace)
include(TestForANSIForScope)

CMakeDependentOption
Macro to provide an option dependent on other options.

This macro presents an option to the user only if a set of other conditions are true. When the option is
not presented a default value is used, but any value set by the user is preserved for when the option is
presented again. Example invocation:

CMAKE_DEPENDENT_OPTION(USE_FOO "Use Foo" ON
"USE_BAR;NOT USE_ZOT" OFF)

If USE_BAR is true and USE_ZOT is false, this provides an option called USE_FOO that defaults to ON.
Otherwise, it sets USE_FOO to OFF. If the status of USE_BAR or USE_ZOT ever changes, any value for the
USE_FOO option is saved so that when the option is re-enabled it retains its old value.

CMakeDetermineVSServicePack
Deprecated. Do not use.

The functionality of this module has been superseded by the CMAKE_<LANG>_COMPILER_VERSION variable that
contains the compiler version number.

Determine the Visual Studio service pack of the ‘cl’ in use.

Usage:

if(MSVC)
include(CMakeDetermineVSServicePack)
DetermineVSServicePack( my_service_pack )
if( my_service_pack )
message(STATUS "Detected: ${my_service_pack}")
endif()
endif()

Function DetermineVSServicePack sets the given variable to one of the following values or an empty string
if unknown:

vc80, vc80sp1
vc90, vc90sp1
vc100, vc100sp1
vc110, vc110sp1, vc110sp2, vc110sp3, vc110sp4

CMakeExpandImportedTargets
Deprecated. Do not use.

This module was once needed to expand imported targets to the underlying libraries they reference on disk
for use with the try_compile() and try_run() commands. These commands now support imported libraries in
their LINK_LIBRARIES options (since CMake 2.8.11 for try_compile() and since CMake 3.2 for try_run()).

This module does not support the policy CMP0022 NEW behavior or use of the INTERFACE_LINK_LIBRARIES
property because generator expressions cannot be evaluated during configuration.

CMAKE_EXPAND_IMPORTED_TARGETS(<var> LIBRARIES lib1 lib2...libN
[CONFIGURATION <config>])

CMAKE_EXPAND_IMPORTED_TARGETS() takes a list of libraries and replaces all imported targets contained in
this list with their actual file paths of the referenced libraries on disk, including the libraries from
their link interfaces. If a CONFIGURATION is given, it uses the respective configuration of the imported
targets if it exists. If no CONFIGURATION is given, it uses the first configuration from
${CMAKE_CONFIGURATION_TYPES} if set, otherwise ${CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE}.

cmake_expand_imported_targets(expandedLibs
LIBRARIES ${CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES}
CONFIGURATION "${CMAKE_TRY_COMPILE_CONFIGURATION}" )

CMakeFindDependencyMacro
find_dependency
The find_dependency() macro wraps a find_package() call for a package dependency:

find_dependency(<dep> [...])

It is designed to be used in a Package Configuration File (<package>Config.cmake).
find_dependency forwards the correct parameters for QUIET and REQUIRED which were passed to the
original find_package() call. Any additional arguments specified are forwarded to find_package().

If the dependency could not be found it sets an informative diagnostic message and calls return()
to end processing of the calling package configuration file and return to the find_package()
command that loaded it.

NOTE:
The call to return() makes this macro unsuitable to call from Find Modules.

CMakeFindFrameworks
helper module to find OSX frameworks

This module reads hints about search locations from variables:

CMAKE_FIND_FRAMEWORK_EXTRA_LOCATIONS - Extra directories

CMakeFindPackageMode
This file is executed by cmake when invoked with –find-package. It expects that the following variables
are set using -D:

NAME name of the package

COMPILER_ID
the CMake compiler ID for which the result is, i.e. GNU/Intel/Clang/MSVC, etc.

LANGUAGE
language for which the result will be used, i.e. C/CXX/Fortan/ASM

MODE

EXIST only check for existence of the given package

COMPILE
print the flags needed for compiling an object file which uses the given package

LINK print the flags needed for linking when using the given package

QUIET if TRUE, don’t print anything

CMakeForceCompiler
Deprecated. Do not use.

The macros provided by this module were once intended for use by cross-compiling toolchain files when
CMake was not able to automatically detect the compiler identification. Since the introduction of this
module, CMake’s compiler identification capabilities have improved and can now be taught to recognize any
compiler. Furthermore, the suite of information CMake detects from a compiler is now too extensive to be
provided by toolchain files using these macros.

One common use case for this module was to skip CMake’s checks for a working compiler when using a
cross-compiler that cannot link binaries without special flags or custom linker scripts. This case is
now supported by setting the CMAKE_TRY_COMPILE_TARGET_TYPE variable in the toolchain file instead.

----

Macro CMAKE_FORCE_C_COMPILER has the following signature:

CMAKE_FORCE_C_COMPILER(<compiler> <compiler-id>)

It sets CMAKE_C_COMPILER to the given compiler and the cmake internal variable CMAKE_C_COMPILER_ID to the
given compiler-id. It also bypasses the check for working compiler and basic compiler information tests.

Macro CMAKE_FORCE_CXX_COMPILER has the following signature:

CMAKE_FORCE_CXX_COMPILER(<compiler> <compiler-id>)

It sets CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER to the given compiler and the cmake internal variable CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER_ID to
the given compiler-id. It also bypasses the check for working compiler and basic compiler information
tests.

Macro CMAKE_FORCE_Fortran_COMPILER has the following signature:

CMAKE_FORCE_Fortran_COMPILER(<compiler> <compiler-id>)

It sets CMAKE_Fortran_COMPILER to the given compiler and the cmake internal variable
CMAKE_Fortran_COMPILER_ID to the given compiler-id. It also bypasses the check for working compiler and
basic compiler information tests.

So a simple toolchain file could look like this:

include (CMakeForceCompiler)
set(CMAKE_SYSTEM_NAME Generic)
CMAKE_FORCE_C_COMPILER (chc12 MetrowerksHicross)
CMAKE_FORCE_CXX_COMPILER (chc12 MetrowerksHicross)

CMakeGraphVizOptions
The builtin graphviz support of CMake.

Variables specific to the graphviz support
CMake can generate graphviz files, showing the dependencies between the targets in a project and also
external libraries which are linked against. When CMake is run with the --graphviz=foo.dot option, it
will produce:

• a foo.dot file showing all dependencies in the project

• a foo.dot.<target> file for each target, file showing on which other targets the respective target
depends

• a foo.dot.<target>.dependers file, showing which other targets depend on the respective target

The different dependency types PUBLIC, PRIVATE and INTERFACE are represented as solid, dashed and dotted
edges.

This can result in huge graphs. Using the file CMakeGraphVizOptions.cmake the look and content of the
generated graphs can be influenced. This file is searched first in CMAKE_BINARY_DIR and then in
CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR. If found, it is read and the variables set in it are used to adjust options for the
generated graphviz files.

GRAPHVIZ_GRAPH_TYPE
The graph type.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : “digraph”

Valid graph types are:

• “graph” : Nodes are joined with lines

• “digraph” : Nodes are joined with arrows showing direction

• “strict graph” : Like “graph” but max one line between each node

• “strict digraph” : Like “graph” but max one line between each node in each direction

GRAPHVIZ_GRAPH_NAME
The graph name.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : “GG”

GRAPHVIZ_GRAPH_HEADER
The header written at the top of the graphviz file.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : “node [n fontsize = “12”];”

GRAPHVIZ_NODE_PREFIX
The prefix for each node in the graphviz file.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : “node”

GRAPHVIZ_EXECUTABLES
Set this to FALSE to exclude executables from the generated graphs.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : TRUE

GRAPHVIZ_STATIC_LIBS
Set this to FALSE to exclude static libraries from the generated graphs.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : TRUE

GRAPHVIZ_SHARED_LIBS
Set this to FALSE to exclude shared libraries from the generated graphs.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : TRUE

GRAPHVIZ_MODULE_LIBS
Set this to FALSE to exclude module libraries from the generated graphs.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : TRUE

GRAPHVIZ_EXTERNAL_LIBS
Set this to FALSE to exclude external libraries from the generated graphs.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : TRUE

GRAPHVIZ_IGNORE_TARGETS
A list of regular expressions for ignoring targets.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : empty

GRAPHVIZ_GENERATE_PER_TARGET
Set this to FALSE to exclude per target graphs foo.dot.<target>.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : TRUE

GRAPHVIZ_GENERATE_DEPENDERS
Set this to FALSE to exclude depender graphs foo.dot.<target>.dependers.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : TRUE

CMakePackageConfigHelpers
Helpers functions for creating config files that can be included by other projects to find and use a
package.

Adds the configure_package_config_file() and write_basic_package_version_file() commands.

Generating a Package Configuration File
configure_package_config_file
Create a config file for a project:

configure_package_config_file(<input> <output>
INSTALL_DESTINATION <path>
[PATH_VARS <var1> <var2> ... <varN>]
[NO_SET_AND_CHECK_MACRO]
[NO_CHECK_REQUIRED_COMPONENTS_MACRO]
[INSTALL_PREFIX <path>]
)

configure_package_config_file() should be used instead of the plain configure_file() command when
creating the <Name>Config.cmake or <Name>-config.cmake file for installing a project or library. It
helps making the resulting package relocatable by avoiding hardcoded paths in the installed Config.cmake
file.

In a FooConfig.cmake file there may be code like this to make the install destinations know to the using
project:

set(FOO_INCLUDE_DIR "@CMAKE_INSTALL_FULL_INCLUDEDIR@" )
set(FOO_DATA_DIR "@CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX@/@RELATIVE_DATA_INSTALL_DIR@" )
set(FOO_ICONS_DIR "@CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX@/share/icons" )
#...logic to determine installedPrefix from the own location...
set(FOO_CONFIG_DIR "${installedPrefix}/@CONFIG_INSTALL_DIR@" )

All 4 options shown above are not sufficient, since the first 3 hardcode the absolute directory
locations, and the 4th case works only if the logic to determine the installedPrefix is correct, and if
CONFIG_INSTALL_DIR contains a relative path, which in general cannot be guaranteed. This has the effect
that the resulting FooConfig.cmake file would work poorly under Windows and OSX, where users are used to
choose the install location of a binary package at install time, independent from how
CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX was set at build/cmake time.

Using configure_package_config_file helps. If used correctly, it makes the resulting FooConfig.cmake
file relocatable. Usage:

1. write a FooConfig.cmake.in file as you are used to

2. insert a line containing only the string @PACKAGE_INIT@

3. instead of set(FOO_DIR "@SOME_INSTALL_DIR@"), use set(FOO_DIR "@PACKAGE_SOME_INSTALL_DIR@") (this must
be after the @PACKAGE_INIT@ line)

4. instead of using the normal configure_file(), use configure_package_config_file()

The <input> and <output> arguments are the input and output file, the same way as in configure_file().

The <path> given to INSTALL_DESTINATION must be the destination where the FooConfig.cmake file will be
installed to. This path can either be absolute, or relative to the INSTALL_PREFIX path.

The variables <var1> to <varN> given as PATH_VARS are the variables which contain install destinations.
For each of them the macro will create a helper variable PACKAGE_<var...>. These helper variables must
be used in the FooConfig.cmake.in file for setting the installed location. They are calculated by
configure_package_config_file so that they are always relative to the installed location of the package.
This works both for relative and also for absolute locations. For absolute locations it works only if
the absolute location is a subdirectory of INSTALL_PREFIX.

If the INSTALL_PREFIX argument is passed, this is used as base path to calculate all the relative paths.
The <path> argument must be an absolute path. If this argument is not passed, the CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX
variable will be used instead. The default value is good when generating a FooConfig.cmake file to use
your package from the install tree. When generating a FooConfig.cmake file to use your package from the
build tree this option should be used.

By default configure_package_config_file also generates two helper macros, set_and_check() and
check_required_components() into the FooConfig.cmake file.

set_and_check() should be used instead of the normal set() command for setting directories and file
locations. Additionally to setting the variable it also checks that the referenced file or directory
actually exists and fails with a FATAL_ERROR otherwise. This makes sure that the created FooConfig.cmake
file does not contain wrong references. When using the NO_SET_AND_CHECK_MACRO, this macro is not
generated into the FooConfig.cmake file.

check_required_components(<package_name>) should be called at the end of the FooConfig.cmake file if the
package supports components. This macro checks whether all requested, non-optional components have been
found, and if this is not the case, sets the Foo_FOUND variable to FALSE, so that the package is
considered to be not found. It does that by testing the Foo_<Component>_FOUND variables for all
requested required components. When using the NO_CHECK_REQUIRED_COMPONENTS_MACRO option, this macro is
not generated into the FooConfig.cmake file.

For an example see below the documentation for write_basic_package_version_file().

Generating a Package Version File
write_basic_package_version_file
Create a version file for a project:

write_basic_package_version_file(<filename>
[VERSION <major.minor.patch>]
COMPATIBILITY <AnyNewerVersion|SameMajorVersion|ExactVersion> )

Writes a file for use as <package>ConfigVersion.cmake file to <filename>. See the documentation of
find_package() for details on this.

<filename> is the output filename, it should be in the build tree. <major.minor.patch> is the version
number of the project to be installed.

If no VERSION is given, the PROJECT_VERSION variable is used. If this hasn’t been set, it errors out.

The COMPATIBILITY mode AnyNewerVersion means that the installed package version will be considered
compatible if it is newer or exactly the same as the requested version. This mode should be used for
packages which are fully backward compatible, also across major versions. If SameMajorVersion is used
instead, then the behaviour differs from AnyNewerVersion in that the major version number must be the
same as requested, e.g. version 2.0 will not be considered compatible if 1.0 is requested. This mode
should be used for packages which guarantee backward compatibility within the same major version. If
ExactVersion is used, then the package is only considered compatible if the requested version matches
exactly its own version number (not considering the tweak version). For example, version 1.2.3 of a
package is only considered compatible to requested version 1.2.3. This mode is for packages without
compatibility guarantees. If your project has more elaborated version matching rules, you will need to
write your own custom ConfigVersion.cmake file instead of using this macro.

Internally, this macro executes configure_file() to create the resulting version file. Depending on the
COMPATIBLITY, either the file BasicConfigVersion-SameMajorVersion.cmake.in or
BasicConfigVersion-AnyNewerVersion.cmake.in is used. Please note that these two files are internal to
CMake and you should not call configure_file() on them yourself, but they can be used as starting point
to create more sophisticted custom ConfigVersion.cmake files.

Example Generating Package Files
Example using both configure_package_config_file() and write_basic_package_version_file():

CMakeLists.txt:

set(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR include/ ... CACHE )
set(LIB_INSTALL_DIR lib/ ... CACHE )
set(SYSCONFIG_INSTALL_DIR etc/foo/ ... CACHE )
#...
include(CMakePackageConfigHelpers)
configure_package_config_file(FooConfig.cmake.in
${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/FooConfig.cmake
INSTALL_DESTINATION ${LIB_INSTALL_DIR}/Foo/cmake
PATH_VARS INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR SYSCONFIG_INSTALL_DIR)
write_basic_package_version_file(
${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/FooConfigVersion.cmake
VERSION 1.2.3
COMPATIBILITY SameMajorVersion )
install(FILES ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/FooConfig.cmake
${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/FooConfigVersion.cmake
DESTINATION ${LIB_INSTALL_DIR}/Foo/cmake )

FooConfig.cmake.in:

set(FOO_VERSION x.y.z)
...
@PACKAGE_INIT@
...
set_and_check(FOO_INCLUDE_DIR "@PACKAGE_INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR@")
set_and_check(FOO_SYSCONFIG_DIR "@PACKAGE_SYSCONFIG_INSTALL_DIR@")

check_required_components(Foo)

CMakeParseArguments
This module once implemented the cmake_parse_arguments() command that is now implemented natively by
CMake. It is now an empty placeholder for compatibility with projects that include it to get the command
from CMake 3.4 and lower.

CMakePrintHelpers
Convenience macros for printing properties and variables, useful e.g. for debugging.

CMAKE_PRINT_PROPERTIES([TARGETS target1 .. targetN]
[SOURCES source1 .. sourceN]
[DIRECTORIES dir1 .. dirN]
[TESTS test1 .. testN]
[CACHE_ENTRIES entry1 .. entryN]
PROPERTIES prop1 .. propN )

This macro prints the values of the properties of the given targets, source files, directories, tests or
cache entries. Exactly one of the scope keywords must be used. Example:

cmake_print_properties(TARGETS foo bar PROPERTIES
LOCATION INTERFACE_INCLUDE_DIRS)

This will print the LOCATION and INTERFACE_INCLUDE_DIRS properties for both targets foo and bar.

CMAKE_PRINT_VARIABLES(var1 var2 .. varN)

This macro will print the name of each variable followed by its value. Example:

cmake_print_variables(CMAKE_C_COMPILER CMAKE_MAJOR_VERSION DOES_NOT_EXIST)

Gives:

-- CMAKE_C_COMPILER="/usr/bin/gcc" ; CMAKE_MAJOR_VERSION="2" ; DOES_NOT_EXIST=""

CMakePrintSystemInformation
print system information

This file can be used for diagnostic purposes just include it in a project to see various internal CMake
variables.

CMakePushCheckState
This module defines three macros: CMAKE_PUSH_CHECK_STATE() CMAKE_POP_CHECK_STATE() and
CMAKE_RESET_CHECK_STATE() These macros can be used to save, restore and reset (i.e., clear contents) the
state of the variables CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS, CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS, CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES,
CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES and CMAKE_EXTRA_INCLUDE_FILES used by the various Check-files coming with CMake,
like e.g. check_function_exists() etc. The variable contents are pushed on a stack, pushing multiple
times is supported. This is useful e.g. when executing such tests in a Find-module, where they have to
be set, but after the Find-module has been executed they should have the same value as they had before.

CMAKE_PUSH_CHECK_STATE() macro receives optional argument RESET. Whether it’s specified,
CMAKE_PUSH_CHECK_STATE() will set all CMAKE_REQUIRED_* variables to empty values, same as
CMAKE_RESET_CHECK_STATE() call will do.

Usage:

cmake_push_check_state(RESET)
set(CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS -DSOME_MORE_DEF)
check_function_exists(...)
cmake_reset_check_state()
set(CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS -DANOTHER_DEF)
check_function_exists(...)
cmake_pop_check_state()

CMakeVerifyManifest
CMakeVerifyManifest.cmake

This script is used to verify that embedded manifests and side by side manifests for a project match. To
run this script, cd to a directory and run the script with cmake -P. On the command line you can pass in
versions that are OK even if not found in the .manifest files. For example, cmake
-Dallow_versions=8.0.50608.0 -PCmakeVerifyManifest.cmake could be used to allow an embedded manifest of
8.0.50608.0 to be used in a project even if that version was not found in the .manifest file.

CPackArchive
Archive CPack generator that supports packaging of sources and binaries in different formats:

• 7Z - 7zip - (.7z)

• TBZ2 (.tar.bz2)

• TGZ (.tar.gz)

• TXZ (.tar.xz)

• TZ (.tar.Z)

• ZIP (.zip)

Variables specific to CPack Archive generator
CPACK_ARCHIVE_FILE_NAME

CPACK_ARCHIVE_<component>_FILE_NAME
Package file name without extension which is added automatically depending on the archive format.

• Mandatory : YES

•

Default
<CPACK_PACKAGE_FILE_NAME>[-<component>].<extension> with spaces replaced by ‘-‘

CPACK_ARCHIVE_COMPONENT_INSTALL
Enable component packaging for CPackArchive

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : OFF

If enabled (ON) multiple packages are generated. By default a single package containing files of
all components is generated.

CPackBundle
CPack Bundle generator (Mac OS X) specific options

Variables specific to CPack Bundle generator
Installers built on Mac OS X using the Bundle generator use the aforementioned DragNDrop (CPACK_DMG_xxx)
variables, plus the following Bundle-specific parameters (CPACK_BUNDLE_xxx).

CPACK_BUNDLE_NAME
The name of the generated bundle. This appears in the OSX finder as the bundle name. Required.

CPACK_BUNDLE_PLIST
Path to an OSX plist file that will be used for the generated bundle. This assumes that the caller
has generated or specified their own Info.plist file. Required.

CPACK_BUNDLE_ICON
Path to an OSX icon file that will be used as the icon for the generated bundle. This is the icon
that appears in the OSX finder for the bundle, and in the OSX dock when the bundle is opened.
Required.

CPACK_BUNDLE_STARTUP_COMMAND
Path to a startup script. This is a path to an executable or script that will be run whenever an
end-user double-clicks the generated bundle in the OSX Finder. Optional.

CPACK_BUNDLE_APPLE_CERT_APP
The name of your Apple supplied code signing certificate for the application. The name usually
takes the form “Developer ID Application: [Name]” or “3rd Party Mac Developer Application:
[Name]”. If this variable is not set the application will not be signed.

CPACK_BUNDLE_APPLE_ENTITLEMENTS
The name of the plist file that contains your apple entitlements for sandboxing your application.
This file is required for submission to the Mac App Store.

CPACK_BUNDLE_APPLE_CODESIGN_FILES
A list of additional files that you wish to be signed. You do not need to list the main
application folder, or the main executable. You should list any frameworks and plugins that are
included in your app bundle.

CPACK_BUNDLE_APPLE_CODESIGN_PARAMETER
Additional parameter that will passed to codesign. Default value: “–deep -f”

CPACK_COMMAND_CODESIGN
Path to the codesign(1) command used to sign applications with an Apple cert. This variable can be
used to override the automatically detected command (or specify its location if the auto-detection
fails to find it.)

CPackComponent
Build binary and source package installers

Variables concerning CPack Components
The CPackComponent module is the module which handles the component part of CPack. See CPack module for
general information about CPack.

For certain kinds of binary installers (including the graphical installers on Mac OS X and Windows),
CPack generates installers that allow users to select individual application components to install. The
contents of each of the components are identified by the COMPONENT argument of CMake’s INSTALL command.
These components can be annotated with user-friendly names and descriptions, inter-component
dependencies, etc., and grouped in various ways to customize the resulting installer. See the
cpack_add_* commands, described below, for more information about component-specific installations.

Component-specific installation allows users to select specific sets of components to install during the
install process. Installation components are identified by the COMPONENT argument of CMake’s INSTALL
commands, and should be further described by the following CPack commands:

CPACK_COMPONENTS_ALL
The list of component to install.

The default value of this variable is computed by CPack and contains all components defined by the
project. The user may set it to only include the specified components.

Instead of specifying all the desired components, it is possible to obtain a list of all defined
components and then remove the unwanted ones from the list. The get_cmake_property() command can
be used to obtain the COMPONENTS property, then the list(REMOVE_ITEM) command can be used to
remove the unwanted ones. For example, to use all defined components except foo and bar:

get_cmake_property(CPACK_COMPONENTS_ALL COMPONENTS)
list(REMOVE_ITEM CPACK_COMPONENTS_ALL "foo" "bar")

CPACK_<GENNAME>_COMPONENT_INSTALL
Enable/Disable component install for CPack generator <GENNAME>.

Each CPack Generator (RPM, DEB, ARCHIVE, NSIS, DMG, etc…) has a legacy default behavior. e.g.
RPM builds monolithic whereas NSIS builds component. One can change the default behavior by
setting this variable to 0/1 or OFF/ON.

CPACK_COMPONENTS_GROUPING
Specify how components are grouped for multi-package component-aware CPack generators.

Some generators like RPM or ARCHIVE family (TGZ, ZIP, …) generates several packages files when
asked for component packaging. They group the component differently depending on the value of
this variable:

• ONE_PER_GROUP (default): creates one package file per component group

• ALL_COMPONENTS_IN_ONE : creates a single package with all (requested) component

• IGNORE : creates one package per component, i.e. IGNORE component group

One can specify different grouping for different CPack generator by using a
CPACK_PROJECT_CONFIG_FILE.

CPACK_COMPONENT_<compName>_DISPLAY_NAME
The name to be displayed for a component.

CPACK_COMPONENT_<compName>_DESCRIPTION
The description of a component.

CPACK_COMPONENT_<compName>_GROUP
The group of a component.

CPACK_COMPONENT_<compName>_DEPENDS
The dependencies (list of components) on which this component depends.

CPACK_COMPONENT_<compName>_HIDDEN
True if this component is hidden from the user.

CPACK_COMPONENT_<compName>_REQUIRED
True if this component is required.

CPACK_COMPONENT_<compName>_DISABLED
True if this component is not selected to be installed by default.

cpack_add_component

Describes a CPack installation component named by the COMPONENT argument to a CMake INSTALL command.

cpack_add_component(compname
[DISPLAY_NAME name]
[DESCRIPTION description]
[HIDDEN | REQUIRED | DISABLED ]
[GROUP group]
[DEPENDS comp1 comp2 ... ]
[INSTALL_TYPES type1 type2 ... ]
[DOWNLOADED]
[ARCHIVE_FILE filename]
[PLIST filename])

The cmake_add_component command describes an installation component, which the user can opt to install or
remove as part of the graphical installation process. compname is the name of the component, as provided
to the COMPONENT argument of one or more CMake INSTALL commands.

DISPLAY_NAME is the displayed name of the component, used in graphical installers to display the
component name. This value can be any string.

DESCRIPTION is an extended description of the component, used in graphical installers to give the user
additional information about the component. Descriptions can span multiple lines using \n as the line
separator. Typically, these descriptions should be no more than a few lines long.

HIDDEN indicates that this component will be hidden in the graphical installer, so that the user cannot
directly change whether it is installed or not.

REQUIRED indicates that this component is required, and therefore will always be installed. It will be
visible in the graphical installer, but it cannot be unselected. (Typically, required components are
shown greyed out).

DISABLED indicates that this component should be disabled (unselected) by default. The user is free to
select this component for installation, unless it is also HIDDEN.

DEPENDS lists the components on which this component depends. If this component is selected, then each
of the components listed must also be selected. The dependency information is encoded within the
installer itself, so that users cannot install inconsistent sets of components.

GROUP names the component group of which this component is a part. If not provided, the component will
be a standalone component, not part of any component group. Component groups are described with the
cpack_add_component_group command, detailed below.

INSTALL_TYPES lists the installation types of which this component is a part. When one of these
installations types is selected, this component will automatically be selected. Installation types are
described with the cpack_add_install_type command, detailed below.

DOWNLOADED indicates that this component should be downloaded on-the-fly by the installer, rather than
packaged in with the installer itself. For more information, see the cpack_configure_downloads command.

ARCHIVE_FILE provides a name for the archive file created by CPack to be used for downloaded components.
If not supplied, CPack will create a file with some name based on CPACK_PACKAGE_FILE_NAME and the name of
the component. See cpack_configure_downloads for more information.

PLIST gives a filename that is passed to pkgbuild with the --component-plist argument when using the
productbuild generator.

cpack_add_component_group

Describes a group of related CPack installation components.

cpack_add_component_group(groupname
[DISPLAY_NAME name]
[DESCRIPTION description]
[PARENT_GROUP parent]
[EXPANDED]
[BOLD_TITLE])

The cpack_add_component_group describes a group of installation components, which will be placed together
within the listing of options. Typically, component groups allow the user to select/deselect all of the
components within a single group via a single group-level option. Use component groups to reduce the
complexity of installers with many options. groupname is an arbitrary name used to identify the group in
the GROUP argument of the cpack_add_component command, which is used to place a component in a group.
The name of the group must not conflict with the name of any component.

DISPLAY_NAME is the displayed name of the component group, used in graphical installers to display the
component group name. This value can be any string.

DESCRIPTION is an extended description of the component group, used in graphical installers to give the
user additional information about the components within that group. Descriptions can span multiple lines
using \n as the line separator. Typically, these descriptions should be no more than a few lines long.

PARENT_GROUP, if supplied, names the parent group of this group. Parent groups are used to establish a
hierarchy of groups, providing an arbitrary hierarchy of groups.

EXPANDED indicates that, by default, the group should show up as “expanded”, so that the user immediately
sees all of the components within the group. Otherwise, the group will initially show up as a single
entry.

BOLD_TITLE indicates that the group title should appear in bold, to call the user’s attention to the
group.

cpack_add_install_type

Add a new installation type containing a set of predefined component selections to the graphical
installer.

cpack_add_install_type(typename
[DISPLAY_NAME name])

The cpack_add_install_type command identifies a set of preselected components that represents a common
use case for an application. For example, a “Developer” install type might include an application along
with its header and library files, while an “End user” install type might just include the application’s
executable. Each component identifies itself with one or more install types via the INSTALL_TYPES
argument to cpack_add_component.

DISPLAY_NAME is the displayed name of the install type, which will typically show up in a drop-down box
within a graphical installer. This value can be any string.

cpack_configure_downloads

Configure CPack to download selected components on-the-fly as part of the installation process.

cpack_configure_downloads(site
[UPLOAD_DIRECTORY dirname]
[ALL]
[ADD_REMOVE|NO_ADD_REMOVE])

The cpack_configure_downloads command configures installation-time downloads of selected components. For
each downloadable component, CPack will create an archive containing the contents of that component,
which should be uploaded to the given site. When the user selects that component for installation, the
installer will download and extract the component in place. This feature is useful for creating small
installers that only download the requested components, saving bandwidth. Additionally, the installers
are small enough that they will be installed as part of the normal installation process, and the “Change”
button in Windows Add/Remove Programs control panel will allow one to add or remove parts of the
application after the original installation. On Windows, the downloaded-components functionality
requires the ZipDLL plug-in for NSIS, available at:

http://nsis.sourceforge.net/ZipDLL_plug-in

On Mac OS X, installers that download components on-the-fly can only be built and installed on system
using Mac OS X 10.5 or later.

The site argument is a URL where the archives for downloadable components will reside, e.g.,
https://cmake.org/files/2.6.1/installer/ All of the archives produced by CPack should be uploaded to that
location.

UPLOAD_DIRECTORY is the local directory where CPack will create the various archives for each of the
components. The contents of this directory should be uploaded to a location accessible by the URL given
in the site argument. If omitted, CPack will use the directory CPackUploads inside the CMake binary
directory to store the generated archives.

The ALL flag indicates that all components be downloaded. Otherwise, only those components explicitly
marked as DOWNLOADED or that have a specified ARCHIVE_FILE will be downloaded. Additionally, the ALL
option implies ADD_REMOVE (unless NO_ADD_REMOVE is specified).

ADD_REMOVE indicates that CPack should install a copy of the installer that can be called from Windows’
Add/Remove Programs dialog (via the “Modify” button) to change the set of installed components.
NO_ADD_REMOVE turns off this behavior. This option is ignored on Mac OS X.

CPackCygwin
Cygwin CPack generator (Cygwin).

Variables specific to CPack Cygwin generator
The following variable is specific to installers build on and/or for Cygwin:

CPACK_CYGWIN_PATCH_NUMBER
The Cygwin patch number. FIXME: This documentation is incomplete.

CPACK_CYGWIN_PATCH_FILE
The Cygwin patch file. FIXME: This documentation is incomplete.

CPACK_CYGWIN_BUILD_SCRIPT
The Cygwin build script. FIXME: This documentation is incomplete.

CPackDeb
The built in (binary) CPack Deb generator (Unix only)

Variables specific to CPack Debian (DEB) generator
CPackDeb may be used to create Deb package using CPack. CPackDeb is a CPack generator thus it uses the
CPACK_XXX variables used by CPack.

CPackDeb generator should work on any Linux host but it will produce better deb package when Debian
specific tools dpkg-xxx are usable on the build system.

CPackDeb has specific features which are controlled by the specifics CPACK_DEBIAN_XXX variables.

CPACK_DEBIAN_<COMPONENT>_XXXX variables may be used in order to have component specific values. Note
however that <COMPONENT> refers to the grouping name written in upper case. It may be either a component
name or a component GROUP name.

Here are some CPackDeb wiki resources that are here for historic reasons and are no longer maintained but
may still prove useful:

• https://cmake.org/Wiki/CMake:CPackConfiguration

• https://cmake.org/Wiki/CMake:CPackPackageGenerators#DEB_.28UNIX_only.29

List of CPackDEB specific variables:

CPACK_DEB_COMPONENT_INSTALL
Enable component packaging for CPackDEB

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : OFF

If enabled (ON) multiple packages are generated. By default a single package containing files of
all components is generated.

CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_NAME

CPACK_DEBIAN_<COMPONENT>_PACKAGE_NAME
Set Package control field (variable is automatically transformed to lower case).

• Mandatory : YES

• Default :

• CPACK_PACKAGE_NAME for non-component based installations

• CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_NAME suffixed with -<COMPONENT> for component-based installations.

See https://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ch-controlfields.html#s-f-Source

CPACK_DEBIAN_FILE_NAME

CPACK_DEBIAN_<COMPONENT>_FILE_NAME
Package file name.

• Mandatory : YES

• Default : <CPACK_PACKAGE_FILE_NAME>[-<component>].deb

This may be set to DEB-DEFAULT to allow CPackDeb to generate package file name by itself in deb
format:

<PackageName>_<VersionNumber>-<DebianRevisionNumber>_<DebianArchitecture>.deb

Alternatively provided package file name must end with either .deb or .ipk suffix.

NOTE:
Preferred setting of this variable is DEB-DEFAULT but for backward compatibility with CPackDeb
in CMake prior to version 3.6 this feature is disabled by default.

NOTE:
By using non default filenames duplicate names may occur. Duplicate files get overwritten and
it is up to the packager to set the variables in a manner that will prevent such errors.

CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_EPOCH
The Debian package epoch

• Mandatory : No

• Default : -

Optional number that should be incremented when changing versioning schemas or fixing mistakes in
the version numbers of older packages.

CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_VERSION
The Debian package version

• Mandatory : YES

• Default : CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION

This variable may contain only alphanumerics (A-Za-z0-9) and the characters
CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_RELEASE is not set then hyphens are not allowed.

NOTE:
For backward compatibility with CMake 3.9 and lower a failed test of this variable’s content is
not a hard error when both CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_RELEASE and CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_EPOCH
variables are not set. An author warning is reported instead.

CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_RELEASE
The Debian package release - Debian revision number.

• Mandatory : No

• Default : -

This is the numbering of the DEB package itself, i.e. the version of the packaging and not the
version of the content (see CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_VERSION). One may change the default value if the
previous packaging was buggy and/or you want to put here a fancy Linux distro specific numbering.

CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_ARCHITECTURE

CPACK_DEBIAN_<COMPONENT>_PACKAGE_ARCHITECTURE
The Debian package architecture

• Mandatory : YES

• Default : Output of dpkg --print-architecture (or i386 if dpkg is not found)

CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_DEPENDS

CPACK_DEBIAN_<COMPONENT>_PACKAGE_DEPENDS
Sets the Debian dependencies of this package.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default :

• An empty string for non-component based installations

• CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_DEPENDS for component-based installations.

NOTE:
If CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_SHLIBDEPS or more specifically
CPACK_DEBIAN_<COMPONENT>_PACKAGE_SHLIBDEPS is set for this component, the discovered
dependencies will be appended to CPACK_DEBIAN_<COMPONENT>_PACKAGE_DEPENDS instead of
CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_DEPENDS. If CPACK_DEBIAN_<COMPONENT>_PACKAGE_DEPENDS is an empty string,
only the automatically discovered dependencies will be set for this component.

Example:

set(CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_DEPENDS "libc6 (>= 2.3.1-6), libc6 (< 2.4)")

CPACK_DEBIAN_ENABLE_COMPONENT_DEPENDS
Sets inter component dependencies if listed with CPACK_COMPONENT_<compName>_DEPENDS variables.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : -

CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_MAINTAINER
The Debian package maintainer

• Mandatory : YES

• Default : CPACK_PACKAGE_CONTACT

CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_DESCRIPTION

CPACK_COMPONENT_<COMPONENT>_DESCRIPTION
The Debian package description

• Mandatory : YES

• Default :

• CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_DESCRIPTION if set or

• CPACK_PACKAGE_DESCRIPTION_SUMMARY

CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_SECTION

CPACK_DEBIAN_<COMPONENT>_PACKAGE_SECTION
Set Section control field e.g. admin, devel, doc, …

• Mandatory : YES

• Default : “devel”

See https://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ch-archive.html#s-subsections

CPACK_DEBIAN_ARCHIVE_TYPE
The archive format used for creating the Debian package.

• Mandatory : YES

• Default : “paxr”

Possible values are:

• paxr

• gnutar

NOTE:
Default pax archive format is the most portable format and generates packages that do not treat
sparse files specially. GNU tar format on the other hand supports longer filenames.

CPACK_DEBIAN_COMPRESSION_TYPE
The compression used for creating the Debian package.

• Mandatory : YES

• Default : “gzip”

Possible values are:

• lzma

• xz

• bzip2

• gzip

CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_PRIORITY

CPACK_DEBIAN_<COMPONENT>_PACKAGE_PRIORITY
Set Priority control field e.g. required, important, standard, optional, extra

• Mandatory : YES

• Default : “optional”

See https://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ch-archive.html#s-priorities

CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_HOMEPAGE
The URL of the web site for this package, preferably (when applicable) the site from which the
original source can be obtained and any additional upstream documentation or information may be
found.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : -

NOTE:
The content of this field is a simple URL without any surrounding characters such as <>.

CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_SHLIBDEPS

CPACK_DEBIAN_<COMPONENT>_PACKAGE_SHLIBDEPS
May be set to ON in order to use dpkg-shlibdeps to generate better package dependency list.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default :

• CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_SHLIBDEPS if set or

• OFF

NOTE:
You may need set CMAKE_INSTALL_RPATH to an appropriate value if you use this feature, because
if you don’t dpkg-shlibdeps may fail to find your own shared libs. See
https://cmake.org/Wiki/CMake_RPATH_handling.

CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_DEBUG
May be set when invoking cpack in order to trace debug information during CPackDeb run.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : -

CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_PREDEPENDS

CPACK_DEBIAN_<COMPONENT>_PACKAGE_PREDEPENDS
Sets the Pre-Depends field of the Debian package. Like Depends, except that it also forces dpkg
to complete installation of the packages named before even starting the installation of the
package which declares the pre-dependency.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default :

• An empty string for non-component based installations

• CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_PREDEPENDS for component-based installations.

See http://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ch-relationships.html#s-binarydeps

CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_ENHANCES

CPACK_DEBIAN_<COMPONENT>_PACKAGE_ENHANCES
Sets the Enhances field of the Debian package. Similar to Suggests but works in the opposite
direction: declares that a package can enhance the functionality of another package.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default :

• An empty string for non-component based installations

• CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_ENHANCES for component-based installations.

See http://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ch-relationships.html#s-binarydeps

CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_BREAKS

CPACK_DEBIAN_<COMPONENT>_PACKAGE_BREAKS
Sets the Breaks field of the Debian package. When a binary package (P) declares that it breaks
other packages (B), dpkg will not allow the package (P) which declares Breaks be unpacked unless
the packages that will be broken (B) are deconfigured first. As long as the package (P) is
configured, the previously deconfigured packages (B) cannot be reconfigured again.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default :

• An empty string for non-component based installations

• CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_BREAKS for component-based installations.

See https://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ch-relationships.html#s-breaks

CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_CONFLICTS

CPACK_DEBIAN_<COMPONENT>_PACKAGE_CONFLICTS
Sets the Conflicts field of the Debian package. When one binary package declares a conflict with
another using a Conflicts field, dpkg will not allow them to be unpacked on the system at the same
time.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default :

• An empty string for non-component based installations

• CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_CONFLICTS for component-based installations.

See https://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ch-relationships.html#s-conflicts

NOTE:
This is a stronger restriction than Breaks, which prevents the broken package from being
configured while the breaking package is in the “Unpacked” state but allows both packages to be
unpacked at the same time.

CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_PROVIDES

CPACK_DEBIAN_<COMPONENT>_PACKAGE_PROVIDES
Sets the Provides field of the Debian package. A virtual package is one which appears in the
Provides control field of another package.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default :

• An empty string for non-component based installations

• CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_PROVIDES for component-based installations.

See https://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ch-relationships.html#s-virtual

CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_REPLACES

CPACK_DEBIAN_<COMPONENT>_PACKAGE_REPLACES
Sets the Replaces field of the Debian package. Packages can declare in their control file that
they should overwrite files in certain other packages, or completely replace other packages.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default :

• An empty string for non-component based installations

• CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_REPLACES for component-based installations.

See http://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ch-relationships.html#s-binarydeps

CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_RECOMMENDS

CPACK_DEBIAN_<COMPONENT>_PACKAGE_RECOMMENDS
Sets the Recommends field of the Debian package. Allows packages to declare a strong, but not
absolute, dependency on other packages.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default :

• An empty string for non-component based installations

• CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_RECOMMENDS for component-based installations.

See http://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ch-relationships.html#s-binarydeps

CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_SUGGESTS

CPACK_DEBIAN_<COMPONENT>_PACKAGE_SUGGESTS
Sets the Suggests field of the Debian package. Allows packages to declare a suggested package
install grouping.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default :

• An empty string for non-component based installations

• CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_SUGGESTS for component-based installations.

See http://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ch-relationships.html#s-binarydeps

CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_GENERATE_SHLIBS

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : OFF

Allows to generate shlibs control file automatically. Compatibility is defined by
CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_GENERATE_SHLIBS_POLICY variable value.

NOTE:
Libraries are only considered if they have both library name and version set. This can be done
by setting SOVERSION property with set_target_properties() command.

CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_GENERATE_SHLIBS_POLICY
Compatibility policy for auto-generated shlibs control file.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : “=”

Defines compatibility policy for auto-generated shlibs control file. Possible values: “=”, “>=”

See https://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ch-sharedlibs.html#s-sharedlibs-shlibdeps

CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_CONTROL_EXTRA

CPACK_DEBIAN_<COMPONENT>_PACKAGE_CONTROL_EXTRA
This variable allow advanced user to add custom script to the control.tar.gz. Typical usage is
for conffiles, postinst, postrm, prerm.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : -

Usage:

set(CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_CONTROL_EXTRA
"${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR/prerm;${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/postrm")

NOTE:
The original permissions of the files will be used in the final package unless the variable
CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_CONTROL_STRICT_PERMISSION is set. In particular, the scripts should have
the proper executable flag prior to the generation of the package.

CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_CONTROL_STRICT_PERMISSION

CPACK_DEBIAN_<COMPONENT>_PACKAGE_CONTROL_STRICT_PERMISSION
This variable indicates if the Debian policy on control files should be strictly followed.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : FALSE

Usage:

set(CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_CONTROL_STRICT_PERMISSION TRUE)

NOTE:
This overrides the permissions on the original files, following the rules set by Debian policy
https://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ch-files.html#s-permissions-owners

CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_SOURCE

CPACK_DEBIAN_<COMPONENT>_PACKAGE_SOURCE
Sets the Source field of the binary Debian package. When the binary package name is not the same
as the source package name (in particular when several components/binaries are generated from one
source) the source from which the binary has been generated should be indicated with the field
Source.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default :

• An empty string for non-component based installations

• CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_SOURCE for component-based installations.

See https://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ch-controlfields.html#s-f-Source

NOTE:
This value is not interpreted. It is possible to pass an optional revision number of the
referenced source package as well.

Building Debian packages on Windows
To communicate UNIX file permissions from the install stage to the CPack DEB generator the “cmake_mode_t”
NTFS alternate data stream (ADT) is used.

When a filesystem without ADT support is used only owner read/write permissions can be preserved.

CPackDMG
DragNDrop CPack generator (Mac OS X).

Variables specific to CPack DragNDrop generator
The following variables are specific to the DragNDrop installers built on Mac OS X:

CPACK_DMG_VOLUME_NAME
The volume name of the generated disk image. Defaults to CPACK_PACKAGE_FILE_NAME.

CPACK_DMG_FORMAT
The disk image format. Common values are UDRO (UDIF read-only), UDZO (UDIF zlib-compressed) or
UDBZ (UDIF bzip2-compressed). Refer to hdiutil(1) for more information on other available formats.
Defaults to UDZO.

CPACK_DMG_DS_STORE
Path to a custom DS_Store file. This .DS_Store file e.g. can be used to specify the Finder window
position/geometry and layout (such as hidden toolbars, placement of the icons etc.). This file has
to be generated by the Finder (either manually or through AppleScript) using a normal folder from
which the .DS_Store file can then be extracted.

CPACK_DMG_DS_STORE_SETUP_SCRIPT
Path to a custom AppleScript file. This AppleScript is used to generate a .DS_Store file which
specifies the Finder window position/geometry and layout (such as hidden toolbars, placement of
the icons etc.). By specifying a custom AppleScript there is no need to use CPACK_DMG_DS_STORE,
as the .DS_Store that is generated by the AppleScript will be packaged.

CPACK_DMG_BACKGROUND_IMAGE
Path to an image file to be used as the background. This file will be copied to
.background/background.<ext>, where ext is the original image file extension. The background
image is installed into the image before CPACK_DMG_DS_STORE_SETUP_SCRIPT is executed or
CPACK_DMG_DS_STORE is installed. By default no background image is set.

CPACK_DMG_DISABLE_APPLICATIONS_SYMLINK
Default behaviour is to include a symlink to /Applications in the DMG. Set this option to ON to
avoid adding the symlink.

CPACK_DMG_SLA_DIR
Directory where license and menu files for different languages are stored. Setting this causes
CPack to look for a <language>.menu.txt and <language>.license.txt file for every language defined
in CPACK_DMG_SLA_LANGUAGES. If both this variable and CPACK_RESOURCE_FILE_LICENSE are set, CPack
will only look for the menu files and use the same license file for all languages.

CPACK_DMG_SLA_LANGUAGES
Languages for which a license agreement is provided when mounting the generated DMG. A menu file
consists of 9 lines of text. The first line is is the name of the language itself, uppercase, in
English (e.g. German). The other lines are translations of the following strings:

• Agree

• Disagree

• Print

• Save…

• You agree to the terms of the License Agreement when you click the “Agree” button.

• Software License Agreement

• This text cannot be saved. The disk may be full or locked, or the file may be locked.

• Unable to print. Make sure you have selected a printer.

For every language in this list, CPack will try to find files <language>.menu.txt and
<language>.license.txt in the directory specified by the CPACK_DMG_SLA_DIR variable.

CPACK_COMMAND_HDIUTIL
Path to the hdiutil(1) command used to operate on disk image files on Mac OS X. This variable can
be used to override the automatically detected command (or specify its location if the
auto-detection fails to find it.)

CPACK_COMMAND_SETFILE
Path to the SetFile(1) command used to set extended attributes on files and directories on Mac OS
X. This variable can be used to override the automatically detected command (or specify its
location if the auto-detection fails to find it.)

CPACK_COMMAND_REZ
Path to the Rez(1) command used to compile resources on Mac OS X. This variable can be used to
override the automatically detected command (or specify its location if the auto-detection fails
to find it.)

CPackFreeBSD
The built in (binary) CPack FreeBSD (pkg) generator (Unix only)

Variables specific to CPack FreeBSD (pkg) generator
CPackFreeBSD may be used to create pkg(8) packages – these may be used on FreeBSD, DragonflyBSD, NetBSD,
OpenBSD, but also on Linux or OSX, depending on the installed package-management tools – using CPack.

CPackFreeBSD is a CPack generator and uses the CPACK_XXX variables used by CPack. It tries to re-use
packaging information that may already be specified for Debian packages for the CPackDeb generator. it
also tries to re-use RPM packaging information when Debian does not specify.

CPackFreeBSD generator should work on any host with libpkg installed. The packages it produces are
specific to the host architecture and ABI.

CPackFreeBSD sets package-metadata through CPACK_FREEBSD_XXX variables. CPackFreeBSD, unlike CPackDeb,
does not specially support componentized packages; a single package is created from all the software
artifacts created through CMake.

All of the variables can be set specifically for FreeBSD packaging in the CPackConfig file or in
CMakeLists.txt, but most of them have defaults that use general settings (e.g. CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME) or
Debian-specific variables when those make sense (e.g. the homepage of an upstream project is usually
unchanged by the flavor of packaging). When there is no Debian information to fall back on, but the RPM
packaging has it, fall back to the RPM information (e.g. package license).

CPACK_FREEBSD_PACKAGE_NAME
Sets the package name (in the package manifest, but also affects the output filename).

• Mandatory: YES

• Default:

• CPACK_PACKAGE_NAME (this is always set by CPack itself, based on CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME).

CPACK_FREEBSD_PACKAGE_COMMENT
Sets the package comment. This is the short description displayed by pkg(8) in standard “pkg info”
output.

• Mandatory: YES

• Default:

• CPACK_PACKAGE_DESCRIPTION_SUMMARY (this is always set by CPack itself, if nothing else sets it
explicitly).

• PROJECT_DESCRIPTION (this can be set with the DESCRIPTION parameter for project()).

CPACK_FREEBSD_PACKAGE_DESCRIPTION
Sets the package description. This is the long description of the package, given by “pkg info”
with a specific package as argument.

• Mandatory: YES

• Default:

• CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_DESCRIPTION (this may be set already for Debian packaging, so we may as
well re-use it).

CPACK_FREEBSD_PACKAGE_WWW
The URL of the web site for this package, preferably (when applicable) the site from which the
original source can be obtained and any additional upstream documentation or information may be
found.

• Mandatory: YES

• Default:

• CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_HOMEPAGE (this may be set already for Debian packaging, so we may as
well re-use it).

CPACK_FREEBSD_PACKAGE_LICENSE
The license, or licenses, which apply to this software package. This must be one or more
license-identifiers that pkg recognizes as acceptable license identifiers (e.g. “GPLv2”).

• Mandatory: YES

• Default:

• CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_LICENSE

CPACK_FREEBSD_PACKAGE_LICENSE_LOGIC
This variable is only of importance if there is more than one license. The default is “single”,
which is only applicable to a single license. Other acceptable values are determined by pkg –
those are “dual” or “multi” – meaning choice (OR) or simultaneous (AND) application of the
licenses.

• Mandatory: NO

• Default: single

CPACK_FREEBSD_PACKAGE_MAINTAINER
The FreeBSD maintainer (e.g. kde@freebsd.org) of this package.

• Mandatory: YES

• Default: none

CPACK_FREEBSD_PACKAGE_ORIGIN
The origin (ports label) of this package; for packages built by CPack outside of the ports system
this is of less importance. The default puts the package somewhere under misc/, as a stopgap.

• Mandatory: YES

• Default: misc/<package name>

CPACK_FREEBSD_PACKAGE_CATEGORIES
The ports categories where this package lives (if it were to be built from ports). If none is set
a single category is determined based on the package origin.

• Mandatory: YES

• Default: derived from ORIGIN

CPACK_FREEBSD_PACKAGE_DEPS
A list of package origins that should be added as package dependencies. These are in the form
<category>/<packagename>, e.g. x11/libkonq. No version information needs to be provided (this is
not included in the manifest).

• Mandatory: NO

• Default: empty

CPackIFW
This module looks for the location of the command line utilities supplied with the Qt Installer Framework
(QtIFW).

The module also defines several commands to control the behavior of the CPack IFW generator.

Overview
CPack IFW generator helps you to create online and offline binary cross-platform installers with a
graphical user interface.

CPack IFW generator prepares project installation and generates configuration and meta information for
QtIFW tools.

The QtIFW provides a set of tools and utilities to create installers for the supported desktop Qt
platforms: Linux, Microsoft Windows, and Mac OS X.

You should also install QtIFW to use CPack IFW generator.

Hints
Generally, the CPack IFW generator automatically finds QtIFW tools, but if you don’t use a default path
for installation of the QtIFW tools, the path may be specified in either a CMake or an environment
variable:

CPACK_IFW_ROOT
An CMake variable which specifies the location of the QtIFW tool suite.

The variable will be cached in the CPackConfig.cmake file and used at CPack runtime.

QTIFWDIR
An environment variable which specifies the location of the QtIFW tool suite.

NOTE:
The specified path should not contain “bin” at the end (for example: “D:\DevTools\QtIFW2.0.5”).

The CPACK_IFW_ROOT variable has a higher priority and overrides the value of the QTIFWDIR variable.

Internationalization
Some variables and command arguments support internationalization via CMake script. This is an optional
feature.

Installers created by QtIFW tools have built-in support for internationalization and many phrases are
localized to many languages, but this does not apply to the description of the your components and groups
that will be distributed.

Localization of the description of your components and groups is useful for users of your installers.

A localized variable or argument can contain a single default value, and a set of pairs the name of the
locale and the localized value.

For example:

set(LOCALIZABLE_VARIABLE "Default value"
en "English value"
en_US "American value"
en_GB "Great Britain value"
)

Variables
You can use the following variables to change behavior of CPack IFW generator.

Debug
CPACK_IFW_VERBOSE
Set to ON to enable addition debug output. By default is OFF.

Package
CPACK_IFW_PACKAGE_TITLE
Name of the installer as displayed on the title bar. By default used
CPACK_PACKAGE_DESCRIPTION_SUMMARY.

CPACK_IFW_PACKAGE_PUBLISHER
Publisher of the software (as shown in the Windows Control Panel). By default used
CPACK_PACKAGE_VENDOR.

CPACK_IFW_PRODUCT_URL
URL to a page that contains product information on your web site.

CPACK_IFW_PACKAGE_ICON
Filename for a custom installer icon. The actual file is ‘.icns’ (Mac OS X), ‘.ico’ (Windows). No
functionality on Unix.

CPACK_IFW_PACKAGE_WINDOW_ICON
Filename for a custom window icon in PNG format for the Installer application.

CPACK_IFW_PACKAGE_LOGO
Filename for a logo is used as QWizard::LogoPixmap.

CPACK_IFW_PACKAGE_WATERMARK
Filename for a watermark is used as QWizard::WatermarkPixmap.

CPACK_IFW_PACKAGE_BANNER
Filename for a banner is used as QWizard::BannerPixmap.

CPACK_IFW_PACKAGE_BACKGROUND
Filename for an image used as QWizard::BackgroundPixmap (only used by MacStyle).

CPACK_IFW_PACKAGE_WIZARD_STYLE
Wizard style to be used (“Modern”, “Mac”, “Aero” or “Classic”).

CPACK_IFW_PACKAGE_WIZARD_DEFAULT_WIDTH
Default width of the wizard in pixels. Setting a banner image will override this.

CPACK_IFW_PACKAGE_WIZARD_DEFAULT_HEIGHT
Default height of the wizard in pixels. Setting a watermark image will override this.

CPACK_IFW_PACKAGE_TITLE_COLOR
Color of the titles and subtitles (takes an HTML color code, such as “#88FF33”).

CPACK_IFW_PACKAGE_START_MENU_DIRECTORY
Name of the default program group for the product in the Windows Start menu.

By default used CPACK_IFW_PACKAGE_NAME.

CPACK_IFW_TARGET_DIRECTORY
Default target directory for installation. By default used
“@ApplicationsDir@/CPACK_PACKAGE_INSTALL_DIRECTORY”

You can use predefined variables.

CPACK_IFW_ADMIN_TARGET_DIRECTORY
Default target directory for installation with administrator rights.

You can use predefined variables.

CPACK_IFW_PACKAGE_GROUP
The group, which will be used to configure the root package

CPACK_IFW_PACKAGE_NAME
The root package name, which will be used if configuration group is not specified

CPACK_IFW_PACKAGE_MAINTENANCE_TOOL_NAME
Filename of the generated maintenance tool. The platform-specific executable file extension is
appended.

By default used QtIFW defaults (maintenancetool).

CPACK_IFW_PACKAGE_MAINTENANCE_TOOL_INI_FILE
Filename for the configuration of the generated maintenance tool.

By default used QtIFW defaults (maintenancetool.ini).

CPACK_IFW_PACKAGE_ALLOW_NON_ASCII_CHARACTERS
Set to ON if the installation path can contain non-ASCII characters.

Is ON for QtIFW less 2.0 tools.

CPACK_IFW_PACKAGE_ALLOW_SPACE_IN_PATH
Set to OFF if the installation path cannot contain space characters.

Is ON for QtIFW less 2.0 tools.

CPACK_IFW_PACKAGE_CONTROL_SCRIPT
Filename for a custom installer control script.

CPACK_IFW_PACKAGE_RESOURCES
List of additional resources (‘.qrc’ files) to include in the installer binary.

You can use cpack_ifw_add_package_resources() command to resolve relative paths.

CPACK_IFW_PACKAGE_FILE_EXTENSION
The target binary extension.

On Linux, the name of the target binary is automatically extended with ‘.run’, if you do not
specify the extension.

On Windows, the target is created as an application with the extension ‘.exe’, which is
automatically added, if not supplied.

On Mac, the target is created as an DMG disk image with the extension ‘.dmg’, which is
automatically added, if not supplied.

CPACK_IFW_REPOSITORIES_ALL
The list of remote repositories.

The default value of this variable is computed by CPack and contains all repositories added with
command cpack_ifw_add_repository() or updated with command cpack_ifw_update_repository().

CPACK_IFW_DOWNLOAD_ALL
If this is ON all components will be downloaded. By default is OFF or used value from
CPACK_DOWNLOAD_ALL if set

Components
CPACK_IFW_RESOLVE_DUPLICATE_NAMES
Resolve duplicate names when installing components with groups.

CPACK_IFW_PACKAGES_DIRECTORIES
Additional prepared packages dirs that will be used to resolve dependent components.

CPACK_IFW_REPOSITORIES_DIRECTORIES
Additional prepared repository dirs that will be used to resolve and repack dependent components.
This feature available only since QtIFW 3.1.

Tools
CPACK_IFW_FRAMEWORK_VERSION
The version of used QtIFW tools.

CPACK_IFW_BINARYCREATOR_EXECUTABLE
The path to “binarycreator” command line client.

This variable is cached and may be configured if needed.

CPACK_IFW_REPOGEN_EXECUTABLE
The path to “repogen” command line client.

This variable is cached and may be configured if needed.

CPACK_IFW_INSTALLERBASE_EXECUTABLE
The path to “installerbase” installer executable base.

This variable is cached and may be configured if needed.

CPACK_IFW_DEVTOOL_EXECUTABLE
The path to “devtool” command line client.

This variable is cached and may be configured if needed.

Commands
The module defines the following commands:

cpack_ifw_configure_component
Sets the arguments specific to the CPack IFW generator.

cpack_ifw_configure_component(<compname> [COMMON] [ESSENTIAL] [VIRTUAL]
[FORCED_INSTALLATION] [REQUIRES_ADMIN_RIGHTS]
[NAME <name>]
[DISPLAY_NAME <display_name>] # Note: Internationalization supported
[DESCRIPTION <description>] # Note: Internationalization supported
[UPDATE_TEXT <update_text>]
[VERSION <version>]
[RELEASE_DATE <release_date>]
[SCRIPT <script>]
[PRIORITY|SORTING_PRIORITY <sorting_priority>] # Note: PRIORITY is deprecated
[DEPENDS|DEPENDENCIES <com_id> ...]
[AUTO_DEPEND_ON <comp_id> ...]
[LICENSES <display_name> <file_path> ...]
[DEFAULT <value>]
[USER_INTERFACES <file_path> <file_path> ...]
[TRANSLATIONS <file_path> <file_path> ...]
[REPLACES <comp_id> ...]
[CHECKABLE <value>])

This command should be called after cpack_add_component() command.

COMMON if set, then the component will be packaged and installed as part of a group to which it
belongs.

ESSENTIAL
if set, then the package manager stays disabled until that component is updated.

VIRTUAL
if set, then the component will be hidden from the installer. It is a equivalent of the
HIDDEN option from the cpack_add_component() command.

FORCED_INSTALLATION
if set, then the component must always be installed. It is a equivalent of the REQUARED
option from the cpack_add_component() command.

REQUIRES_ADMIN_RIGHTS
set it if the component needs to be installed with elevated permissions.

NAME is used to create domain-like identification for this component. By default used origin
component name.

DISPLAY_NAME
set to rewrite original name configured by cpack_add_component() command.

DESCRIPTION
set to rewrite original description configured by cpack_add_component() command.

UPDATE_TEXT
will be added to the component description if this is an update to the component.

VERSION
is version of component. By default used CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION.

RELEASE_DATE
keep empty to auto generate.

SCRIPT is a relative or absolute path to operations script for this component.

PRIORITY | SORTING_PRIORITY
is priority of the component in the tree. The PRIORITY option is deprecated and will be
removed in a future version of CMake. Please use SORTING_PRIORITY option instead.

DEPENDS | DEPENDENCIES
list of dependency component or component group identifiers in QtIFW style.

AUTO_DEPEND_ON
list of identifiers of component or component group in QtIFW style that this component has
an automatic dependency on.

LICENSES
pair of <display_name> and <file_path> of license text for this component. You can specify
more then one license.

DEFAULT
Possible values are: TRUE, FALSE, and SCRIPT. Set to FALSE to disable the component in the
installer or to SCRIPT to resolved during runtime (don’t forget add the file of the script
as a value of the SCRIPT option).

USER_INTERFACES
is a list of <file_path> (‘.ui’ files) representing pages to load.

TRANSLATIONS
is a list of <file_path> (‘.qm’ files) representing translations to load.

REPLACES
list of identifiers of component or component group to replace.

CHECKABLE
Possible values are: TRUE, FALSE. Set to FALSE if you want to hide the checkbox for an
item. This is useful when only a few subcomponents should be selected instead of all.

cpack_ifw_configure_component_group
Sets the arguments specific to the CPack IFW generator.

cpack_ifw_configure_component_group(<groupname> [VIRTUAL]
[FORCED_INSTALLATION] [REQUIRES_ADMIN_RIGHTS]
[NAME <name>]
[DISPLAY_NAME <display_name>] # Note: Internationalization supported
[DESCRIPTION <description>] # Note: Internationalization supported
[UPDATE_TEXT <update_text>]
[VERSION <version>]
[RELEASE_DATE <release_date>]
[SCRIPT <script>]
[PRIORITY|SORTING_PRIORITY <sorting_priority>] # Note: PRIORITY is deprecated
[DEPENDS|DEPENDENCIES <com_id> ...]
[AUTO_DEPEND_ON <comp_id> ...]
[LICENSES <display_name> <file_path> ...]
[DEFAULT <value>]
[USER_INTERFACES <file_path> <file_path> ...]
[TRANSLATIONS <file_path> <file_path> ...]
[REPLACES <comp_id> ...]
[CHECKABLE <value>])

This command should be called after cpack_add_component_group() command.

VIRTUAL
if set, then the group will be hidden from the installer. Note that setting this on a root
component does not work.

FORCED_INSTALLATION
if set, then the group must always be installed.

REQUIRES_ADMIN_RIGHTS
set it if the component group needs to be installed with elevated permissions.

NAME is used to create domain-like identification for this component group. By default used
origin component group name.

DISPLAY_NAME
set to rewrite original name configured by cpack_add_component_group() command.

DESCRIPTION
set to rewrite original description configured by cpack_add_component_group() command.

UPDATE_TEXT
will be added to the component group description if this is an update to the component
group.

VERSION
is version of component group. By default used CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION.

RELEASE_DATE
keep empty to auto generate.

SCRIPT is a relative or absolute path to operations script for this component group.

PRIORITY | SORTING_PRIORITY
is priority of the component group in the tree. The PRIORITY option is deprecated and will
be removed in a future version of CMake. Please use SORTING_PRIORITY option instead.

DEPENDS | DEPENDENCIES
list of dependency component or component group identifiers in QtIFW style.

AUTO_DEPEND_ON
list of identifiers of component or component group in QtIFW style that this component
group has an automatic dependency on.

LICENSES
pair of <display_name> and <file_path> of license text for this component group. You can
specify more then one license.

DEFAULT
Possible values are: TRUE, FALSE, and SCRIPT. Set to TRUE to preselect the group in the
installer (this takes effect only on groups that have no visible child components) or to
SCRIPT to resolved during runtime (don’t forget add the file of the script as a value of
the SCRIPT option).

USER_INTERFACES
is a list of <file_path> (‘.ui’ files) representing pages to load.

TRANSLATIONS
is a list of <file_path> (‘.qm’ files) representing translations to load.

REPLACES
list of identifiers of component or component group to replace.

CHECKABLE
Possible values are: TRUE, FALSE. Set to FALSE if you want to hide the checkbox for an
item. This is useful when only a few subcomponents should be selected instead of all.

cpack_ifw_add_repository
Add QtIFW specific remote repository to binary installer.

cpack_ifw_add_repository(<reponame> [DISABLED]
URL <url>
[USERNAME <username>]
[PASSWORD <password>]
[DISPLAY_NAME <display_name>])

This command will also add the <reponame> repository to a variable CPACK_IFW_REPOSITORIES_ALL.

DISABLED
if set, then the repository will be disabled by default.

URL is points to a list of available components.

USERNAME
is used as user on a protected repository.

PASSWORD
is password to use on a protected repository.

DISPLAY_NAME
is string to display instead of the URL.

cpack_ifw_update_repository
Update QtIFW specific repository from remote repository.

cpack_ifw_update_repository(<reponame>
[[ADD|REMOVE] URL <url>]|
[REPLACE OLD_URL <old_url> NEW_URL <new_url>]]
[USERNAME <username>]
[PASSWORD <password>]
[DISPLAY_NAME <display_name>])

This command will also add the <reponame> repository to a variable CPACK_IFW_REPOSITORIES_ALL.

URL is points to a list of available components.

OLD_URL
is points to a list that will replaced.

NEW_URL
is points to a list that will replace to.

USERNAME
is used as user on a protected repository.

PASSWORD
is password to use on a protected repository.

DISPLAY_NAME
is string to display instead of the URL.

cpack_ifw_add_package_resources
Add additional resources in the installer binary.

cpack_ifw_add_package_resources(<file_path> <file_path> ...)

This command will also add the specified files to a variable CPACK_IFW_PACKAGE_RESOURCES.

Example usage
set(CPACK_PACKAGE_NAME "MyPackage")
set(CPACK_PACKAGE_DESCRIPTION_SUMMARY "MyPackage Installation Example")
set(CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION "1.0.0") # Version of installer

include(CPack)
include(CPackIFW)

cpack_add_component(myapp
DISPLAY_NAME "MyApp"
DESCRIPTION "My Application") # Default description
cpack_ifw_configure_component(myapp
DESCRIPTION ru_RU "Мое Приложение" # Localized description
VERSION "1.2.3" # Version of component
SCRIPT "operations.qs")
cpack_add_component(mybigplugin
DISPLAY_NAME "MyBigPlugin"
DESCRIPTION "My Big Downloadable Plugin"
DOWNLOADED)
cpack_ifw_add_repository(myrepo
URL "http://example.com/ifw/repo/myapp"
DISPLAY_NAME "My Application Repository")

Online installer
By default CPack IFW generator makes offline installer. This means that all components will be packaged
into a binary file.

To make a component downloaded, you must set the DOWNLOADED option in cpack_add_component().

Then you would use the command cpack_configure_downloads(). If you set ALL option all components will be
downloaded.

You also can use command cpack_ifw_add_repository() and variable CPACK_IFW_DOWNLOAD_ALL for more specific
configuration.

CPack IFW generator creates “repository” dir in current binary dir. You would copy content of this dir to
specified site (url).

See Also
Qt Installer Framework Manual:

• Index page: http://doc.qt.io/qtinstallerframework/index.html

• Component Scripting: http://doc.qt.io/qtinstallerframework/scripting.html

• Predefined Variables: http://doc.qt.io/qtinstallerframework/scripting.html#predefined-variables

• Promoting Updates: http://doc.qt.io/qtinstallerframework/ifw-updates.html

Download Qt Installer Framework for you platform from Qt site:
http://download.qt.io/official_releases/qt-installer-framework

CPackIFWConfigureFile
The module defines configure_file() similar command to configure file templates prepared in
QtIFW/SDK/Creator style.

Commands
The module defines the following commands:

cpack_ifw_configure_file
Copy a file to another location and modify its contents.

cpack_ifw_configure_file(<input> <output>)

Copies an <input> file to an <output> file and substitutes variable values referenced as %{VAR} or
%VAR% in the input file content. Each variable reference will be replaced with the current value
of the variable, or the empty string if the variable is not defined.

CPackNSIS
CPack NSIS generator specific options

Variables specific to CPack NSIS generator
The following variables are specific to the graphical installers built on Windows using the Nullsoft
Installation System.

CPACK_NSIS_INSTALL_ROOT
The default installation directory presented to the end user by the NSIS installer is under this
root dir. The full directory presented to the end user is:
${CPACK_NSIS_INSTALL_ROOT}/${CPACK_PACKAGE_INSTALL_DIRECTORY}

CPACK_NSIS_MUI_ICON
An icon filename. The name of a *.ico file used as the main icon for the generated install
program.

CPACK_NSIS_MUI_UNIICON
An icon filename. The name of a *.ico file used as the main icon for the generated uninstall
program.

CPACK_NSIS_INSTALLER_MUI_ICON_CODE
undocumented.

CPACK_NSIS_MUI_WELCOMEFINISHPAGE_BITMAP
The filename of a bitmap to use as the NSIS MUI_WELCOMEFINISHPAGE_BITMAP.

CPACK_NSIS_MUI_UNWELCOMEFINISHPAGE_BITMAP
The filename of a bitmap to use as the NSIS MUI_UNWELCOMEFINISHPAGE_BITMAP.

CPACK_NSIS_EXTRA_PREINSTALL_COMMANDS
Extra NSIS commands that will be added to the beginning of the install Section, before your
install tree is available on the target system.

CPACK_NSIS_EXTRA_INSTALL_COMMANDS
Extra NSIS commands that will be added to the end of the install Section, after your install tree
is available on the target system.

CPACK_NSIS_EXTRA_UNINSTALL_COMMANDS
Extra NSIS commands that will be added to the uninstall Section, before your install tree is
removed from the target system.

CPACK_NSIS_COMPRESSOR
The arguments that will be passed to the NSIS SetCompressor command.

CPACK_NSIS_ENABLE_UNINSTALL_BEFORE_INSTALL
Ask about uninstalling previous versions first. If this is set to “ON”, then an installer will
look for previous installed versions and if one is found, ask the user whether to uninstall it
before proceeding with the install.

CPACK_NSIS_MODIFY_PATH
Modify PATH toggle. If this is set to “ON”, then an extra page will appear in the installer that
will allow the user to choose whether the program directory should be added to the system PATH
variable.

CPACK_NSIS_DISPLAY_NAME
The display name string that appears in the Windows Add/Remove Program control panel

CPACK_NSIS_PACKAGE_NAME
The title displayed at the top of the installer.

CPACK_NSIS_INSTALLED_ICON_NAME
A path to the executable that contains the installer icon.

CPACK_NSIS_HELP_LINK
URL to a web site providing assistance in installing your application.

CPACK_NSIS_URL_INFO_ABOUT
URL to a web site providing more information about your application.

CPACK_NSIS_CONTACT
Contact information for questions and comments about the installation process.

CPACK_NSIS_<compName>_INSTALL_DIRECTORY
Custom install directory for the specified component <compName> instead of $INSTDIR.

CPACK_NSIS_CREATE_ICONS_EXTRA
Additional NSIS commands for creating start menu shortcuts.

CPACK_NSIS_DELETE_ICONS_EXTRA
Additional NSIS commands to uninstall start menu shortcuts.

CPACK_NSIS_EXECUTABLES_DIRECTORY
Creating NSIS start menu links assumes that they are in ‘bin’ unless this variable is set. For
example, you would set this to ‘exec’ if your executables are in an exec directory.

CPACK_NSIS_MUI_FINISHPAGE_RUN
Specify an executable to add an option to run on the finish page of the NSIS installer.

CPACK_NSIS_MENU_LINKS
Specify links in [application] menu. This should contain a list of pair “link” “link name”. The
link may be an URL or a path relative to installation prefix. Like:

set(CPACK_NSIS_MENU_LINKS
"doc/cmake-@CMake_VERSION_MAJOR@.@CMake_VERSION_MINOR@/cmake.html"
"CMake Help" "https://cmake.org" "CMake Web Site")

CPackPackageMaker
PackageMaker CPack generator (Mac OS X).

Variables specific to CPack PackageMaker generator
The following variable is specific to installers built on Mac OS X using PackageMaker:

CPACK_OSX_PACKAGE_VERSION
The version of Mac OS X that the resulting PackageMaker archive should be compatible with.
Different versions of Mac OS X support different features. For example, CPack can only build
component-based installers for Mac OS X 10.4 or newer, and can only build installers that download
component son-the-fly for Mac OS X 10.5 or newer. If left blank, this value will be set to the
minimum version of Mac OS X that supports the requested features. Set this variable to some value
(e.g., 10.4) only if you want to guarantee that your installer will work on that version of Mac OS
X, and don’t mind missing extra features available in the installer shipping with later versions
of Mac OS X.

CPackProductBuild
productbuild CPack generator (Mac OS X).

Variables specific to CPack productbuild generator
The following variable is specific to installers built on Mac OS X using productbuild:

CPACK_COMMAND_PRODUCTBUILD
Path to the productbuild(1) command used to generate a product archive for the OS X Installer or
Mac App Store. This variable can be used to override the automatically detected command (or
specify its location if the auto-detection fails to find it.)

CPACK_PRODUCTBUILD_IDENTITY_NAME
Adds a digital signature to the resulting package.

CPACK_PRODUCTBUILD_KEYCHAIN_PATH
Specify a specific keychain to search for the signing identity.

CPACK_COMMAND_PKGBUILD
Path to the pkgbuild(1) command used to generate an OS X component package on OS X. This variable
can be used to override the automatically detected command (or specify its location if the
auto-detection fails to find it.)

CPACK_PKGBUILD_IDENTITY_NAME
Adds a digital signature to the resulting package.

CPACK_PKGBUILD_KEYCHAIN_PATH
Specify a specific keychain to search for the signing identity.

CPACK_PRODUCTBUILD_RESOURCES_DIR
If specified the productbuild generator copies files from this directory (including
subdirectories) to the Resources directory. This is done before the CPACK_RESOURCE_FILE_WELCOME,
CPACK_RESOURCE_FILE_README, and CPACK_RESOURCE_FILE_LICENSE files are copied.

CPackRPM
The built in (binary) CPack RPM generator (Unix only)

Variables specific to CPack RPM generator
CPackRPM may be used to create RPM packages using CPack. CPackRPM is a CPack generator thus it uses the
CPACK_XXX variables used by CPack.

CPackRPM has specific features which are controlled by the specifics CPACK_RPM_XXX variables.

CPACK_RPM_<COMPONENT>_XXXX variables may be used in order to have component specific values. Note
however that <COMPONENT> refers to the grouping name written in upper case. It may be either a component
name or a component GROUP name. Usually those variables correspond to RPM spec file entities. One may
find information about spec files here http://www.rpm.org/wiki/Docs

NOTE:
<COMPONENT> part of variables is preferred to be in upper case (for e.g. if component is named foo
then use CPACK_RPM_FOO_XXXX variable name format) as is with other CPACK_<COMPONENT>_XXXX variables.
For the purposes of back compatibility (CMake/CPack version 3.5 and lower) support for same cased
component (e.g. fOo would be used as CPACK_RPM_fOo_XXXX) is still supported for variables defined in
older versions of CMake/CPack but is not guaranteed for variables that will be added in the future.
For the sake of back compatibility same cased component variables also override upper cased versions
where both are present.

Here are some CPackRPM wiki resources that are here for historic reasons and are no longer maintained but
may still prove useful:

• https://cmake.org/Wiki/CMake:CPackConfiguration

• https://cmake.org/Wiki/CMake:CPackPackageGenerators#RPM_.28Unix_Only.29

List of CPackRPM specific variables:

CPACK_RPM_COMPONENT_INSTALL
Enable component packaging for CPackRPM

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : OFF

If enabled (ON) multiple packages are generated. By default a single package containing files of
all components is generated.

CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_SUMMARY

CPACK_RPM_<component>_PACKAGE_SUMMARY
The RPM package summary.

• Mandatory : YES

• Default : CPACK_PACKAGE_DESCRIPTION_SUMMARY

CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_NAME

CPACK_RPM_<component>_PACKAGE_NAME
The RPM package name.

• Mandatory : YES

• Default : CPACK_PACKAGE_NAME

CPACK_RPM_FILE_NAME

CPACK_RPM_<component>_FILE_NAME
Package file name.

• Mandatory : YES

•

Default
<CPACK_PACKAGE_FILE_NAME>[-<component>].rpm with spaces replaced by ‘-‘

This may be set to RPM-DEFAULT to allow rpmbuild tool to generate package file name by itself.
Alternatively provided package file name must end with .rpm suffix.

NOTE:
By using user provided spec file, rpm macro extensions such as for generating debuginfo
packages or by simply using multiple components more than one rpm file may be generated, either
from a single spec file or from multiple spec files (each component execution produces it’s own
spec file). In such cases duplicate file names may occur as a result of this variable setting
or spec file content structure. Duplicate files get overwritten and it is up to the packager to
set the variables in a manner that will prevent such errors.

CPACK_RPM_MAIN_COMPONENT
Main component that is packaged without component suffix.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : -

This variable can be set to any component or group name so that component or group rpm package is
generated without component suffix in filename and package name.

CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_EPOCH
The RPM package epoch

• Mandatory : No

• Default : -

Optional number that should be incremented when changing versioning schemas or fixing mistakes in
the version numbers of older packages.

CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_VERSION
The RPM package version.

• Mandatory : YES

• Default : CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION

CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_ARCHITECTURE

CPACK_RPM_<component>_PACKAGE_ARCHITECTURE
The RPM package architecture.

• Mandatory : YES

• Default : Native architecture output by uname -m

This may be set to noarch if you know you are building a noarch package.

CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_RELEASE
The RPM package release.

• Mandatory : YES

• Default : 1

This is the numbering of the RPM package itself, i.e. the version of the packaging and not the
version of the content (see CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_VERSION). One may change the default value if the
previous packaging was buggy and/or you want to put here a fancy Linux distro specific numbering.

NOTE:
This is the string that goes into the RPM Release: field. Some distros (e.g. Fedora, CentOS) require
1%{?dist} format and not just a number. %{?dist} part can be added by setting
CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_RELEASE_DIST.

CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_RELEASE_DIST
The dist tag that is added RPM Release: field.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : OFF

This is the reported %{dist} tag from the current distribution or empty %{dist} if RPM macro is
not set. If this variable is set then RPM Release: field value is set to
${CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_RELEASE}%{?dist}.

CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_LICENSE
The RPM package license policy.

• Mandatory : YES

• Default : “unknown”

CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_GROUP

CPACK_RPM_<component>_PACKAGE_GROUP
The RPM package group.

• Mandatory : YES

• Default : “unknown”

CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_VENDOR
The RPM package vendor.

• Mandatory : YES

• Default : CPACK_PACKAGE_VENDOR if set or “unknown”

CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_URL

CPACK_RPM_<component>_PACKAGE_URL
The projects URL.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : -

CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_DESCRIPTION

CPACK_RPM_<component>_PACKAGE_DESCRIPTION
RPM package description.

• Mandatory : YES

• Default : CPACK_COMPONENT_<compName>_DESCRIPTION (component based installers only) if set,
CPACK_PACKAGE_DESCRIPTION_FILE if set or “no package description available”

CPACK_RPM_COMPRESSION_TYPE
RPM compression type.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : -

May be used to override RPM compression type to be used to build the RPM. For example some Linux
distribution now default to lzma or xz compression whereas older cannot use such RPM. Using this
one can enforce compression type to be used.

Possible values are:

• lzma

• xz

• bzip2

• gzip

CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_AUTOREQ

CPACK_RPM_<component>_PACKAGE_AUTOREQ
RPM spec autoreq field.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : -

May be used to enable (1, yes) or disable (0, no) automatic shared libraries dependency detection.
Dependencies are added to requires list.

NOTE:
By default automatic dependency detection is enabled by rpm generator.

CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_AUTOPROV

CPACK_RPM_<component>_PACKAGE_AUTOPROV
RPM spec autoprov field.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : -

May be used to enable (1, yes) or disable (0, no) automatic listing of shared libraries that are
provided by the package. Shared libraries are added to provides list.

NOTE:
By default automatic provides detection is enabled by rpm generator.

CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_AUTOREQPROV

CPACK_RPM_<component>_PACKAGE_AUTOREQPROV
RPM spec autoreqprov field.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : -

Variable enables/disables autoreq and autoprov at the same time. See CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_AUTOREQ
and CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_AUTOPROV for more details.

NOTE:
By default automatic detection feature is enabled by rpm.

CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_REQUIRES

CPACK_RPM_<component>_PACKAGE_REQUIRES
RPM spec requires field.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : -

May be used to set RPM dependencies (requires). Note that you must enclose the complete requires
string between quotes, for example:

set(CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_REQUIRES "python >= 2.5.0, cmake >= 2.8")

The required package list of an RPM file could be printed with:

rpm -qp --requires file.rpm

CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_CONFLICTS

CPACK_RPM_<component>_PACKAGE_CONFLICTS
RPM spec conflicts field.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : -

May be used to set negative RPM dependencies (conflicts). Note that you must enclose the complete
requires string between quotes, for example:

set(CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_CONFLICTS "libxml2")

The conflicting package list of an RPM file could be printed with:

rpm -qp --conflicts file.rpm

CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_REQUIRES_PRE

CPACK_RPM_<component>_PACKAGE_REQUIRES_PRE
RPM spec requires(pre) field.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : -

May be used to set RPM preinstall dependencies (requires(pre)). Note that you must enclose the
complete requires string between quotes, for example:

set(CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_REQUIRES_PRE "shadow-utils, initscripts")

CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_REQUIRES_POST

CPACK_RPM_<component>_PACKAGE_REQUIRES_POST
RPM spec requires(post) field.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : -

May be used to set RPM postinstall dependencies (requires(post)). Note that you must enclose the
complete requires string between quotes, for example:

set(CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_REQUIRES_POST "shadow-utils, initscripts")

CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_REQUIRES_POSTUN

CPACK_RPM_<component>_PACKAGE_REQUIRES_POSTUN
RPM spec requires(postun) field.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : -

May be used to set RPM postuninstall dependencies (requires(postun)). Note that you must enclose
the complete requires string between quotes, for example:

set(CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_REQUIRES_POSTUN "shadow-utils, initscripts")

CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_REQUIRES_PREUN

CPACK_RPM_<component>_PACKAGE_REQUIRES_PREUN
RPM spec requires(preun) field.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : -

May be used to set RPM preuninstall dependencies (requires(preun)). Note that you must enclose the
complete requires string between quotes, for example:

set(CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_REQUIRES_PREUN "shadow-utils, initscripts")

CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_SUGGESTS

CPACK_RPM_<component>_PACKAGE_SUGGESTS
RPM spec suggest field.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : -

May be used to set weak RPM dependencies (suggests). Note that you must enclose the complete
requires string between quotes.

CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_PROVIDES

CPACK_RPM_<component>_PACKAGE_PROVIDES
RPM spec provides field.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : -

May be used to set RPM dependencies (provides). The provided package list of an RPM file could be
printed with:

rpm -qp --provides file.rpm

CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_OBSOLETES

CPACK_RPM_<component>_PACKAGE_OBSOLETES
RPM spec obsoletes field.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : -

May be used to set RPM packages that are obsoleted by this one.

CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_RELOCATABLE
build a relocatable RPM.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : CPACK_PACKAGE_RELOCATABLE

If this variable is set to TRUE or ON CPackRPM will try to build a relocatable RPM package. A
relocatable RPM may be installed using:

rpm --prefix or --relocate

in order to install it at an alternate place see rpm(8). Note that currently this may fail if
CPACK_SET_DESTDIR is set to ON. If CPACK_SET_DESTDIR is set then you will get a warning message
but if there is file installed with absolute path you’ll get unexpected behavior.

CPACK_RPM_SPEC_INSTALL_POST
Deprecated - use CPACK_RPM_POST_INSTALL_SCRIPT_FILE instead.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : -

• Deprecated: YES

This way of specifying post-install script is deprecated, use CPACK_RPM_POST_INSTALL_SCRIPT_FILE.
May be used to set an RPM post-install command inside the spec file. For example setting it to
/bin/true may be used to prevent rpmbuild to strip binaries.

CPACK_RPM_SPEC_MORE_DEFINE
RPM extended spec definitions lines.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : -

May be used to add any %define lines to the generated spec file.

CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_DEBUG
Toggle CPackRPM debug output.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : -

May be set when invoking cpack in order to trace debug information during CPack RPM run. For
example you may launch CPack like this:

cpack -D CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_DEBUG=1 -G RPM

CPACK_RPM_USER_BINARY_SPECFILE

CPACK_RPM_<componentName>_USER_BINARY_SPECFILE
A user provided spec file.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : -

May be set by the user in order to specify a USER binary spec file to be used by CPackRPM instead
of generating the file. The specified file will be processed by configure_file( @ONLY).

CPACK_RPM_GENERATE_USER_BINARY_SPECFILE_TEMPLATE
Spec file template.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : -

If set CPack will generate a template for USER specified binary spec file and stop with an error.
For example launch CPack like this:

cpack -D CPACK_RPM_GENERATE_USER_BINARY_SPECFILE_TEMPLATE=1 -G RPM

The user may then use this file in order to hand-craft is own binary spec file which may be used
with CPACK_RPM_USER_BINARY_SPECFILE.

CPACK_RPM_PRE_INSTALL_SCRIPT_FILE

CPACK_RPM_PRE_UNINSTALL_SCRIPT_FILE
Path to file containing pre (un)install script.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : -

May be used to embed a pre (un)installation script in the spec file. The referred script file (or
both) will be read and directly put after the %pre or %preun section If
CPACK_RPM_COMPONENT_INSTALL is set to ON the (un)install script for each component can be
overridden with CPACK_RPM_<COMPONENT>_PRE_INSTALL_SCRIPT_FILE and
CPACK_RPM_<COMPONENT>_PRE_UNINSTALL_SCRIPT_FILE. One may verify which scriptlet has been included
with:

rpm -qp --scripts package.rpm

CPACK_RPM_POST_INSTALL_SCRIPT_FILE

CPACK_RPM_POST_UNINSTALL_SCRIPT_FILE
Path to file containing post (un)install script.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : -

May be used to embed a post (un)installation script in the spec file. The referred script file
(or both) will be read and directly put after the %post or %postun section. If
CPACK_RPM_COMPONENT_INSTALL is set to ON the (un)install script for each component can be
overridden with CPACK_RPM_<COMPONENT>_POST_INSTALL_SCRIPT_FILE and
CPACK_RPM_<COMPONENT>_POST_UNINSTALL_SCRIPT_FILE. One may verify which scriptlet has been
included with:

rpm -qp --scripts package.rpm

CPACK_RPM_USER_FILELIST

CPACK_RPM_<COMPONENT>_USER_FILELIST

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : -

May be used to explicitly specify %(<directive>) file line in the spec file. Like
%config(noreplace) or any other directive that be found in the %files section. You can have
multiple directives per line, as in %attr(600,root,root) %config(noreplace). Since CPackRPM is
generating the list of files (and directories) the user specified files of the
CPACK_RPM_<COMPONENT>_USER_FILELIST list will be removed from the generated list. If referring to
directories do not add a trailing slash.

CPACK_RPM_CHANGELOG_FILE
RPM changelog file.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : -

May be used to embed a changelog in the spec file. The referred file will be read and directly
put after the %changelog section.

CPACK_RPM_EXCLUDE_FROM_AUTO_FILELIST
list of path to be excluded.

• Mandatory : NO

•

Default
/etc /etc/init.d /usr /usr/bin /usr/include /usr/lib /usr/libx32 /usr/lib64 /usr/share
/usr/share/aclocal /usr/share/doc

May be used to exclude path (directories or files) from the auto-generated list of paths
discovered by CPack RPM. The defaut value contains a reasonable set of values if the variable is
not defined by the user. If the variable is defined by the user then CPackRPM will NOT any of the
default path. If you want to add some path to the default list then you can use
CPACK_RPM_EXCLUDE_FROM_AUTO_FILELIST_ADDITION variable.

CPACK_RPM_EXCLUDE_FROM_AUTO_FILELIST_ADDITION
additional list of path to be excluded.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : -

May be used to add more exclude path (directories or files) from the initial default list of
excluded paths. See CPACK_RPM_EXCLUDE_FROM_AUTO_FILELIST.

CPACK_RPM_RELOCATION_PATHS
Packages relocation paths list.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : -

May be used to specify more than one relocation path per relocatable RPM. Variable contains a
list of relocation paths that if relative are prefixed by the value of
CPACK_RPM_<COMPONENT>_PACKAGE_PREFIX or by the value of CPACK_PACKAGING_INSTALL_PREFIX if the
component version is not provided. Variable is not component based as its content can be used to
set a different path prefix for e.g. binary dir and documentation dir at the same time. Only
prefixes that are required by a certain component are added to that component - component must
contain at least one file/directory/symbolic link with CPACK_RPM_RELOCATION_PATHS prefix for a
certain relocation path to be added. Package will not contain any relocation paths if there are no
files/directories/symbolic links on any of the provided prefix locations. Packages that either do
not contain any relocation paths or contain files/directories/symbolic links that are outside
relocation paths print out an AUTHOR_WARNING that RPM will be partially relocatable.

CPACK_RPM_<COMPONENT>_PACKAGE_PREFIX
Per component relocation path install prefix.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : CPACK_PACKAGING_INSTALL_PREFIX

May be used to set per component CPACK_PACKAGING_INSTALL_PREFIX for relocatable RPM packages.

CPACK_RPM_NO_INSTALL_PREFIX_RELOCATION

CPACK_RPM_NO_<COMPONENT>_INSTALL_PREFIX_RELOCATION
Removal of default install prefix from relocation paths list.

• Mandatory : NO

•

Default
CPACK_PACKAGING_INSTALL_PREFIX or CPACK_RPM_<COMPONENT>_PACKAGE_PREFIX are treated as one
of relocation paths

May be used to remove CPACK_PACKAGING_INSTALL_PREFIX and CPACK_RPM_<COMPONENT>_PACKAGE_PREFIX from
relocatable RPM prefix paths.

CPACK_RPM_ADDITIONAL_MAN_DIRS

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : -

May be used to set additional man dirs that could potentially be compressed by brp-compress RPM
macro. Variable content must be a list of regular expressions that point to directories containing
man files or to man files directly. Note that in order to compress man pages a path must also be
present in brp-compress RPM script and that brp-compress script must be added to RPM configuration
by the operating system.

Regular expressions that are added by default were taken from brp-compress RPM macro:

• /usr/man/man.*

• /usr/man/.*/man.*

• /usr/info.*

• /usr/share/man/man.*

• /usr/share/man/.*/man.*

• /usr/share/info.*

• /usr/kerberos/man.*

• /usr/X11R6/man/man.*

• /usr/lib/perl5/man/man.*

• /usr/share/doc/.*/man/man.*

• /usr/lib/.*/man/man.*

CPACK_RPM_DEFAULT_USER

CPACK_RPM_<compName>_DEFAULT_USER
default user ownership of RPM content

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : root

Value should be user name and not UID. Note that <compName> must be in upper-case.

CPACK_RPM_DEFAULT_GROUP

CPACK_RPM_<compName>_DEFAULT_GROUP
default group ownership of RPM content

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : root

Value should be group name and not GID. Note that <compName> must be in upper-case.

CPACK_RPM_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS

CPACK_RPM_<compName>_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS
default permissions used for packaged files

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : - (system default)

Accepted values are lists with PERMISSIONS. Valid permissions are:

• OWNER_READ

• OWNER_WRITE

• OWNER_EXECUTE

• GROUP_READ

• GROUP_WRITE

• GROUP_EXECUTE

• WORLD_READ

• WORLD_WRITE

• WORLD_EXECUTE

Note that <compName> must be in upper-case.

CPACK_RPM_DEFAULT_DIR_PERMISSIONS

CPACK_RPM_<compName>_DEFAULT_DIR_PERMISSIONS
default permissions used for packaged directories

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : - (system default)

Accepted values are lists with PERMISSIONS. Valid permissions are the same as for
CPACK_RPM_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS. Note that <compName> must be in upper-case.

Packaging of Symbolic Links
CPackRPM supports packaging of symbolic links:

execute_process(COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND}
-E create_symlink <relative_path_location> <symlink_name>)
install(FILES ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/<symlink_name>
DESTINATION <symlink_location> COMPONENT libraries)

Symbolic links will be optimized (paths will be shortened if possible) before being added to the package
or if multiple relocation paths are detected, a post install symlink relocation script will be generated.

Symbolic links may point to locations that are not packaged by the same package (either a different
component or even not packaged at all) but those locations will be treated as if they were a part of the
package while determining if symlink should be either created or present in a post install script -
depending on relocation paths.

Symbolic links that point to locations outside packaging path produce a warning and are treated as non
relocatable permanent symbolic links.

Currently there are a few limitations though:

• For component based packaging component interdependency is not checked when processing symbolic links.
Symbolic links pointing to content of a different component are treated the same way as if pointing to
location that will not be packaged.

• Symbolic links pointing to a location through one or more intermediate symbolic links will not be
handled differently - if the intermediate symbolic link(s) is also on a relocatable path, relocating it
during package installation may cause initial symbolic link to point to an invalid location.

Packaging of debug information
Debuginfo packages contain debug symbols and sources for debugging packaged binaries.

Debuginfo RPM packaging has it’s own set of variables:

CPACK_RPM_DEBUGINFO_PACKAGE

CPACK_RPM_<component>_DEBUGINFO_PACKAGE
Enable generation of debuginfo RPM package(s).

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : OFF

NOTE:
Binaries must contain debug symbols before packaging so use either Debug or RelWithDebInfo for
CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE variable value.

NOTE:
Packages generated from packages without binary files, with binary files but without execute
permissions or without debug symbols will be empty.

CPACK_BUILD_SOURCE_DIRS
Provides locations of root directories of source files from which binaries were built.

• Mandatory : YES if CPACK_RPM_DEBUGINFO_PACKAGE is set

• Default : -

NOTE:
For CMake project CPACK_BUILD_SOURCE_DIRS is set by default to point to CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR and
CMAKE_BINARY_DIR paths.

NOTE:
Sources with path prefixes that do not fall under any location provided with CPACK_BUILD_SOURCE_DIRS
will not be present in debuginfo package.

CPACK_RPM_BUILD_SOURCE_DIRS_PREFIX

CPACK_RPM_<component>_BUILD_SOURCE_DIRS_PREFIX
Prefix of location where sources will be placed during package installation.

• Mandatory : YES if CPACK_RPM_DEBUGINFO_PACKAGE is set

•

Default
“/usr/src/debug/<CPACK_PACKAGE_FILE_NAME>” and for component packaging
“/usr/src/debug/<CPACK_PACKAGE_FILE_NAME>-<component>”

NOTE:
Each source path prefix is additionaly suffixed by src_<index> where index is index of the path used
from CPACK_BUILD_SOURCE_DIRS variable. This produces <CPACK_RPM_BUILD_SOURCE_DIRS_PREFIX>/src_<index>
replacement path. Limitation is that replaced path part must be shorter or of equal length than the
length of its replacement. If that is not the case either CPACK_RPM_BUILD_SOURCE_DIRS_PREFIX variable
has to be set to a shorter path or source directories must be placed on a longer path.

CPACK_RPM_DEBUGINFO_EXCLUDE_DIRS
Directories containing sources that should be excluded from debuginfo packages.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : “/usr /usr/src /usr/src/debug”

Listed paths are owned by other RPM packages and should therefore not be deleted on debuginfo
package uninstallation.

CPACK_RPM_DEBUGINFO_EXCLUDE_DIRS_ADDITION
Paths that should be appended to CPACK_RPM_DEBUGINFO_EXCLUDE_DIRS for exclusion.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : -

CPACK_RPM_DEBUGINFO_SINGLE_PACKAGE
Create a single debuginfo package even if components packaging is set.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : OFF

When this variable is enabled it produces a single debuginfo package even if component packaging
is enabled.

When using this feature in combination with components packaging and there is more than one
component this variable requires CPACK_RPM_MAIN_COMPONENT to be set.

NOTE:
If none of the CPACK_RPM_<component>_DEBUGINFO_PACKAGE variables is set then
CPACK_RPM_DEBUGINFO_PACKAGE is automatically set to ON when CPACK_RPM_DEBUGINFO_SINGLE_PACKAGE is set.

CPACK_RPM_DEBUGINFO_FILE_NAME

CPACK_RPM_<component>_DEBUGINFO_FILE_NAME
Debuginfo package file name.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : rpmbuild tool generated package file name

Alternatively provided debuginfo package file name must end with .rpm suffix and should differ
from file names of other generated packages.

Variable may contain @cpack_component@ placeholder which will be replaced by component name if
component packaging is enabled otherwise it deletes the placeholder.

Setting the variable to RPM-DEFAULT may be used to explicitly set filename generation to default.

NOTE:
CPACK_RPM_FILE_NAME also supports rpmbuild tool generated package file name - disabled by default but
can be enabled by setting the variable to RPM-DEFAULT.

Packaging of sources (SRPM)
SRPM packaging is enabled by setting CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_SOURCES variable while usually using
CPACK_INSTALLED_DIRECTORIES variable to provide directory containing CMakeLists.txt and source files.

For CMake projects SRPM package would be product by executing:

cpack -G RPM --config ./CPackSourceConfig.cmake

NOTE:
Produced SRPM package is expected to be built with cmake(1) executable and packaged with cpack(1)
executable so CMakeLists.txt has to be located in root source directory and must be able to generate
binary rpm packages by executing cpack -G command. The two executables as well as rpmbuild must also
be present when generating binary rpm packages from the produced SRPM package.

Once the SRPM package is generated it can be used to generate binary packages by creating a directory
structure for rpm generation and executing rpmbuild tool:

mkdir -p build_dir/{BUILD,BUILDROOT,RPMS,SOURCES,SPECS,SRPMS} rpmbuild --define "_topdir
<path_to_build_dir>" --rebuild <SRPM_file_name>

Generated packages will be located in build_dir/RPMS directory or its sub directories.

NOTE:
SRPM package internally uses CPack/RPM generator to generate binary packages so CMakeScripts.txt can
decide during the SRPM to binary rpm generation step what content the package(s) should have as well
as how they should be packaged (monolithic or components). CMake can decide this for e.g. by reading
environment variables set by the package manager before starting the process of generating binary rpm
packages. This way a single SRPM package can be used to produce different binary rpm packages on
different platforms depending on the platform’s packaging rules.

Source RPM packaging has it’s own set of variables:

CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_SOURCES
Should the content be packaged as a source rpm (default is binary rpm).

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : OFF

NOTE:
For cmake projects CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_SOURCES variable is set to OFF in CPackConfig.cmake and ON in
CPackSourceConfig.cmake generated files.

CPACK_RPM_SOURCE_PKG_BUILD_PARAMS
Additional command-line parameters provided to cmake(1) executable.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : -

CPACK_RPM_SOURCE_PKG_PACKAGING_INSTALL_PREFIX
Packaging install prefix that would be provided in CPACK_PACKAGING_INSTALL_PREFIX variable for
producing binary RPM packages.

• Mandatory : YES

• Default : “/”

CPACK_RPM_BUILDREQUIRES
List of source rpm build dependencies.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : -

May be used to set source RPM build dependencies (BuildRequires). Note that you must enclose the
complete build requirements string between quotes, for example:

set(CPACK_RPM_BUILDREQUIRES "python >= 2.5.0, cmake >= 2.8")

CPack
Build binary and source package installers.

Variables common to all CPack generators
The CPack module generates binary and source installers in a variety of formats using the cpack program.
Inclusion of the CPack module adds two new targets to the resulting makefiles, package and
package_source, which build the binary and source installers, respectively. The generated binary
installers contain everything installed via CMake’s INSTALL command (and the deprecated INSTALL_FILES,
INSTALL_PROGRAMS, and INSTALL_TARGETS commands).

The CPACK_GENERATOR variable has different meanings in different contexts. In your CMakeLists.txt file,
CPACK_GENERATOR is a list of generators: when run with no other arguments, CPack will iterate over that
list and produce one package for each generator. In a CPACK_PROJECT_CONFIG_FILE, though, CPACK_GENERATOR
is a string naming a single generator. If you need per-cpack- generator logic to control other cpack
settings, then you need a CPACK_PROJECT_CONFIG_FILE.

The CMake source tree itself contains a CPACK_PROJECT_CONFIG_FILE. See the top level file
CMakeCPackOptions.cmake.in for an example.

If set, the CPACK_PROJECT_CONFIG_FILE is included automatically on a per-generator basis. It only need
contain overrides.

Here’s how it works:

• cpack runs

• it includes CPackConfig.cmake

• it iterates over the generators listed in that file’s CPACK_GENERATOR list variable (unless told to use
just a specific one via -G on the command line…)

• foreach generator, it then

• sets CPACK_GENERATOR to the one currently being iterated

• includes the CPACK_PROJECT_CONFIG_FILE

• produces the package for that generator

This is the key: For each generator listed in CPACK_GENERATOR in CPackConfig.cmake, cpack will reset
CPACK_GENERATOR internally to the one currently being used and then include the
CPACK_PROJECT_CONFIG_FILE.

Before including this CPack module in your CMakeLists.txt file, there are a variety of variables that can
be set to customize the resulting installers. The most commonly-used variables are:

CPACK_PACKAGE_NAME
The name of the package (or application). If not specified, defaults to the project name.

CPACK_PACKAGE_VENDOR
The name of the package vendor. (e.g., “Kitware”).

CPACK_PACKAGE_DIRECTORY
The directory in which CPack is doing its packaging. If it is not set then this will default
(internally) to the build dir. This variable may be defined in CPack config file or from the cpack
command line option “-B”. If set the command line option override the value found in the config
file.

CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION_MAJOR
Package major Version

CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION_MINOR
Package minor Version

CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION_PATCH
Package patch Version

CPACK_PACKAGE_DESCRIPTION_FILE
A text file used to describe the project. Used, for example, the introduction screen of a
CPack-generated Windows installer to describe the project.

CPACK_PACKAGE_DESCRIPTION_SUMMARY
Short description of the project (only a few words). Default value is:

${PROJECT_DESCRIPTION}

if DESCRIPTION has given to the project() call or CMake generated string with PROJECT_NAME
otherwise.

CPACK_PACKAGE_FILE_NAME
The name of the package file to generate, not including the extension. For example,
cmake-2.6.1-Linux-i686. The default value is:

${CPACK_PACKAGE_NAME}-${CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION}-${CPACK_SYSTEM_NAME}.

CPACK_PACKAGE_INSTALL_DIRECTORY
Installation directory on the target system. This may be used by some CPack generators like NSIS
to create an installation directory e.g., “CMake 2.5” below the installation prefix. All installed
element will be put inside this directory.

CPACK_PACKAGE_ICON
A branding image that will be displayed inside the installer (used by GUI installers).

CPACK_PACKAGE_CHECKSUM
An algorithm that will be used to generate additional file with checksum of the package. Output
file name will be:

${CPACK_PACKAGE_FILE_NAME}.${CPACK_PACKAGE_CHECKSUM}

Supported algorithms are those listed by the string(<HASH>) command.

CPACK_PROJECT_CONFIG_FILE
CPack-time project CPack configuration file. This file included at cpack time, once per generator
after CPack has set CPACK_GENERATOR to the actual generator being used. It allows per-generator
setting of CPACK_* variables at cpack time.

CPACK_RESOURCE_FILE_LICENSE
License to be embedded in the installer. It will typically be displayed to the user by the
produced installer (often with an explicit “Accept” button, for graphical installers) prior to
installation. This license file is NOT added to installed file but is used by some CPack
generators like NSIS. If you want to install a license file (may be the same as this one) along
with your project you must add an appropriate CMake INSTALL command in your CMakeLists.txt.

CPACK_RESOURCE_FILE_README
ReadMe file to be embedded in the installer. It typically describes in some detail the purpose of
the project during the installation. Not all CPack generators uses this file.

CPACK_RESOURCE_FILE_WELCOME
Welcome file to be embedded in the installer. It welcomes users to this installer. Typically used
in the graphical installers on Windows and Mac OS X.

CPACK_MONOLITHIC_INSTALL
Disables the component-based installation mechanism. When set the component specification is
ignored and all installed items are put in a single “MONOLITHIC” package. Some CPack generators
do monolithic packaging by default and may be asked to do component packaging by setting
CPACK_<GENNAME>_COMPONENT_INSTALL to 1/TRUE.

CPACK_GENERATOR
List of CPack generators to use. If not specified, CPack will create a set of options
CPACK_BINARY_<GENNAME> (e.g., CPACK_BINARY_NSIS) allowing the user to enable/disable individual
generators. This variable may be used on the command line as well as in:

cpack -D CPACK_GENERATOR="ZIP;TGZ" /path/to/build/tree

CPACK_OUTPUT_CONFIG_FILE
The name of the CPack binary configuration file. This file is the CPack configuration generated by
the CPack module for binary installers. Defaults to CPackConfig.cmake.

CPACK_PACKAGE_EXECUTABLES
Lists each of the executables and associated text label to be used to create Start Menu shortcuts.
For example, setting this to the list ccmake;CMake will create a shortcut named “CMake” that will
execute the installed executable ccmake. Not all CPack generators use it (at least NSIS, WIX and
OSXX11 do).

CPACK_STRIP_FILES
List of files to be stripped. Starting with CMake 2.6.0 CPACK_STRIP_FILES will be a boolean
variable which enables stripping of all files (a list of files evaluates to TRUE in CMake, so this
change is compatible).

CPACK_VERBATIM_VARIABLES
If set to TRUE, values of variables prefixed with CPACK will be escaped before being written to
the configuration files, so that the cpack program receives them exactly as they were specified.
If not, characters like quotes and backslashes can cause parsing errors or alter the value
received by the cpack program. Defaults to FALSE for backwards compatibility.

• Mandatory : NO

• Default : FALSE

The following CPack variables are specific to source packages, and will not affect binary packages:

CPACK_SOURCE_PACKAGE_FILE_NAME
The name of the source package. For example cmake-2.6.1.

CPACK_SOURCE_STRIP_FILES
List of files in the source tree that will be stripped. Starting with CMake 2.6.0
CPACK_SOURCE_STRIP_FILES will be a boolean variable which enables stripping of all files (a list
of files evaluates to TRUE in CMake, so this change is compatible).

CPACK_SOURCE_GENERATOR
List of generators used for the source packages. As with CPACK_GENERATOR, if this is not specified
then CPack will create a set of options (e.g., CPACK_SOURCE_ZIP) allowing users to select which
packages will be generated.

CPACK_SOURCE_OUTPUT_CONFIG_FILE
The name of the CPack source configuration file. This file is the CPack configuration generated by
the CPack module for source installers. Defaults to CPackSourceConfig.cmake.

CPACK_SOURCE_IGNORE_FILES
Pattern of files in the source tree that won’t be packaged when building a source package. This is
a list of regular expression patterns (that must be properly escaped), e.g.,
/CVS/;/.svn/;.swp$;.#;/#;.*~;cscope.*

The following variables are for advanced uses of CPack:

CPACK_CMAKE_GENERATOR
What CMake generator should be used if the project is CMake project. Defaults to the value of
CMAKE_GENERATOR few users will want to change this setting.

CPACK_INSTALL_CMAKE_PROJECTS
List of four values that specify what project to install. The four values are: Build directory,
Project Name, Project Component, Directory. If omitted, CPack will build an installer that
installs everything.

CPACK_SYSTEM_NAME
System name, defaults to the value of ${CMAKE_SYSTEM_NAME}.

CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION
Package full version, used internally. By default, this is built from CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION_MAJOR,
CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION_MINOR, and CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION_PATCH.

CPACK_TOPLEVEL_TAG
Directory for the installed files.

CPACK_INSTALL_COMMANDS
Extra commands to install components.

CPACK_INSTALLED_DIRECTORIES
Extra directories to install.

CPACK_PACKAGE_INSTALL_REGISTRY_KEY
Registry key used when installing this project. This is only used by installer for Windows. The
default value is based on the installation directory.

CPACK_CREATE_DESKTOP_LINKS
List of desktop links to create. Each desktop link requires a corresponding start menu shortcut
as created by CPACK_PACKAGE_EXECUTABLES.

CPACK_BINARY_<GENNAME>
CPack generated options for binary generators. The CPack.cmake module generates (when
CPACK_GENERATOR is not set) a set of CMake options (see CMake option command) which may then be
used to select the CPack generator(s) to be used when launching the package target.

Provide options to choose generators we might check here if the required tools for the generates
exist and set the defaults according to the results

CPackWIX
CPack WiX generator specific options

Variables specific to CPack WiX generator
The following variables are specific to the installers built on Windows using WiX.

CPACK_WIX_UPGRADE_GUID
Upgrade GUID (Product/@UpgradeCode)

Will be automatically generated unless explicitly provided.

It should be explicitly set to a constant generated globally unique identifier (GUID) to allow
your installers to replace existing installations that use the same GUID.

You may for example explicitly set this variable in your CMakeLists.txt to the value that has been
generated per default. You should not use GUIDs that you did not generate yourself or which may
belong to other projects.

A GUID shall have the following fixed length syntax:

XXXXXXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXXXXXXXXXX

(each X represents an uppercase hexadecimal digit)

CPACK_WIX_PRODUCT_GUID
Product GUID (Product/@Id)

Will be automatically generated unless explicitly provided.

If explicitly provided this will set the Product Id of your installer.

The installer will abort if it detects a pre-existing installation that uses the same GUID.

The GUID shall use the syntax described for CPACK_WIX_UPGRADE_GUID.

CPACK_WIX_LICENSE_RTF
RTF License File

If CPACK_RESOURCE_FILE_LICENSE has an .rtf extension it is used as-is.

If CPACK_RESOURCE_FILE_LICENSE has an .txt extension it is implicitly converted to RTF by the WiX
Generator. The expected encoding of the .txt file is UTF-8.

With CPACK_WIX_LICENSE_RTF you can override the license file used by the WiX Generator in case
CPACK_RESOURCE_FILE_LICENSE is in an unsupported format or the .txt -> .rtf conversion does not
work as expected.

CPACK_WIX_PRODUCT_ICON
The Icon shown next to the program name in Add/Remove programs.

If set, this icon is used in place of the default icon.

CPACK_WIX_UI_REF
This variable allows you to override the Id of the <UIRef> element in the WiX template.

The default is WixUI_InstallDir in case no CPack components have been defined and
WixUI_FeatureTree otherwise.

CPACK_WIX_UI_BANNER
The bitmap will appear at the top of all installer pages other than the welcome and completion
dialogs.

If set, this image will replace the default banner image.

This image must be 493 by 58 pixels.

CPACK_WIX_UI_DIALOG
Background bitmap used on the welcome and completion dialogs.

If this variable is set, the installer will replace the default dialog image.

This image must be 493 by 312 pixels.

CPACK_WIX_PROGRAM_MENU_FOLDER
Start menu folder name for launcher.

If this variable is not set, it will be initialized with CPACK_PACKAGE_NAME

CPACK_WIX_CULTURES
Language(s) of the installer

Languages are compiled into the WixUI extension library. To use them, simply provide the name of
the culture. If you specify more than one culture identifier in a comma or semicolon delimited
list, the first one that is found will be used. You can find a list of supported languages at:
http://wix.sourceforge.net/manual-wix3/WixUI_localization.htm

CPACK_WIX_TEMPLATE
Template file for WiX generation

If this variable is set, the specified template will be used to generate the WiX wxs file. This
should be used if further customization of the output is required.

If this variable is not set, the default MSI template included with CMake will be used.

CPACK_WIX_PATCH_FILE
Optional list of XML files with fragments to be inserted into generated WiX sources

This optional variable can be used to specify an XML file that the WiX generator will use to
inject fragments into its generated source files.

Patch files understood by the CPack WiX generator roughly follow this RELAX NG compact schema:

start = CPackWiXPatch

CPackWiXPatch = element CPackWiXPatch { CPackWiXFragment* }

CPackWiXFragment = element CPackWiXFragment
{
attribute Id { string },
fragmentContent*
}

fragmentContent = element * - CPackWiXFragment
{
(attribute * { text } | text | fragmentContent)*
}

Currently fragments can be injected into most Component, File, Directory and Feature elements.

The following additional special Ids can be used:

• #PRODUCT for the <Product> element.

• #PRODUCTFEATURE for the root <Feature> element.

The following example illustrates how this works.

Given that the WiX generator creates the following XML element:

The following XML patch file may be used to inject an Environment element into it:

CPACK_WIX_EXTRA_SOURCES
Extra WiX source files

This variable provides an optional list of extra WiX source files (.wxs) that should be compiled
and linked. The full path to source files is required.

CPACK_WIX_EXTRA_OBJECTS
Extra WiX object files or libraries

This variable provides an optional list of extra WiX object (.wixobj) and/or WiX library (.wixlib)
files. The full path to objects and libraries is required.

CPACK_WIX_EXTENSIONS
This variable provides a list of additional extensions for the WiX tools light and candle.

CPACK_WIX_<TOOL>_EXTENSIONS
This is the tool specific version of CPACK_WIX_EXTENSIONS. <TOOL> can be either LIGHT or CANDLE.

CPACK_WIX_<TOOL>_EXTRA_FLAGS
This list variable allows you to pass additional flags to the WiX tool <TOOL>.

Use it at your own risk. Future versions of CPack may generate flags which may be in conflict
with your own flags.

<TOOL> can be either LIGHT or CANDLE.

CPACK_WIX_CMAKE_PACKAGE_REGISTRY
If this variable is set the generated installer will create an entry in the windows registry key
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Kitware\CMake\Packages\<package> The value for <package> is provided
by this variable.

Assuming you also install a CMake configuration file this will allow other CMake projects to find
your package with the find_package() command.

CPACK_WIX_PROPERTY_<PROPERTY>
This variable can be used to provide a value for the Windows Installer property <PROPERTY>

The following list contains some example properties that can be used to customize information
under “Programs and Features” (also known as “Add or Remove Programs”)

• ARPCOMMENTS - Comments

• ARPHELPLINK - Help and support information URL

• ARPURLINFOABOUT - General information URL

• ARPURLUPDATEINFO - Update information URL

• ARPHELPTELEPHONE - Help and support telephone number

• ARPSIZE - Size (in kilobytes) of the application

CPACK_WIX_ROOT_FEATURE_TITLE
Sets the name of the root install feature in the WIX installer. Same as
CPACK_COMPONENT_<compName>_DISPLAY_NAME for components.

CPACK_WIX_ROOT_FEATURE_DESCRIPTION
Sets the description of the root install feature in the WIX installer. Same as
CPACK_COMPONENT_<compName>_DESCRIPTION for components.

CPACK_WIX_SKIP_PROGRAM_FOLDER
If this variable is set to true, the default install location of the generated package will be
CPACK_PACKAGE_INSTALL_DIRECTORY directly. The install location will not be located relatively
below ProgramFiles or ProgramFiles64.

NOTE:
Installers created with this feature do not take differences between the system on which
the installer is created and the system on which the installer might be used into account.

It is therefor possible that the installer e.g. might try to install onto a drive that is
unavailable or unintended or a path that does not follow the localization or convention of
the system on which the installation is performed.

CPACK_WIX_ROOT_FOLDER_ID
This variable allows specification of a custom root folder ID. The generator specific <64> token
can be used for folder IDs that come in 32-bit and 64-bit variants. In 32-bit builds the token
will expand empty while in 64-bit builds it will expand to 64.

When unset generated installers will default installing to ProgramFiles<64>Folder.

CPACK_WIX_ROOT
This variable can optionally be set to the root directory of a custom WiX Toolset installation.

When unspecified CPack will try to locate a WiX Toolset installation via the WIX environment
variable instead.

CSharpUtilities
Functions to make configuration of CSharp/.NET targets easier.

A collection of CMake utility functions useful for dealing with CSharp targets for Visual Studio
generators from version 2010 and later.

The following functions are provided by this module:

Main functions

• csharp_set_windows_forms_properties()

• csharp_set_designer_cs_properties()

• csharp_set_xaml_cs_properties()

Helper functions

• csharp_get_filename_keys()

• csharp_get_filename_key_base()

• csharp_get_dependentupon_name()

Main functions provided by the module
csharp_set_windows_forms_properties
Sets source file properties for use of Windows Forms. Use this, if your CSharp target uses Windows
Forms:

csharp_set_windows_forms_properties([<file1> [<file2> [...]]])

<fileN>
List of all source files which are relevant for setting the VS_CSHARP_<tagname> properties
(including .cs, .resx and .Designer.cs extensions).

In the list of all given files for all files ending with .Designer.cs and .resx is searched. For
every designer or resource file a file with the same base name but only .cs as extension is
searched. If this is found, the VS_CSHARP_<tagname> properties are set as follows:

for the .cs file:

• VS_CSHARP_SubType “Form”

for the .Designer.cs file (if it exists):

• VS_CSHARP_DependentUpon <cs-filename>

• VS_CSHARP_DesignTime “” (delete tag if previously defined)

• VS_CSHARP_AutoGen “”(delete tag if previously defined)

for the .resx file (if it exists):

• VS_RESOURCE_GENERATOR “” (delete tag if previously defined)

• VS_CSHARP_DependentUpon <cs-filename>

• VS_CSHARP_SubType “Designer”

csharp_set_designer_cs_properties
Sets source file properties of .Designer.cs files depending on sibling filenames. Use this, if
your CSharp target does not use Windows Forms (for Windows Forms use
csharp_set_designer_cs_properties() instead):

csharp_set_designer_cs_properties([<file1> [<file2> [...]]])

<fileN>
List of all source files which are relevant for setting the VS_CSHARP_<tagname> properties
(including .cs, .resx, .settings and .Designer.cs extensions).

In the list of all given files for all files ending with .Designer.cs is searched. For every
designer file all files with the same base name but different extensions are searched. If a match
is found, the source file properties of the designer file are set depending on the extension of
the matched file:

if match is .resx file:

• VS_CSHARP_AutoGen “True”

• VS_CSHARP_DesignTime “True”

• VS_CSHARP_DependentUpon <resx-filename>

if match is .cs file:

• VS_CSHARP_DependentUpon <cs-filename>

if match is .settings file:

• VS_CSHARP_AutoGen “True”

• VS_CSHARP_DesignTimeSharedInput “True”

• VS_CSHARP_DependentUpon <settings-filename>

NOTE:
Because the source file properties of the .Designer.cs file are set according to the found matches and
every match sets the VS_CSHARP_DependentUpon property, there should only be one match for each
Designer.cs file.

csharp_set_xaml_cs_properties
Sets source file properties for use of Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF) and XAML. Use this,
if your CSharp target uses WPF/XAML:

csharp_set_xaml_cs_properties([<file1> [<file2> [...]]])

<fileN>
List of all source files which are relevant for setting the VS_CSHARP_<tagname> properties
(including .cs, .xaml, and .xaml.cs extensions).

In the list of all given files for all files ending with .xaml.cs is searched. For every xaml-cs
file, a file with the same base name but extension .xaml is searched. If a match is found, the
source file properties of the .xaml.cs file are set:

• VS_CSHARP_DependentUpon <xaml-filename>

Helper functions which are used by the above ones
csharp_get_filename_keys
Helper function which computes a list of key values to identify source files independently of
relative/absolute paths given in cmake and eliminates case sensitivity:

csharp_get_filename_keys(OUT [<file1> [<file2> [...]]])

OUT Name of the variable in which the list of keys is stored

<fileN>
filename(s) as given to to CSharp target using add_library() or add_executable()

In some way the function applies a canonicalization to the source names. This is necessary to
find file matches if the files have been added to the target with different directory prefixes:

add_library(lib
myfile.cs
${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/myfile.Designer.cs)

set_source_files_properties(myfile.Designer.cs PROPERTIES
VS_CSHARP_DependentUpon myfile.cs)

# this will fail, because in cmake
# - ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/myfile.Designer.cs
# - myfile.Designer.cs
# are not the same source file. The source file property is not set.

csharp_get_filename_key_base
Returns the full filepath and name without extension of a key. KEY is expected to be a key from
csharp_get_filename_keys. In BASE the value of KEY without the file extension is returned:

csharp_get_filename_key_base(BASE KEY)

BASE Name of the variable with the computed “base” of KEY.

KEY The key of which the base will be computed. Expected to be a upper case full filename.

csharp_get_dependentupon_name
Computes a string which can be used as value for the source file property VS_CSHARP_<tagname> with
target being DependentUpon:

csharp_get_dependentupon_name(NAME FILE)

NAME Name of the variable with the result value

FILE Filename to convert to <DependentUpon> value

Actually this is only the filename without any path given at the moment.

CTest
Configure a project for testing with CTest/CDash

Include this module in the top CMakeLists.txt file of a project to enable testing with CTest and
dashboard submissions to CDash:

project(MyProject)
...
include(CTest)

The module automatically creates a BUILD_TESTING option that selects whether to enable testing support
(ON by default). After including the module, use code like:

if(BUILD_TESTING)
# ... CMake code to create tests ...
endif()

to creating tests when testing is enabled.

To enable submissions to a CDash server, create a CTestConfig.cmake file at the top of the project with
content such as:

set(CTEST_PROJECT_NAME "MyProject")
set(CTEST_NIGHTLY_START_TIME "01:00:00 UTC")
set(CTEST_DROP_METHOD "http")
set(CTEST_DROP_SITE "my.cdash.org")
set(CTEST_DROP_LOCATION "/submit.php?project=MyProject")
set(CTEST_DROP_SITE_CDASH TRUE)

(the CDash server can provide the file to a project administrator who configures MyProject). Settings in
the config file are shared by both this CTest module and the ctest(1) command-line Dashboard Client mode
(ctest -S).

While building a project for submission to CDash, CTest scans the build output for errors and warnings
and reports them with surrounding context from the build log. This generic approach works for all build
tools, but does not give details about the command invocation that produced a given problem. One may get
more detailed reports by setting the CTEST_USE_LAUNCHERS variable:

set(CTEST_USE_LAUNCHERS 1)

in the CTestConfig.cmake file.

CTestCoverageCollectGCOV
This module provides the ctest_coverage_collect_gcov function.

This function runs gcov on all .gcda files found in the binary tree and packages the resulting .gcov
files into a tar file. This tarball also contains the following:

• data.json defines the source and build directories for use by CDash.

• Labels.json indicates any LABELS that have been set on the source files.

• The uncovered directory holds any uncovered files found by CTEST_EXTRA_COVERAGE_GLOB.

After generating this tar file, it can be sent to CDash for display with the ctest_submit(CDASH_UPLOAD)
command.

cdash_coverage_collect_gcov

ctest_coverage_collect_gcov(TARBALL <tarfile>
[SOURCE <source_dir>][BUILD <build_dir>]
[GCOV_COMMAND <gcov_command>]
[GCOV_OPTIONS <options>...]
)

Run gcov and package a tar file for CDash. The options are:

TARBALL <tarfile>
Specify the location of the .tar file to be created for later upload to CDash. Relative
paths will be interpreted with respect to the top-level build directory.

SOURCE <source_dir>
Specify the top-level source directory for the build. Default is the value of
CTEST_SOURCE_DIRECTORY.

BUILD <build_dir>
Specify the top-level build directory for the build. Default is the value of
CTEST_BINARY_DIRECTORY.

GCOV_COMMAND <gcov_command>
Specify the full path to the gcov command on the machine. Default is the value of
CTEST_COVERAGE_COMMAND.

GCOV_OPTIONS <options>...
Specify options to be passed to gcov. The gcov command is run as gcov <options>... -o
<gcov-dir> <file>.gcda. If not specified, the default option is just -b.

GLOB Recursively search for .gcda files in build_dir rather than determining search locations by
reading TargetDirectories.txt.

DELETE Delete coverage files after they’ve been packaged into the .tar.

QUIET Suppress non-error messages that otherwise would have been printed out by this function.

CTestScriptMode
This file is read by ctest in script mode (-S)

CTestUseLaunchers
Set the RULE_LAUNCH_* global properties when CTEST_USE_LAUNCHERS is on.

CTestUseLaunchers is automatically included when you include(CTest). However, it is split out into its
own module file so projects can use the CTEST_USE_LAUNCHERS functionality independently.

To use launchers, set CTEST_USE_LAUNCHERS to ON in a ctest -S dashboard script, and then also set it in
the cache of the configured project. Both cmake and ctest need to know the value of it for the launchers
to work properly. CMake needs to know in order to generate proper build rules, and ctest, in order to
produce the proper error and warning analysis.

For convenience, you may set the ENV variable CTEST_USE_LAUNCHERS_DEFAULT in your ctest -S script, too.
Then, as long as your CMakeLists uses include(CTest) or include(CTestUseLaunchers), it will use the value
of the ENV variable to initialize a CTEST_USE_LAUNCHERS cache variable. This cache variable
initialization only occurs if CTEST_USE_LAUNCHERS is not already defined. If CTEST_USE_LAUNCHERS is on in
a ctest -S script the ctest_configure command will add -DCTEST_USE_LAUNCHERS:BOOL=TRUE to the cmake
command used to configure the project.

Dart
Configure a project for testing with CTest or old Dart Tcl Client

This file is the backwards-compatibility version of the CTest module. It supports using the old Dart 1
Tcl client for driving dashboard submissions as well as testing with CTest. This module should be
included in the CMakeLists.txt file at the top of a project. Typical usage:

include(Dart)
if(BUILD_TESTING)
# ... testing related CMake code ...
endif()

The BUILD_TESTING option is created by the Dart module to determine whether testing support should be
enabled. The default is ON.

DeployQt4
Functions to help assemble a standalone Qt4 executable.

A collection of CMake utility functions useful for deploying Qt4 executables.

The following functions are provided by this module:

write_qt4_conf
resolve_qt4_paths
fixup_qt4_executable
install_qt4_plugin_path
install_qt4_plugin
install_qt4_executable

Requires CMake 2.6 or greater because it uses function and PARENT_SCOPE. Also depends on
BundleUtilities.cmake.

WRITE_QT4_CONF(<qt_conf_dir> <qt_conf_contents>)

Writes a qt.conf file with the <qt_conf_contents> into <qt_conf_dir>.

RESOLVE_QT4_PATHS(<paths_var> [<executable_path>])

Loop through <paths_var> list and if any don’t exist resolve them relative to the <executable_path> (if
supplied) or the CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX.

FIXUP_QT4_EXECUTABLE(<executable>
[<qtplugins> <libs> <dirs> <plugins_dir> <request_qt_conf>])

Copies Qt plugins, writes a Qt configuration file (if needed) and fixes up a Qt4 executable using
BundleUtilities so it is standalone and can be drag-and-drop copied to another machine as long as all of
the system libraries are compatible.

<executable> should point to the executable to be fixed-up.

<qtplugins> should contain a list of the names or paths of any Qt plugins to be installed.

<libs> will be passed to BundleUtilities and should be a list of any already installed plugins, libraries
or executables to also be fixed-up.

<dirs> will be passed to BundleUtilities and should contain and directories to be searched to find
library dependencies.

<plugins_dir> allows an custom plugins directory to be used.

<request_qt_conf> will force a qt.conf file to be written even if not needed.

INSTALL_QT4_PLUGIN_PATH(plugin executable copy installed_plugin_path_var
<plugins_dir> <component> <configurations>)

Install (or copy) a resolved <plugin> to the default plugins directory (or <plugins_dir>) relative to
<executable> and store the result in <installed_plugin_path_var>.

If <copy> is set to TRUE then the plugins will be copied rather than installed. This is to allow this
module to be used at CMake time rather than install time.

If <component> is set then anything installed will use this COMPONENT.

INSTALL_QT4_PLUGIN(plugin executable copy installed_plugin_path_var
<plugins_dir> <component>)

Install (or copy) an unresolved <plugin> to the default plugins directory (or <plugins_dir>) relative to
<executable> and store the result in <installed_plugin_path_var>. See documentation of
INSTALL_QT4_PLUGIN_PATH.

INSTALL_QT4_EXECUTABLE(<executable>
[<qtplugins> <libs> <dirs> <plugins_dir> <request_qt_conf> <component>])

Installs Qt plugins, writes a Qt configuration file (if needed) and fixes up a Qt4 executable using
BundleUtilities so it is standalone and can be drag-and-drop copied to another machine as long as all of
the system libraries are compatible. The executable will be fixed-up at install time. <component> is
the COMPONENT used for bundle fixup and plugin installation. See documentation of FIXUP_QT4_BUNDLE.

Documentation
DocumentationVTK.cmake

This file provides support for the VTK documentation framework. It relies on several tools (Doxygen,
Perl, etc).

ExternalData
Manage data files stored outside source tree

Introduction
Use this module to unambiguously reference data files stored outside the source tree and fetch them at
build time from arbitrary local and remote content-addressed locations. Functions provided by this
module recognize arguments with the syntax DATA{<name>} as references to external data, replace them with
full paths to local copies of those data, and create build rules to fetch and update the local copies.

For example:

include(ExternalData)
set(ExternalData_URL_TEMPLATES "file:///local/%(algo)/%(hash)"
"file:////host/share/%(algo)/%(hash)"
"http://data.org/%(algo)/%(hash)")
ExternalData_Add_Test(MyData
NAME MyTest
COMMAND MyExe DATA{MyInput.png}
)
ExternalData_Add_Target(MyData)

When test MyTest runs the DATA{MyInput.png} argument will be replaced by the full path to a real instance
of the data file MyInput.png on disk. If the source tree contains a content link such as MyInput.png.md5
then the MyData target creates a real MyInput.png in the build tree.

Module Functions
ExternalData_Expand_Arguments
The ExternalData_Expand_Arguments function evaluates DATA{} references in its arguments and
constructs a new list of arguments:

ExternalData_Expand_Arguments(
<target> # Name of data management target
<outVar> # Output variable
[args...] # Input arguments, DATA{} allowed
)

It replaces each DATA{} reference in an argument with the full path of a real data file on disk
that will exist after the <target> builds.

ExternalData_Add_Test
The ExternalData_Add_Test function wraps around the CMake add_test() command but supports DATA{}
references in its arguments:

ExternalData_Add_Test(
<target> # Name of data management target
... # Arguments of add_test(), DATA{} allowed
)

It passes its arguments through ExternalData_Expand_Arguments and then invokes the add_test()
command using the results.

ExternalData_Add_Target
The ExternalData_Add_Target function creates a custom target to manage local instances of data
files stored externally:

ExternalData_Add_Target(
<target> # Name of data management target
)

It creates custom commands in the target as necessary to make data files available for each DATA{}
reference previously evaluated by other functions provided by this module. Data files may be
fetched from one of the URL templates specified in the ExternalData_URL_TEMPLATES variable, or may
be found locally in one of the paths specified in the ExternalData_OBJECT_STORES variable.

Typically only one target is needed to manage all external data within a project. Call this
function once at the end of configuration after all data references have been processed.

Module Variables
The following variables configure behavior. They should be set before calling any of the functions
provided by this module.

ExternalData_BINARY_ROOT
The ExternalData_BINARY_ROOT variable may be set to the directory to hold the real data files
named by expanded DATA{} references. The default is CMAKE_BINARY_DIR. The directory layout will
mirror that of content links under ExternalData_SOURCE_ROOT.

ExternalData_CUSTOM_SCRIPT_<key>
Specify a full path to a .cmake custom fetch script identified by <key> in entries of the
ExternalData_URL_TEMPLATES list. See Custom Fetch Scripts.

ExternalData_LINK_CONTENT
The ExternalData_LINK_CONTENT variable may be set to the name of a supported hash algorithm to
enable automatic conversion of real data files referenced by the DATA{} syntax into content links.
For each such <file> a content link named <file><ext> is created. The original file is renamed to
the form .ExternalData_<algo>_<hash> to stage it for future transmission to one of the locations
in the list of URL templates (by means outside the scope of this module). The data fetch rule
created for the content link will use the staged object if it cannot be found using any URL
template.

ExternalData_NO_SYMLINKS
The real data files named by expanded DATA{} references may be made available under
ExternalData_BINARY_ROOT using symbolic links on some platforms. The ExternalData_NO_SYMLINKS
variable may be set to disable use of symbolic links and enable use of copies instead.

ExternalData_OBJECT_STORES
The ExternalData_OBJECT_STORES variable may be set to a list of local directories that store
objects using the layout <dir>/%(algo)/%(hash). These directories will be searched first for a
needed object. If the object is not available in any store then it will be fetched remotely using
the URL templates and added to the first local store listed. If no stores are specified the
default is a location inside the build tree.

ExternalData_SERIES_PARSE

ExternalData_SERIES_PARSE_PREFIX

ExternalData_SERIES_PARSE_NUMBER

ExternalData_SERIES_PARSE_SUFFIX

ExternalData_SERIES_MATCH
See Referencing File Series.

ExternalData_SOURCE_ROOT
The ExternalData_SOURCE_ROOT variable may be set to the highest source directory containing any
path named by a DATA{} reference. The default is CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR. ExternalData_SOURCE_ROOT and
CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR must refer to directories within a single source distribution (e.g. they come
together in one tarball).

ExternalData_TIMEOUT_ABSOLUTE
The ExternalData_TIMEOUT_ABSOLUTE variable sets the download absolute timeout, in seconds, with a
default of 300 seconds. Set to 0 to disable enforcement.

ExternalData_TIMEOUT_INACTIVITY
The ExternalData_TIMEOUT_INACTIVITY variable sets the download inactivity timeout, in seconds,
with a default of 60 seconds. Set to 0 to disable enforcement.

ExternalData_URL_ALGO_<algo>_<key>
Specify a custom URL component to be substituted for URL template placeholders of the form
%(algo:<key>), where <key> is a valid C identifier, when fetching an object referenced via hash
algorithm <algo>. If not defined, the default URL component is just <algo> for any <key>.

ExternalData_URL_TEMPLATES
The ExternalData_URL_TEMPLATES may be set to provide a list of of URL templates using the
placeholders %(algo) and %(hash) in each template. Data fetch rules try each URL template in
order by substituting the hash algorithm name for %(algo) and the hash value for %(hash).
Alternatively one may use %(algo:<key>) with ExternalData_URL_ALGO_<algo>_<key> variables to gain
more flexibility in remote URLs.

Referencing Files
Referencing Single Files
The DATA{} syntax is literal and the <name> is a full or relative path within the source tree. The
source tree must contain either a real data file at <name> or a “content link” at <name><ext> containing
a hash of the real file using a hash algorithm corresponding to <ext>. For example, the argument
DATA{img.png} may be satisfied by either a real img.png file in the current source directory or a
img.png.md5 file containing its MD5 sum.

Multiple content links of the same name with different hash algorithms are supported (e.g. img.png.sha256
and img.png.sha1) so long as they all correspond to the same real file. This allows objects to be
fetched from sources indexed by different hash algorithms.

Referencing File Series
The DATA{} syntax can be told to fetch a file series using the form DATA{<name>,:}, where the : is
literal. If the source tree contains a group of files or content links named like a series then a
reference to one member adds rules to fetch all of them. Although all members of a series are fetched,
only the file originally named by the DATA{} argument is substituted for it. The default configuration
recognizes file series names ending with #.ext, _#.ext, .#.ext, or -#.ext where # is a sequence of
decimal digits and .ext is any single extension. Configure it with a regex that parses <number> and
<suffix> parts from the end of <name>:

ExternalData_SERIES_PARSE = regex of the form (<number>)(<suffix>)$

For more complicated cases set:

ExternalData_SERIES_PARSE = regex with at least two () groups
ExternalData_SERIES_PARSE_PREFIX = <prefix> regex group number, if any
ExternalData_SERIES_PARSE_NUMBER = <number> regex group number
ExternalData_SERIES_PARSE_SUFFIX = <suffix> regex group number

Configure series number matching with a regex that matches the <number> part of series members named
<prefix><number><suffix>:

ExternalData_SERIES_MATCH = regex matching <number> in all series members

Note that the <suffix> of a series does not include a hash-algorithm extension.

Referencing Associated Files
The DATA{} syntax can alternatively match files associated with the named file and contained in the same
directory. Associated files may be specified by options using the syntax DATA{<name>,<opt1>,<opt2>,...}.
Each option may specify one file by name or specify a regular expression to match file names using the
syntax REGEX:<regex>. For example, the arguments:

DATA{MyData/MyInput.mhd,MyInput.img} # File pair
DATA{MyData/MyFrames00.png,REGEX:MyFrames[0-9]+\\.png} # Series

will pass MyInput.mha and MyFrames00.png on the command line but ensure that the associated files are
present next to them.

Referencing Directories
The DATA{} syntax may reference a directory using a trailing slash and a list of associated files. The
form DATA{<name>/,<opt1>,<opt2>,...} adds rules to fetch any files in the directory that match one of the
associated file options. For example, the argument DATA{MyDataDir/,REGEX:.*} will pass the full path to
a MyDataDir directory on the command line and ensure that the directory contains files corresponding to
every file or content link in the MyDataDir source directory. In order to match associated files in
subdirectories, specify a RECURSE: option, e.g. DATA{MyDataDir/,RECURSE:,REGEX:.*}.

Hash Algorithms
The following hash algorithms are supported:

%(algo) <ext> Description
------- ----- -----------
MD5 .md5 Message-Digest Algorithm 5, RFC 1321
SHA1 .sha1 US Secure Hash Algorithm 1, RFC 3174
SHA224 .sha224 US Secure Hash Algorithms, RFC 4634
SHA256 .sha256 US Secure Hash Algorithms, RFC 4634
SHA384 .sha384 US Secure Hash Algorithms, RFC 4634
SHA512 .sha512 US Secure Hash Algorithms, RFC 4634
SHA3_224 .sha3-224 Keccak SHA-3
SHA3_256 .sha3-256 Keccak SHA-3
SHA3_384 .sha3-384 Keccak SHA-3
SHA3_512 .sha3-512 Keccak SHA-3

Note that the hashes are used only for unique data identification and download verification.

Custom Fetch Scripts
When a data file must be fetched from one of the URL templates specified in the
ExternalData_URL_TEMPLATES variable, it is normally downloaded using the file(DOWNLOAD) command. One may
specify usage of a custom fetch script by using a URL template of the form
ExternalDataCustomScript://<key>/<loc>. The <key> must be a C identifier, and the <loc> must contain the
%(algo) and %(hash) placeholders. A variable corresponding to the key, ExternalData_CUSTOM_SCRIPT_<key>,
must be set to the full path to a .cmake script file. The script will be included to perform the actual
fetch, and provided with the following variables:

ExternalData_CUSTOM_LOCATION
When a custom fetch script is loaded, this variable is set to the location part of the URL, which
will contain the substituted hash algorithm name and content hash value.

ExternalData_CUSTOM_FILE
When a custom fetch script is loaded, this variable is set to the full path to a file in which the
script must store the fetched content. The name of the file is unspecified and should not be
interpreted in any way.

The custom fetch script is expected to store fetched content in the file or set a variable:

ExternalData_CUSTOM_ERROR
When a custom fetch script fails to fetch the requested content, it must set this variable to a
short one-line message describing the reason for failure.

ExternalProject
External Project Definition
ExternalProject_Add
The ExternalProject_Add() function creates a custom target to drive download, update/patch,
configure, build, install and test steps of an external project:

ExternalProject_Add(<name> [<option>...])

The individual steps within the process can be driven independently if required (e.g. for CDash
submission) and extra custom steps can be defined, along with the ability to control the step
dependencies. The directory structure used for the management of the external project can also be
customized. The function supports a large number of options which can be used to tailor the
external project behavior.

Directory Options:
Most of the time, the default directory layout is sufficient. It is largely an
implementation detail that the main project usually doesn’t need to change. In some
circumstances, however, control over the directory layout can be useful or necessary. The
directory options are potentially more useful from the point of view that the main build
can use the ExternalProject_Get_Property() command to retrieve their values, thereby
allowing the main project to refer to build artifacts of the external project.

PREFIX <dir>
Root directory for the external project. Unless otherwise noted below, all other
directories associated with the external project will be created under here.

TMP_DIR <dir>
Directory in which to store temporary files.

STAMP_DIR <dir>
Directory in which to store the timestamps of each step. Log files from individual
steps are also created in here (see Logging Options below).

DOWNLOAD_DIR <dir>
Directory in which to store downloaded files before unpacking them. This directory
is only used by the URL download method, all other download methods use SOURCE_DIR
directly instead.

SOURCE_DIR <dir>
Source directory into which downloaded contents will be unpacked, or for non-URL
download methods, the directory in which the repository should be checked out,
cloned, etc. If no download method is specified, this must point to an existing
directory where the external project has already been unpacked or cloned/checked
out.

NOTE:
If a download method is specified, any existing contents of the source directory
may be deleted. Only the URL download method checks whether this directory is
either missing or empty before initiating the download, stopping with an error if
it is not empty. All other download methods silently discard any previous
contents of the source directory.

BINARY_DIR <dir>
Specify the build directory location. This option is ignored if BUILD_IN_SOURCE is
enabled.

INSTALL_DIR <dir>
Installation prefix to be placed in the <INSTALL_DIR> placeholder. This does not
actually configure the external project to install to the given prefix. That must be
done by passing appropriate arguments to the external project configuration step,
e.g. using <INSTALL_DIR>.

If any of the above ..._DIR options are not specified, their defaults are computed as
follows. If the PREFIX option is given or the EP_PREFIX directory property is set, then an
external project is built and installed under the specified prefix:

TMP_DIR = <prefix>/tmp
STAMP_DIR = <prefix>/src/<name>-stamp
DOWNLOAD_DIR = <prefix>/src
SOURCE_DIR = <prefix>/src/<name>
BINARY_DIR = <prefix>/src/<name>-build
INSTALL_DIR = <prefix>

Otherwise, if the EP_BASE directory property is set then components of an external project
are stored under the specified base:

TMP_DIR = <base>/tmp/<name>
STAMP_DIR = <base>/Stamp/<name>
DOWNLOAD_DIR = <base>/Download/<name>
SOURCE_DIR = <base>/Source/<name>
BINARY_DIR = <base>/Build/<name>
INSTALL_DIR = <base>/Install/<name>

If no PREFIX, EP_PREFIX, or EP_BASE is specified, then the default is to set PREFIX to
<name>-prefix. Relative paths are interpreted with respect to CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR at
the point where ExternalProject_Add() is called.

Download Step Options:
A download method can be omitted if the SOURCE_DIR option is used to point to an existing
non-empty directory. Otherwise, one of the download methods below must be specified
(multiple download methods should not be given) or a custom DOWNLOAD_COMMAND provided.

DOWNLOAD_COMMAND <cmd>...
Overrides the command used for the download step (generator expressions are
supported). If this option is specified, all other download options will be ignored.
Providing an empty string for <cmd> effectively disables the download step.

URL Download

URL <url1> [<url2>...]
List of paths and/or URL(s) of the external project’s source. When more than
one URL is given, they are tried in turn until one succeeds. A URL may be an
ordinary path in the local file system (in which case it must be the only URL
provided) or any downloadable URL supported by the file(DOWNLOAD) command. A
local filesystem path may refer to either an existing directory or to an
archive file, whereas a URL is expected to point to a file which can be
treated as an archive. When an archive is used, it will be unpacked
automatically unless the DOWNLOAD_NO_EXTRACT option is set to prevent it. The
archive type is determined by inspecting the actual content rather than using
logic based on the file extension.

URL_HASH ALGO=<value>
Hash of the archive file to be downloaded. The <value> should be of the form
algo=hashValue where algo can be any of the hashing algorithms supported by
the file() command. Specifying this option is strongly recommended for URL
downloads, as it ensures the integrity of the downloaded content. It is also
used as a check for a previously downloaded file, allowing connection to the
remote location to be avoided altogether if the local directory already has a
file from an earlier download that matches the specified hash.

URL_MD5 <md5>
Equivalent to URL_HASH MD5=<md5>.

DOWNLOAD_NAME <fname>
File name to use for the downloaded file. If not given, the end of the URL is
used to determine the file name. This option is rarely needed, the default
name is generally suitable and is not normally used outside of code internal
to the ExternalProject module.

DOWNLOAD_NO_EXTRACT <bool>
Allows the extraction part of the download step to be disabled by passing a
boolean true value for this option. If this option is not given, the
downloaded contents will be unpacked automatically if required. If extraction
has been disabled, the full path to the downloaded file is available as
<DOWNLOADED_FILE> in subsequent steps or as the property DOWNLOADED_FILE with
the ExternalProject_Get_Property() command.

DOWNLOAD_NO_PROGRESS <bool>
Can be used to disable logging the download progress. If this option is not
given, download progress messages will be logged.

TIMEOUT <seconds>
Maximum time allowed for file download operations.

HTTP_USERNAME <username>
Username for the download operation if authentication is required.

HTTP_PASSWORD <password>
Password for the download operation if authentication is required.

HTTP_HEADER <header1> [<header2>...]
Provides an arbitrary list of HTTP headers for the download operation. This
can be useful for accessing content in systems like AWS, etc.

TLS_VERIFY <bool>
Specifies whether certificate verification should be performed for https
URLs. If this option is not provided, the default behavior is determined by
the CMAKE_TLS_VERIFY variable (see file(DOWNLOAD)). If that is also not set,
certificate verification will not be performed. In situations where URL_HASH
cannot be provided, this option can be an alternative verification measure.

TLS_CAINFO <file>
Specify a custom certificate authority file to use if TLS_VERIFY is enabled.
If this option is not specified, the value of the CMAKE_TLS_CAINFO variable
will be used instead (see file(DOWNLOAD))

Git NOTE: A git version of 1.6.5 or later is required if this download method is used.

GIT_REPOSITORY <url>
URL of the git repository. Any URL understood by the git command may be used.

GIT_TAG <tag>
Git branch name, tag or commit hash. Note that branch names and tags should
generally be specified as remote names (i.e. origin/myBranch rather than
simply myBranch). This ensures that if the remote end has its tag moved or
branch rebased or history rewritten, the local clone will still be updated
correctly. In general, however, specifying a commit hash should be preferred
for a number of reasons:

• If the local clone already has the commit corresponding to the hash, no git
fetch needs to be performed to check for changes each time CMake is re-run.
This can result in a significant speed up if many external projects are
being used.

• Using a specific git hash ensures that the main project’s own history is
fully traceable to a specific point in the external project’s evolution. If
a branch or tag name is used instead, then checking out a specific commit
of the main project doesn’t necessarily pin the whole build to a specific
point in the life of the external project. The lack of such deterministic
behavior makes the main project lose traceability and repeatability.

GIT_REMOTE_NAME <name>
The optional name of the remote. If this option is not specified, it defaults
to origin.

GIT_SUBMODULES <module>...
Specific git submodules that should also be updated. If this option is not
provided, all git submodules will be updated.

GIT_SHALLOW <bool>
When this option is enabled, the git clone operation will be given the
--depth 1 option. This performs a shallow clone, which avoids downloading the
whole history and instead retrieves just the commit denoted by the GIT_TAG
option.

GIT_PROGRESS <bool>
When enabled, this option instructs the git clone operation to report its
progress by passing it the --progress option. Without this option, the clone
step for large projects may appear to make the build stall, since nothing
will be logged until the clone operation finishes. While this option can be
used to provide progress to prevent the appearance of the build having
stalled, it may also make the build overly noisy if lots of external projects
are used.

GIT_CONFIG <option1> [<option2>...]
Specify a list of config options to pass to git clone. Each option listed
will be transformed into its own --config <option> on the git clone command
line, with each option required to be in the form key=value.

Subversion

SVN_REPOSITORY <url>
URL of the Subversion repository.

SVN_REVISION -r<rev>
Revision to checkout from the Subversion repository.

SVN_USERNAME <username>
Username for the Subversion checkout and update.

SVN_PASSWORD <password>
Password for the Subversion checkout and update.

SVN_TRUST_CERT <bool>
Specifies whether to trust the Subversion server site certificate. If
enabled, the --trust-server-cert option is passed to the svn checkout and
update commands.

Mercurial

HG_REPOSITORY <url>
URL of the mercurial repository.

HG_TAG <tag>
Mercurial branch name, tag or commit id.

CVS

CVS_REPOSITORY <cvsroot>
CVSROOT of the CVS repository.

CVS_MODULE <mod>
Module to checkout from the CVS repository.

CVS_TAG <tag>
Tag to checkout from the CVS repository.

Update/Patch Step Options:
Whenever CMake is re-run, by default the external project’s sources will be updated if the
download method supports updates (e.g. a git repository would be checked if the GIT_TAG
does not refer to a specific commit).

UPDATE_COMMAND <cmd>...
Overrides the download method’s update step with a custom command. The command may
use generator expressions.

UPDATE_DISCONNECTED <bool>
When enabled, this option causes the update step to be skipped. It does not,
however, prevent the download step. The update step can still be added as a step
target (see ExternalProject_Add_StepTargets()) and called manually. This is useful
if you want to allow developers to build the project when disconnected from the
network (the network may still be needed for the download step though).

When this option is present, it is generally advisable to make the value a cache
variable under the developer’s control rather than hard-coding it. If this option is
not present, the default value is taken from the EP_UPDATE_DISCONNECTED directory
property. If that is also not defined, updates are performed as normal. The
EP_UPDATE_DISCONNECTED directory property is intended as a convenience for
controlling the UPDATE_DISCONNECTED behavior for an entire section of a project’s
directory hierarchy and may be a more convenient method of giving developers control
over whether or not to perform updates (assuming the project also provides a cache
variable or some other convenient method for setting the directory property).

PATCH_COMMAND <cmd>...
Specifies a custom command to patch the sources after an update. By default, no
patch command is defined. Note that it can be quite difficult to define an
appropriate patch command that performs robustly, especially for download methods
such as git where changing the GIT_TAG will not discard changes from a previous
patch, but the patch command will be called again after updating to the new tag.

Configure Step Options:
The configure step is run after the download and update steps. By default, the external
project is assumed to be a CMake project, but this can be overridden if required.

CONFIGURE_COMMAND <cmd>...
The default configure command runs CMake with options based on the main project. For
non-CMake external projects, the CONFIGURE_COMMAND option must be used to override
this behavior (generator expressions are supported). For projects that require no
configure step, specify this option with an empty string as the command to execute.

CMAKE_COMMAND /.../cmake
Specify an alternative cmake executable for the configure step (use an absolute
path). This is generally not recommended, since it is usually desirable to use the
same CMake version throughout the whole build. This option is ignored if a custom
configure command has been specified with CONFIGURE_COMMAND.

CMAKE_GENERATOR <gen>
Override the CMake generator used for the configure step. Without this option, the
same generator as the main build will be used. This option is ignored if a custom
configure command has been specified with the CONFIGURE_COMMAND option.

CMAKE_GENERATOR_PLATFORM <platform>
Pass a generator-specific platform name to the CMake command (see
CMAKE_GENERATOR_PLATFORM). It is an error to provide this option without the
CMAKE_GENERATOR option.

CMAKE_GENERATOR_TOOLSET <toolset>
Pass a generator-specific toolset name to the CMake command (see
CMAKE_GENERATOR_TOOLSET). It is an error to provide this option without the
CMAKE_GENERATOR option.

CMAKE_ARGS <arg>...
The specified arguments are passed to the cmake command line. They can be any
argument the cmake command understands, not just cache values defined by -D...
arguments (see also CMake Options). In addition, arguments may use generator
expressions.

CMAKE_CACHE_ARGS <arg>...
This is an alternate way of specifying cache variables where command line length
issues may become a problem. The arguments are expected to be in the form
-Dvar:STRING=value, which are then transformed into CMake set() commands with the
FORCE option used. These set() commands are written to a pre-load script which is
then applied using the cmake -C command line option. Arguments may use generator
expressions.

CMAKE_CACHE_DEFAULT_ARGS <arg>...
This is the same as the CMAKE_CACHE_ARGS option except the set() commands do not
include the FORCE keyword. This means the values act as initial defaults only and
will not override any variables already set from a previous run. Use this option
with care, as it can lead to different behavior depending on whether the build
starts from a fresh build directory or re-uses previous build contents.

SOURCE_SUBDIR <dir>
When no CONFIGURE_COMMAND option is specified, the configure step assumes the
external project has a CMakeLists.txt file at the top of its source tree (i.e. in
SOURCE_DIR). The SOURCE_SUBDIR option can be used to point to an alternative
directory within the source tree to use as the top of the CMake source tree instead.
This must be a relative path and it will be interpreted as being relative to
SOURCE_DIR.

Build Step Options:
If the configure step assumed the external project uses CMake as its build system, the
build step will also. Otherwise, the build step will assume a Makefile-based build and
simply run make with no arguments as the default build step. This can be overridden with
custom build commands if required.

BUILD_COMMAND <cmd>...
Overrides the default build command (generator expressions are supported). If this
option is not given, the default build command will be chosen to integrate with the
main build in the most appropriate way (e.g. using recursive make for Makefile
generators or cmake --build if the project uses a CMake build). This option can be
specified with an empty string as the command to make the build step do nothing.

BUILD_IN_SOURCE <bool>
When this option is enabled, the build will be done directly within the external
project’s source tree. This should generally be avoided, the use of a separate build
directory is usually preferred, but it can be useful when the external project
assumes an in-source build. The BINARY_DIR option should not be specified if
building in-source.

BUILD_ALWAYS <bool>
Enabling this option forces the build step to always be run. This can be the easiest
way to robustly ensure that the external project’s own build dependencies are
evaluated rather than relying on the default success timestamp-based method. This
option is not normally needed unless developers are expected to modify something the
external project’s build depends on in a way that is not detectable via the step
target dependencies (e.g. SOURCE_DIR is used without a download method and
developers might modify the sources in SOURCE_DIR).

BUILD_BYPRODUCTS <file>...
Specifies files that will be generated by the build command but which might or might
not have their modification time updated by subsequent builds. These ultimately get
passed through as BYPRODUCTS to the build step’s own underlying call to
add_custom_command().

Install Step Options:
If the configure step assumed the external project uses CMake as its build system, the
install step will also. Otherwise, the install step will assume a Makefile-based build and
simply run make install as the default build step. This can be overridden with custom
install commands if required.

INSTALL_COMMAND <cmd>...
The external project’s own install step is invoked as part of the main project’s
build. It is done after the external project’s build step and may be before or after
the external project’s test step (see the TEST_BEFORE_INSTALL option below). The
external project’s install rules are not part of the main project’s install rules,
so if anything from the external project should be installed as part of the main
build, these need to be specified in the main build as additional install()
commands. The default install step builds the install target of the external
project, but this can be overridden with a custom command using this option
(generator expressions are supported). Passing an empty string as the <cmd> makes
the install step do nothing.

Test Step Options:
The test step is only defined if at least one of the following TEST_... options are
provided.

TEST_COMMAND <cmd>...
Overrides the default test command (generator expressions are supported). If this
option is not given, the default behavior of the test step is to build the external
project’s own test target. This option can be specified with <cmd> as an empty
string, which allows the test step to still be defined, but it will do nothing. Do
not specify any of the other TEST_... options if providing an empty string as the
test command, but prefer to omit all TEST_... options altogether if the test step
target is not needed.

TEST_BEFORE_INSTALL <bool>
When this option is enabled, the test step will be executed before the install step.
The default behavior is for the test step to run after the install step.

TEST_AFTER_INSTALL <bool>
This option is mainly useful as a way to indicate that the test step is desired but
all default behavior is sufficient. Specifying this option with a boolean true value
ensures the test step is defined and that it comes after the install step. If both
TEST_BEFORE_INSTALL and TEST_AFTER_INSTALL are enabled, the latter is silently
ignored.

TEST_EXCLUDE_FROM_MAIN <bool>
If enabled, the main build’s default ALL target will not depend on the test step.
This can be a useful way of ensuring the test step is defined but only gets invoked
when manually requested.

Output Logging Options:
Each of the following LOG_... options can be used to wrap the relevant step in a script to
capture its output to files. The log files will be created in the STAMP_DIR directory with
step-specific file names.

LOG_DOWNLOAD <bool>
When enabled, the output of the download step is logged to files.

LOG_UPDATE <bool>
When enabled, the output of the update step is logged to files.

LOG_CONFIGURE <bool>
When enabled, the output of the configure step is logged to files.

LOG_BUILD <bool>
When enabled, the output of the build step is logged to files.

LOG_INSTALL <bool>
When enabled, the output of the install step is logged to files.

LOG_TEST <bool>
When enabled, the output of the test step is logged to files.

Terminal Access Options:
Steps can be given direct access to the terminal in some cases. Giving a step access to the
terminal may allow it to receive terminal input if required, such as for authentication
details not provided by other options. With the Ninja generator, these options place the
steps in the console job pool. Each step can be given access to the terminal individually
via the following options:

USES_TERMINAL_DOWNLOAD <bool>
Give the download step access to the terminal.

USES_TERMINAL_UPDATE <bool>
Give the update step access to the terminal.

USES_TERMINAL_CONFIGURE <bool>
Give the configure step access to the terminal.

USES_TERMINAL_BUILD <bool>
Give the build step access to the terminal.

USES_TERMINAL_INSTALL <bool>
Give the install step access to the terminal.

USES_TERMINAL_TEST <bool>
Give the test step access to the terminal.

Target Options:

DEPENDS <targets>...
Specify other targets on which the external project depends. The other targets will
be brought up to date before any of the external project’s steps are executed.
Because the external project uses additional custom targets internally for each
step, the DEPENDS option is the most convenient way to ensure all of those steps
depend on the other targets. Simply doing add_dependencies(<name> <targets>) will
not make any of the steps dependent on <targets>.

EXCLUDE_FROM_ALL <bool>
When enabled, this option excludes the external project from the default ALL target
of the main build.

STEP_TARGETS <step-target>...
Generate custom targets for the specified steps. This is required if the steps need
to be triggered manually or if they need to be used as dependencies of other
targets. If this option is not specified, the default value is taken from the
EP_STEP_TARGETS directory property. See ExternalProject_Add_Step() below for
further discussion of the effects of this option.

INDEPENDENT_STEP_TARGETS <step-target>...
Generate custom targets for the specified steps and prevent these targets from
having the usual dependencies applied to them. If this option is not specified, the
default value is taken from the EP_INDEPENDENT_STEP_TARGETS directory property. This
option is mostly useful for allowing individual steps to be driven independently,
such as for a CDash setup where each step should be initiated and reported
individually rather than as one whole build. See ExternalProject_Add_Step() below
for further discussion of the effects of this option.

Miscellaneous Options:

LIST_SEPARATOR <sep>
For any of the various ..._COMMAND options, replace ; with <sep> in the specified
command lines. This can be useful where list variables may be given in commands
where they should end up as space-separated arguments (<sep> would be a single space
character string in this case).

COMMAND <cmd>...
Any of the other ..._COMMAND options can have additional commands appended to them
by following them with as many COMMAND ... options as needed (generator expressions
are supported). For example:

ExternalProject_Add(example
... # Download options, etc.
BUILD_COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E echo "Starting $<CONFIG> build"
COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} --build <BINARY_DIR> --config $<CONFIG>
COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E echo "$<CONFIG> build complete"
)

It should also be noted that each build step is created via a call to ExternalProject_Add_Step().
See that command’s documentation for the automatic substitutions that are supported for some
options.

Obtaining Project Properties
ExternalProject_Get_Property
The ExternalProject_Get_Property() function retrieves external project target properties:

ExternalProject_Get_Property(<name> <prop1> [<prop2>...])

The function stores property values in variables of the same name. Property names correspond to
the keyword argument names of ExternalProject_Add(). For example, the source directory might be
retrieved like so:

ExternalProject_Get_property(myExtProj SOURCE_DIR)
message("Source dir of myExtProj = ${SOURCE_DIR}")

Explicit Step Management
The ExternalProject_Add() function on its own is often sufficient for incorporating an external project
into the main build. Certain scenarios require additional work to implement desired behavior, such as
adding in a custom step or making steps available as manually triggerable targets. The
ExternalProject_Add_Step(), ExternalProject_Add_StepTargets() and ExternalProject_Add_StepDependencies
functions provide the lower level control needed to implement such step-level capabilities.

ExternalProject_Add_Step
The ExternalProject_Add_Step() function specifies an additional custom step for an external
project defined by an earlier call to ExternalProject_Add():

ExternalProject_Add_Step(<name> <step> [<option>...])

<name> is the same as the name passed to the original call to ExternalProject_Add(). The specified
<step> must not be one of the pre-defined steps (mkdir, download, update, skip-update, patch,
configure, build, install or test). The supported options are:

COMMAND <cmd>...
The command line to be executed by this custom step (generator expressions are supported).
This option can be repeated multiple times to specify multiple commands to be executed in
order.

COMMENT <text>...
Text to be printed when the custom step executes.

DEPENDEES <step>...
Other steps (custom or pre-defined) on which this step depends.

DEPENDERS <step>...
Other steps (custom or pre-defined) that depend on this new custom step.

DEPENDS <file>...
Files on which this custom step depends.

BYPRODUCTS <file>...
Files that will be generated by this custom step but which might or might not have their
modification time updated by subsequent builds. This list of files will ultimately be
passed through as the BYPRODUCTS option to the add_custom_command() used to implement the
custom step internally.

ALWAYS <bool>
When enabled, this option specifies that the custom step should always be run (i.e. that it
is always considered out of date).

EXCLUDE_FROM_MAIN <bool>
When enabled, this option specifies that the external project’s main target does not depend
on the custom step.

WORKING_DIRECTORY <dir>
Specifies the working directory to set before running the custom step’s command. If this
option is not specified, the directory will be the value of the CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR at
the point where ExternalProject_Add_Step() was called.

LOG <bool>
If set, this causes the output from the custom step to be captured to files in the external
project’s STAMP_DIR.

USES_TERMINAL <bool>
If enabled, this gives the custom step direct access to the terminal if possible.

The command line, comment, working directory and byproducts of every standard and custom step are
processed to replace the tokens <SOURCE_DIR>, <SOURCE_SUBDIR>, <BINARY_DIR>, <INSTALL_DIR> and
<TMP_DIR> with their corresponding property values defined in the original call to
ExternalProject_Add().

ExternalProject_Add_StepTargets
The ExternalProject_Add_StepTargets() function generates targets for the steps listed. The name of
each created target will be of the form <name>-<step>:

ExternalProject_Add_StepTargets(<name> [NO_DEPENDS] <step1> [<step2>...])

Creating a target for a step allows it to be used as a dependency of another target or to be
triggered manually. Having targets for specific steps also allows them to be driven independently
of each other by specifying targets on build command lines. For example, you may be submitting to
a sub-project based dashboard where you want to drive the configure portion of the build, then
submit to the dashboard, followed by the build portion, followed by tests. If you invoke a custom
target that depends on a step halfway through the step dependency chain, then all the previous
steps will also run to ensure everything is up to date.

If the NO_DEPENDS option is specified, the step target will not depend on the dependencies of the
external project (i.e. on any dependencies of the <name> custom target created by
ExternalProject_Add()). This is usually safe for the download, update and patch steps, since they
do not typically require that the dependencies are updated and built. Using NO_DEPENDS for any of
the other pre-defined steps, however, may break parallel builds. Only use NO_DEPENDS where it is
certain that the named steps genuinely do not have dependencies. For custom steps, consider
whether or not the custom commands require the dependencies to be configured, built and installed.

Internally, ExternalProject_Add() calls ExternalProject_Add_Step() to create each step. If any
STEP_TARGETS or INDEPENDENT_STEP_TARGETS were specified, then ExternalProject_Add_StepTargets()
will also be called after ExternalProject_Add_Step(). INDEPENDENT_STEP_TARGETS have the NO_DEPENDS
option set, whereas STEP_TARGETS do not. Other than that, the two options result in
ExternalProject_Add_StepTargets() being called in the same way. Even if a step is not mentioned in
either of those two options, ExternalProject_Add_StepTargets() can still be called later to
manually define a target for the step.

The STEP_TARGETS and INDEPENDENT_STEP_TARGETS options for ExternalProject_Add() are generally the
easiest way to ensure targets are created for specific steps of interest. For custom steps,
ExternalProject_Add_StepTargets() must be called explicitly if a target should also be created for
that custom step. An alternative to these two options is to populate the EP_STEP_TARGETS and
EP_INDEPENDENT_STEP_TARGETS directory properties. These act as defaults for the step target
options and can save having to repeatedly specify the same set of step targets when multiple
external projects are being defined.

ExternalProject_Add_StepDependencies
The ExternalProject_Add_StepDependencies() function can be used to add dependencies to a step. The
dependencies added must be targets CMake already knows about (these can be ordinary executable or
library targets, custom targets or even step targets of another external project):

ExternalProject_Add_StepDependencies(<name> <step> <target1> [<target2>...])

This function takes care to set both target and file level dependencies and will ensure that
parallel builds will not break. It should be used instead of add_dependencies() whenever adding a
dependency for some of the step targets generated by the ExternalProject module.

Examples
The following example shows how to download and build a hypothetical project called FooBar from github:

include(ExternalProject)
ExternalProject_Add(foobar
GIT_REPOSITORY git@github.com:FooCo/FooBar.git
GIT_TAG origin/release/1.2.3
)

For the sake of the example, also define a second hypothetical external project called SecretSauce, which
is downloaded from a web server. Two URLs are given to take advantage of a faster internal network if
available, with a fallback to a slower external server. The project is a typical Makefile project with no
configure step, so some of the default commands are overridden. The build is only required to build the
sauce target:

find_program(MAKE_EXE NAMES gmake nmake make)
ExternalProject_Add(secretsauce
URL http://intranet.somecompany.com/artifacts/sauce-2.7.tgz
https://www.somecompany.com/downloads/sauce-2.7.zip
URL_HASH MD5=d41d8cd98f00b204e9800998ecf8427e
CONFIGURE_COMMAND ""
BUILD_COMMAND ${MAKE_EXE} sauce
)

Suppose the build step of secretsauce requires that foobar must already be built. This could be enforced
like so:

ExternalProject_Add_StepDependencies(secretsauce build foobar)

Another alternative would be to create a custom target for foobar’s build step and make secretsauce
depend on that rather than the whole foobar project. This would mean foobar only needs to be built, it
doesn’t need to run its install or test steps before secretsauce can be built. The dependency can also be
defined along with the secretsauce project:

ExternalProject_Add_StepTargets(foobar build)
ExternalProject_Add(secretsauce
URL http://intranet.somecompany.com/artifacts/sauce-2.7.tgz
https://www.somecompany.com/downloads/sauce-2.7.zip
URL_HASH MD5=d41d8cd98f00b204e9800998ecf8427e
CONFIGURE_COMMAND ""
BUILD_COMMAND ${MAKE_EXE} sauce
DEPENDS foobar-build
)

Instead of calling ExternalProject_Add_StepTargets(), the target could be defined along with the foobar
project itself:

ExternalProject_Add(foobar
GIT_REPOSITORY git@github.com:FooCo/FooBar.git
GIT_TAG origin/release/1.2.3
STEP_TARGETS build
)

If many external projects should have the same set of step targets, setting a directory property may be
more convenient. The build step target could be created automatically by setting the EP_STEP_TARGETS
directory property before creating the external projects with ExternalProject_Add():

set_property(DIRECTORY PROPERTY EP_STEP_TARGETS build)

Lastly, suppose that secretsauce provides a script called makedoc which can be used to generate its own
documentation. Further suppose that the script expects the output directory to be provided as the only
parameter and that it should be run from the secretsauce source directory. A custom step and a custom
target to trigger the script can be defined like so:

ExternalProject_Add_Step(secretsauce docs
COMMAND <SOURCE_DIR>/makedoc <BINARY_DIR>
WORKING_DIRECTORY <SOURCE_DIR>
COMMENT "Building secretsauce docs"
ALWAYS TRUE
EXCLUDE_FROM_MAIN TRUE
)
ExternalProject_Add_StepTargets(secretsauce docs)

The custom step could then be triggered from the main build like so:

cmake --build . --target secretsauce-docs

FeatureSummary
Functions for generating a summary of enabled/disabled features.

These functions can be used to generate a summary of enabled and disabled packages and/or feature for a
build tree such as:

-- The following OPTIONAL packages have been found:
LibXml2 (required version >= 2.4), XML processing lib, <http://xmlsoft.org>
* Enables HTML-import in MyWordProcessor
* Enables odt-export in MyWordProcessor
PNG, A PNG image library., <http://www.libpng.org/pub/png/>
* Enables saving screenshots
-- The following OPTIONAL packages have not been found:
Lua51, The Lua scripting language., <http://www.lua.org>
* Enables macros in MyWordProcessor
Foo, Foo provides cool stuff.

Global Properties
FeatureSummary_PKG_TYPES

The global property FeatureSummary_PKG_TYPES defines the type of packages used by FeatureSummary.

The order in this list is important, the first package type in the list is the least important, the last
is the most important. the of a package can only be changed to higher types.

The default package types are , RUNTIME, OPTIONAL, RECOMMENDED and REQUIRED, and their importance is
RUNTIME < OPTIONAL < RECOMMENDED < REQUIRED.

FeatureSummary_REQUIRED_PKG_TYPES

The global property FeatureSummary_REQUIRED_PKG_TYPES defines which package types are required.

If one or more package in this categories has not been found, CMake will abort when calling
feature_summary() with the ‘FATAL_ON_MISSING_REQUIRED_PACKAGES’ option enabled.

The default value for this global property is REQUIRED.

FeatureSummary_DEFAULT_PKG_TYPE

The global property FeatureSummary_DEFAULT_PKG_TYPE defines which package type is the default one. When
calling feature_summary(), if the user did not set the package type explicitly, the package will be
assigned to this category.

This value must be one of the types defined in the FeatureSummary_PKG_TYPES global property unless the
package type is set for all the packages.

The default value for this global property is OPTIONAL.

FeatureSummary_<TYPE>_DESCRIPTION

The global property FeatureSummary_<TYPE>_DESCRIPTION can be defined for each type to replace the type
name with the specified string whenever the package type is used in an output string.

If not set, the string “<TYPE> packages” is used.

Functions
feature_summary

The feature_summary() macro can be used to print information about enabled or disabled packages or
features of a project. By default, only the names of the features/packages will be printed and
their required version when one was specified. Use set_package_properties() to add more useful
information, like e.g. a download URL for the respective package or their purpose in the project.

The WHAT option is the only mandatory option. Here you specify what information will be printed:

ALL print everything

ENABLED_FEATURES
the list of all features which are enabled

DISABLED_FEATURES
the list of all features which are disabled

PACKAGES_FOUND
the list of all packages which have been found

PACKAGES_NOT_FOUND
the list of all packages which have not been found

For each package type <TYPE> defined by the FeatureSummary_PKG_TYPES global property, the
following information can also be used:

<TYPE>_PACKAGES_FOUND
only those packages which have been found which have the type <TYPE>

<TYPE>_PACKAGES_NOT_FOUND
only those packages which have not been found which have the type <TYPE>

With the exception of the ALL value, these values can be combined in order to customize the
output. For example:

feature_summary(WHAT ENABLED_FEATURES DISABLED_FEATURES)

If a FILENAME is given, the information is printed into this file. If APPEND is used, it is
appended to this file, otherwise the file is overwritten if it already existed. If the VAR option
is used, the information is “printed” into the specified variable. If FILENAME is not used, the
information is printed to the terminal. Using the DESCRIPTION option a description or headline
can be set which will be printed above the actual content. If only one type of package was
requested, no title is printed, unless it is explicitly set using either DESCRIPTION to use a
custom string, or DEFAULT_DESCRIPTION to use a default title for the requested type. If
INCLUDE_QUIET_PACKAGES is given, packages which have been searched with find_package(... QUIET)
will also be listed. By default they are skipped. If FATAL_ON_MISSING_REQUIRED_PACKAGES is given,
CMake will abort if a package which is marked as one of the package types listed in the
FeatureSummary_REQUIRED_PKG_TYPES global property has not been found. The default value for the
FeatureSummary_REQUIRED_PKG_TYPES global property is REQUIRED.

The FeatureSummary_DEFAULT_PKG_TYPE global property can be modified to change the default package
type assigned when not explicitly assigned by the user.

If the QUIET_ON_EMPTY option is used, if only one type of package was requested, and no packages
belonging to that category were found, then no output (including the DESCRIPTION) is printed or
added to the VAR variable.

Example 1, append everything to a file:

include(FeatureSummary)
feature_summary(WHAT ALL
FILENAME ${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}/all.log APPEND)

Example 2, print the enabled features into the variable enabledFeaturesText, including QUIET
packages:

include(FeatureSummary)
feature_summary(WHAT ENABLED_FEATURES
INCLUDE_QUIET_PACKAGES
DESCRIPTION "Enabled Features:"
VAR enabledFeaturesText)
message(STATUS "${enabledFeaturesText}")

Example 3, change default package types and print only the categories that are not empty:

include(FeatureSummary)
set_property(GLOBAL APPEND PROPERTY FeatureSummary_PKG_TYPES BUILD)
find_package(FOO)
set_package_properties(FOO PROPERTIES TYPE BUILD)
feature_summary(WHAT BUILD_PACKAGES_FOUND
Description "Build tools found:"
QUIET_ON_EMPTY)
feature_summary(WHAT BUILD_PACKAGES_NOT_FOUND
Description "Build tools not found:"
QUIET_ON_EMPTY)

set_package_properties

set_package_properties(<name> PROPERTIES
[ URL <url> ]
[ DESCRIPTION <description> ]
[ TYPE (RUNTIME|OPTIONAL|RECOMMENDED|REQUIRED) ]
[ PURPOSE <purpose> ]
)

Use this macro to set up information about the named package, which can then be displayed via
FEATURE_SUMMARY(). This can be done either directly in the Find-module or in the project which
uses the module after the find_package() call. The features for which information can be set are
added automatically by the find_package() command.

URL <url>
This should be the homepage of the package, or something similar. Ideally this is set
already directly in the Find-module.

DESCRIPTION <description>
A short description what that package is, at most one sentence. Ideally this is set
already directly in the Find-module.

TYPE <type>
What type of dependency has the using project on that package. Default is OPTIONAL. In
this case it is a package which can be used by the project when available at buildtime, but
it also work without. RECOMMENDED is similar to OPTIONAL, i.e. the project will build if
the package is not present, but the functionality of the resulting binaries will be severly
limited. If a REQUIRED package is not available at buildtime, the project may not even
build. This can be combined with the FATAL_ON_MISSING_REQUIRED_PACKAGES argument for
feature_summary(). Last, a RUNTIME package is a package which is actually not used at all
during the build, but which is required for actually running the resulting binaries. So if
such a package is missing, the project can still be built, but it may not work later on.
If set_package_properties() is called multiple times for the same package with different
TYPEs, the TYPE is only changed to higher TYPEs (RUNTIME < OPTIONAL < RECOMMENDED <
REQUIRED), lower TYPEs are ignored. The TYPE property is project-specific, so it cannot be
set by the Find-module, but must be set in the project. Type accepted can be changed by
setting the FeatureSummary_PKG_TYPES global property.

PURPOSE <purpose>
This describes which features this package enables in the project, i.e. it tells the user
what functionality he gets in the resulting binaries. If set_package_properties() is
called multiple times for a package, all PURPOSE properties are appended to a list of
purposes of the package in the project. As the TYPE property, also the PURPOSE property is
project-specific, so it cannot be set by the Find-module, but must be set in the project.

Example for setting the info for a package:

find_package(LibXml2)
set_package_properties(LibXml2 PROPERTIES
DESCRIPTION "A XML processing library."
URL "http://xmlsoft.org/")
# or
set_package_properties(LibXml2 PROPERTIES
TYPE RECOMMENDED
PURPOSE "Enables HTML-import in MyWordProcessor")
# or
set_package_properties(LibXml2 PROPERTIES
TYPE OPTIONAL
PURPOSE "Enables odt-export in MyWordProcessor")

find_package(DBUS)
set_package_properties(DBUS PROPERTIES
TYPE RUNTIME
PURPOSE "Necessary to disable the screensaver during a presentation")

add_feature_info

add_feature_info(<name> <enabled> <description>)

Use this macro to add information about a feature with the given <name>. <enabled> contains
whether this feature is enabled or not. It can be a variable or a list of conditions.
<description> is a text describing the feature. The information can be displayed using
feature_summary() for ENABLED_FEATURES and DISABLED_FEATURES respectively.

Example for setting the info for a feature:

option(WITH_FOO "Help for foo" ON)
add_feature_info(Foo WITH_FOO "The Foo feature provides very cool stuff.")

Legacy Macros
The following macros are provided for compatibility with previous CMake versions:

set_package_info

set_package_info(<name> <description> [ <url> [<purpose>] ])

Use this macro to set up information about the named package, which can then be displayed via
feature_summary(). This can be done either directly in the Find-module or in the project which
uses the module after the find_package() call. The features for which information can be set are
added automatically by the find_package() command.

set_feature_info

set_feature_info(<name> <description> [<url>])

Does the same as:

set_package_info(<name> <description> <url>)

print_enabled_features

print_enabled_features()

Does the same as

feature_summary(WHAT ENABLED_FEATURES DESCRIPTION "Enabled features:")

print_disabled_features

print_disabled_features()

Does the same as

feature_summary(WHAT DISABLED_FEATURES DESCRIPTION "Disabled features:")

FindALSA
Find alsa

Find the alsa libraries (asound)

This module defines the following variables:
ALSA_FOUND - True if ALSA_INCLUDE_DIR & ALSA_LIBRARY are found
ALSA_LIBRARIES - Set when ALSA_LIBRARY is found
ALSA_INCLUDE_DIRS - Set when ALSA_INCLUDE_DIR is found

ALSA_INCLUDE_DIR - where to find asoundlib.h, etc.
ALSA_LIBRARY - the asound library
ALSA_VERSION_STRING - the version of alsa found (since CMake 2.8.8)

FindArmadillo
Find Armadillo

Find the Armadillo C++ library

Using Armadillo:

find_package(Armadillo REQUIRED)
include_directories(${ARMADILLO_INCLUDE_DIRS})
add_executable(foo foo.cc)
target_link_libraries(foo ${ARMADILLO_LIBRARIES})

This module sets the following variables:

ARMADILLO_FOUND - set to true if the library is found
ARMADILLO_INCLUDE_DIRS - list of required include directories
ARMADILLO_LIBRARIES - list of libraries to be linked
ARMADILLO_VERSION_MAJOR - major version number
ARMADILLO_VERSION_MINOR - minor version number
ARMADILLO_VERSION_PATCH - patch version number
ARMADILLO_VERSION_STRING - version number as a string (ex: "1.0.4")
ARMADILLO_VERSION_NAME - name of the version (ex: "Antipodean Antileech")

FindASPELL
Try to find ASPELL

Once done this will define

ASPELL_FOUND - system has ASPELL
ASPELL_EXECUTABLE - the ASPELL executable
ASPELL_INCLUDE_DIR - the ASPELL include directory
ASPELL_LIBRARIES - The libraries needed to use ASPELL
ASPELL_DEFINITIONS - Compiler switches required for using ASPELL

FindAVIFile
Locate AVIFILE library and include paths

AVIFILE (http://avifile.sourceforge.net/)is a set of libraries for i386 machines to use various AVI
codecs. Support is limited beyond Linux. Windows provides native AVI support, and so doesn’t need this
library. This module defines

AVIFILE_INCLUDE_DIR, where to find avifile.h , etc.
AVIFILE_LIBRARIES, the libraries to link against
AVIFILE_DEFINITIONS, definitions to use when compiling
AVIFILE_FOUND, If false, don't try to use AVIFILE

FindBISON
Find bison executable and provide a macro to generate custom build rules.

The module defines the following variables:

BISON_EXECUTABLE
path to the bison program

BISON_VERSION
version of bison

BISON_FOUND
true if the program was found

The minimum required version of bison can be specified using the standard CMake syntax, e.g.
find_package(BISON 2.1.3).

If bison is found, the module defines the macro:

BISON_TARGET(<Name> <YaccInput> <CodeOutput>
[COMPILE_FLAGS <flags>]
[DEFINES_FILE <file>]
[VERBOSE [<file>]]
[REPORT_FILE <file>]
)

which will create a custom rule to generate a parser. <YaccInput> is the path to a yacc file.
<CodeOutput> is the name of the source file generated by bison. A header file is also be generated, and
contains the token list.

The options are:

COMPILE_FLAGS <flags>
Specify flags to be added to the bison command line.

DEFINES_FILE <file>
Specify a non-default header <file> to be generated by bison.

VERBOSE [<file>]
Tell bison to write a report file of the grammar and parser. If <file> is given, it specifies
path the report file is copied to. [<file>] is left for backward compatibility of this module.
Use VERBOSE REPORT_FILE <file>.

REPORT_FILE <file>
Specify a non-default report <file>, if generated.

The macro defines the following variables:

BISON_<Name>_DEFINED
true is the macro ran successfully

BISON_<Name>_INPUT
The input source file, an alias for <YaccInput>

BISON_<Name>_OUTPUT_SOURCE
The source file generated by bison

BISON_<Name>_OUTPUT_HEADER
The header file generated by bison

BISON_<Name>_OUTPUTS
All files generated by bison including the source, the header and the report

BISON_<Name>_COMPILE_FLAGS
Options used in the bison command line

Example usage:

find_package(BISON)
BISON_TARGET(MyParser parser.y ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/parser.cpp
DEFINES_FILE ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/parser.h)
add_executable(Foo main.cpp ${BISON_MyParser_OUTPUTS})

FindBLAS
Find BLAS library

This module finds an installed fortran library that implements the BLAS linear-algebra interface (see
http://www.netlib.org/blas/). The list of libraries searched for is taken from the autoconf macro file,
acx_blas.m4 (distributed at http://ac-archive.sourceforge.net/ac-archive/acx_blas.html).

This module sets the following variables:

BLAS_FOUND - set to true if a library implementing the BLAS interface
is found
BLAS_LINKER_FLAGS - uncached list of required linker flags (excluding -l
and -L).
BLAS_LIBRARIES - uncached list of libraries (using full path name) to
link against to use BLAS
BLAS95_LIBRARIES - uncached list of libraries (using full path name)
to link against to use BLAS95 interface
BLAS95_FOUND - set to true if a library implementing the BLAS f95 interface
is found
BLA_STATIC if set on this determines what kind of linkage we do (static)
BLA_VENDOR if set checks only the specified vendor, if not set checks
all the possibilities
BLA_F95 if set on tries to find the f95 interfaces for BLAS/LAPACK

List of vendors (BLA_VENDOR) valid in this module:

• Goto

• OpenBLAS

• ATLAS PhiPACK

• CXML

• DXML

• SunPerf

• SCSL

• SGIMATH

• IBMESSL

• Intel10_32 (intel mkl v10 32 bit)

• Intel10_64lp (intel mkl v10 64 bit, lp thread model, lp64 model)

• Intel10_64lp_seq (intel mkl v10 64 bit, sequential code, lp64 model)

• Intel (older versions of mkl 32 and 64 bit)

• ACML

• ACML_MP

• ACML_GPU

• Apple

• NAS

• Generic

NOTE:
C/CXX should be enabled to use Intel mkl

FindBacktrace
Find provider for backtrace(3).

Checks if OS supports backtrace(3) via either libc or custom library. This module defines the following
variables:

Backtrace_HEADER
The header file needed for backtrace(3). Cached. Could be forcibly set by user.

Backtrace_INCLUDE_DIRS
The include directories needed to use backtrace(3) header.

Backtrace_LIBRARIES
The libraries (linker flags) needed to use backtrace(3), if any.

Backtrace_FOUND
Is set if and only if backtrace(3) support detected.

The following cache variables are also available to set or use:

Backtrace_LIBRARY
The external library providing backtrace, if any.

Backtrace_INCLUDE_DIR
The directory holding the backtrace(3) header.

Typical usage is to generate of header file using configure_file() with the contents like the following:

#cmakedefine01 Backtrace_FOUND
#if Backtrace_FOUND
# include <${Backtrace_HEADER}>
#endif

And then reference that generated header file in actual source.

FindBoost
Find Boost include dirs and libraries

Use this module by invoking find_package with the form:

find_package(Boost
[version] [EXACT] # Minimum or EXACT version e.g. 1.36.0
[REQUIRED] # Fail with error if Boost is not found
[COMPONENTS <libs>...] # Boost libraries by their canonical name
) # e.g. "date_time" for "libboost_date_time"

This module finds headers and requested component libraries OR a CMake package configuration file
provided by a “Boost CMake” build. For the latter case skip to the “Boost CMake” section below. For the
former case results are reported in variables:

Boost_FOUND - True if headers and requested libraries were found
Boost_INCLUDE_DIRS - Boost include directories
Boost_LIBRARY_DIRS - Link directories for Boost libraries
Boost_LIBRARIES - Boost component libraries to be linked
Boost_<C>_FOUND - True if component <C> was found (<C> is upper-case)
Boost_<C>_LIBRARY - Libraries to link for component <C> (may include
target_link_libraries debug/optimized keywords)
Boost_VERSION - BOOST_VERSION value from boost/version.hpp
Boost_LIB_VERSION - Version string appended to library filenames
Boost_MAJOR_VERSION - Boost major version number (X in X.y.z)
Boost_MINOR_VERSION - Boost minor version number (Y in x.Y.z)
Boost_SUBMINOR_VERSION - Boost subminor version number (Z in x.y.Z)
Boost_LIB_DIAGNOSTIC_DEFINITIONS (Windows)
- Pass to add_definitions() to have diagnostic
information about Boost's automatic linking
displayed during compilation

This module reads hints about search locations from variables:

BOOST_ROOT - Preferred installation prefix
(or BOOSTROOT)
BOOST_INCLUDEDIR - Preferred include directory e.g. <prefix>/include
BOOST_LIBRARYDIR - Preferred library directory e.g. <prefix>/lib
Boost_NO_SYSTEM_PATHS - Set to ON to disable searching in locations not
specified by these hint variables. Default is OFF.
Boost_ADDITIONAL_VERSIONS
- List of Boost versions not known to this module
(Boost install locations may contain the version)

and saves search results persistently in CMake cache entries:

Boost_INCLUDE_DIR - Directory containing Boost headers
Boost_LIBRARY_DIR_RELEASE - Directory containing release Boost libraries
Boost_LIBRARY_DIR_DEBUG - Directory containing debug Boost libraries
Boost_<C>_LIBRARY_DEBUG - Component <C> library debug variant
Boost_<C>_LIBRARY_RELEASE - Component <C> library release variant

The following IMPORTED targets are also defined:

Boost::boost - Target for header-only dependencies
(Boost include directory)
Boost::<C> - Target for specific component dependency
(shared or static library); <C> is lower-
case
Boost::diagnostic_definitions - interface target to enable diagnostic
information about Boost's automatic linking
during compilation (adds BOOST_LIB_DIAGNOSTIC)
Boost::disable_autolinking - interface target to disable automatic
linking with MSVC (adds BOOST_ALL_NO_LIB)
Boost::dynamic_linking - interface target to enable dynamic linking
linking with MSVC (adds BOOST_ALL_DYN_LINK)

Implicit dependencies such as Boost::filesystem requiring Boost::system will be automatically detected
and satisfied, even if system is not specified when using find_package and if Boost::system is not added
to target_link_libraries. If using Boost::thread, then Threads::Threads will also be added
automatically.

It is important to note that the imported targets behave differently than variables created by this
module: multiple calls to find_package(Boost) in the same directory or sub-directories with different
options (e.g. static or shared) will not override the values of the targets created by the first call.

Users may set these hints or results as cache entries. Projects should not read these entries directly
but instead use the above result variables. Note that some hint names start in upper-case “BOOST”. One
may specify these as environment variables if they are not specified as CMake variables or cache entries.

This module first searches for the Boost header files using the above hint variables (excluding
BOOST_LIBRARYDIR) and saves the result in Boost_INCLUDE_DIR. Then it searches for requested component
libraries using the above hints (excluding BOOST_INCLUDEDIR and Boost_ADDITIONAL_VERSIONS), “lib”
directories near Boost_INCLUDE_DIR, and the library name configuration settings below. It saves the
library directories in Boost_LIBRARY_DIR_DEBUG and Boost_LIBRARY_DIR_RELEASE and individual library
locations in Boost_<C>_LIBRARY_DEBUG and Boost_<C>_LIBRARY_RELEASE. When one changes settings used by
previous searches in the same build tree (excluding environment variables) this module discards previous
search results affected by the changes and searches again.

Boost libraries come in many variants encoded in their file name. Users or projects may tell this module
which variant to find by setting variables:

Boost_USE_DEBUG_LIBS - Set to ON or OFF to specify whether to search
and use the debug libraries. Default is ON.
Boost_USE_RELEASE_LIBS - Set to ON or OFF to specify whether to search
and use the release libraries. Default is ON.
Boost_USE_MULTITHREADED - Set to OFF to use the non-multithreaded
libraries ('mt' tag). Default is ON.
Boost_USE_STATIC_LIBS - Set to ON to force the use of the static
libraries. Default is OFF.
Boost_USE_STATIC_RUNTIME - Set to ON or OFF to specify whether to use
libraries linked statically to the C++ runtime
('s' tag). Default is platform dependent.
Boost_USE_DEBUG_RUNTIME - Set to ON or OFF to specify whether to use
libraries linked to the MS debug C++ runtime
('g' tag). Default is ON.
Boost_USE_DEBUG_PYTHON - Set to ON to use libraries compiled with a
debug Python build ('y' tag). Default is OFF.
Boost_USE_STLPORT - Set to ON to use libraries compiled with
STLPort ('p' tag). Default is OFF.
Boost_USE_STLPORT_DEPRECATED_NATIVE_IOSTREAMS
- Set to ON to use libraries compiled with
STLPort deprecated "native iostreams"
('n' tag). Default is OFF.
Boost_COMPILER - Set to the compiler-specific library suffix
(e.g. "-gcc43"). Default is auto-computed
for the C++ compiler in use. A list may be
used if multiple compatible suffixes should
be tested for, in decreasing order of
preference.
Boost_THREADAPI - Suffix for "thread" component library name,
such as "pthread" or "win32". Names with
and without this suffix will both be tried.
Boost_NAMESPACE - Alternate namespace used to build boost with
e.g. if set to "myboost", will search for
myboost_thread instead of boost_thread.

Other variables one may set to control this module are:

Boost_DEBUG - Set to ON to enable debug output from FindBoost.
Please enable this before filing any bug report.
Boost_DETAILED_FAILURE_MSG
- Set to ON to add detailed information to the
failure message even when the REQUIRED option
is not given to the find_package call.
Boost_REALPATH - Set to ON to resolve symlinks for discovered
libraries to assist with packaging. For example,
the "system" component library may be resolved to
"/usr/lib/libboost_system.so.1.42.0" instead of
"/usr/lib/libboost_system.so". This does not
affect linking and should not be enabled unless
the user needs this information.
Boost_LIBRARY_DIR - Default value for Boost_LIBRARY_DIR_RELEASE and
Boost_LIBRARY_DIR_DEBUG.

On Visual Studio and Borland compilers Boost headers request automatic linking to corresponding
libraries. This requires matching libraries to be linked explicitly or available in the link library
search path. In this case setting Boost_USE_STATIC_LIBS to OFF may not achieve dynamic linking. Boost
automatic linking typically requests static libraries with a few exceptions (such as Boost.Python). Use:

add_definitions(${Boost_LIB_DIAGNOSTIC_DEFINITIONS})

to ask Boost to report information about automatic linking requests.

Example to find Boost headers only:

find_package(Boost 1.36.0)
if(Boost_FOUND)
include_directories(${Boost_INCLUDE_DIRS})
add_executable(foo foo.cc)
endif()

Example to find Boost libraries and use imported targets:

find_package(Boost 1.56 REQUIRED COMPONENTS
date_time filesystem iostreams)
add_executable(foo foo.cc)
target_link_libraries(foo Boost::date_time Boost::filesystem
Boost::iostreams)

Example to find Boost headers and some static (release only) libraries:

set(Boost_USE_STATIC_LIBS ON) # only find static libs
set(Boost_USE_DEBUG_LIBS OFF) # ignore debug libs and
set(Boost_USE_RELEASE_LIBS ON) # only find release libs
set(Boost_USE_MULTITHREADED ON)
set(Boost_USE_STATIC_RUNTIME OFF)
find_package(Boost 1.36.0 COMPONENTS date_time filesystem system ...)
if(Boost_FOUND)
include_directories(${Boost_INCLUDE_DIRS})
add_executable(foo foo.cc)
target_link_libraries(foo ${Boost_LIBRARIES})
endif()

Boost CMake
If Boost was built using the boost-cmake project it provides a package configuration file for use with
find_package’s Config mode. This module looks for the package configuration file called
BoostConfig.cmake or boost-config.cmake and stores the result in cache entry “Boost_DIR”. If found, the
package configuration file is loaded and this module returns with no further action. See documentation
of the Boost CMake package configuration for details on what it provides.

Set Boost_NO_BOOST_CMAKE to ON to disable the search for boost-cmake.

FindBullet
Try to find the Bullet physics engine

This module defines the following variables

BULLET_FOUND - Was bullet found
BULLET_INCLUDE_DIRS - the Bullet include directories
BULLET_LIBRARIES - Link to this, by default it includes
all bullet components (Dynamics,
Collision, LinearMath, & SoftBody)

This module accepts the following variables

BULLET_ROOT - Can be set to bullet install path or Windows build path

FindBZip2
Try to find BZip2

IMPORTED Targets
This module defines IMPORTED target BZip2::BZip2, if BZip2 has been found.

Result Variables
This module defines the following variables:

BZIP2_FOUND - system has BZip2
BZIP2_INCLUDE_DIR - the BZip2 include directory
BZIP2_LIBRARIES - Link these to use BZip2
BZIP2_NEED_PREFIX - this is set if the functions are prefixed with BZ2_
BZIP2_VERSION_STRING - the version of BZip2 found (since CMake 2.8.8)

FindCABLE
Find CABLE

This module finds if CABLE is installed and determines where the include files and libraries are. This
code sets the following variables:

CABLE the path to the cable executable
CABLE_TCL_LIBRARY the path to the Tcl wrapper library
CABLE_INCLUDE_DIR the path to the include directory

To build Tcl wrappers, you should add shared library and link it to ${CABLE_TCL_LIBRARY}. You should
also add ${CABLE_INCLUDE_DIR} as an include directory.

FindCoin3D
Find Coin3D (Open Inventor)

Coin3D is an implementation of the Open Inventor API. It provides data structures and algorithms for 3D
visualization.

This module defines the following variables

COIN3D_FOUND - system has Coin3D - Open Inventor
COIN3D_INCLUDE_DIRS - where the Inventor include directory can be found
COIN3D_LIBRARIES - Link to this to use Coin3D

FindCUDA
NOTE:
The FindCUDA module has been superseded by first-class support for the CUDA language in CMake. It is
no longer necessary to use this module or call find_package(CUDA). This module now exists only for
compatibility with projects that have not been ported.

Instead, list CUDA among the languages named in the top-level call to the project() command, or call
the enable_language() command with CUDA. Then one can add CUDA (.cu) sources to programs directly in
calls to add_library() and add_executable().

Tools for building CUDA C files: libraries and build dependencies.

This script locates the NVIDIA CUDA C tools. It should work on linux, windows, and mac and should be
reasonably up to date with CUDA C releases.

This script makes use of the standard find_package arguments of <VERSION>, REQUIRED and QUIET.
CUDA_FOUND will report if an acceptable version of CUDA was found.

The script will prompt the user to specify CUDA_TOOLKIT_ROOT_DIR if the prefix cannot be determined by
the location of nvcc in the system path and REQUIRED is specified to find_package(). To use a different
installed version of the toolkit set the environment variable CUDA_BIN_PATH before running cmake (e.g.
CUDA_BIN_PATH=/usr/local/cuda1.0 instead of the default /usr/local/cuda) or set CUDA_TOOLKIT_ROOT_DIR
after configuring. If you change the value of CUDA_TOOLKIT_ROOT_DIR, various components that depend on
the path will be relocated.

It might be necessary to set CUDA_TOOLKIT_ROOT_DIR manually on certain platforms, or to use a cuda
runtime not installed in the default location. In newer versions of the toolkit the cuda library is
included with the graphics driver- be sure that the driver version matches what is needed by the cuda
runtime version.

The following variables affect the behavior of the macros in the script (in alphebetical order). Note
that any of these flags can be changed multiple times in the same directory before calling
CUDA_ADD_EXECUTABLE, CUDA_ADD_LIBRARY, CUDA_COMPILE, CUDA_COMPILE_PTX, CUDA_COMPILE_FATBIN,
CUDA_COMPILE_CUBIN or CUDA_WRAP_SRCS:

CUDA_64_BIT_DEVICE_CODE (Default matches host bit size)
-- Set to ON to compile for 64 bit device code, OFF for 32 bit device code.
Note that making this different from the host code when generating object
or C files from CUDA code just won't work, because size_t gets defined by
nvcc in the generated source. If you compile to PTX and then load the
file yourself, you can mix bit sizes between device and host.

CUDA_ATTACH_VS_BUILD_RULE_TO_CUDA_FILE (Default ON)
-- Set to ON if you want the custom build rule to be attached to the source
file in Visual Studio. Turn OFF if you add the same cuda file to multiple
targets.

This allows the user to build the target from the CUDA file; however, bad
things can happen if the CUDA source file is added to multiple targets.
When performing parallel builds it is possible for the custom build
command to be run more than once and in parallel causing cryptic build
errors. VS runs the rules for every source file in the target, and a
source can have only one rule no matter how many projects it is added to.
When the rule is run from multiple targets race conditions can occur on
the generated file. Eventually everything will get built, but if the user
is unaware of this behavior, there may be confusion. It would be nice if
this script could detect the reuse of source files across multiple targets
and turn the option off for the user, but no good solution could be found.

CUDA_BUILD_CUBIN (Default OFF)
-- Set to ON to enable and extra compilation pass with the -cubin option in
Device mode. The output is parsed and register, shared memory usage is
printed during build.

CUDA_BUILD_EMULATION (Default OFF for device mode)
-- Set to ON for Emulation mode. -D_DEVICEEMU is defined for CUDA C files
when CUDA_BUILD_EMULATION is TRUE.

CUDA_LINK_LIBRARIES_KEYWORD (Default "")
-- The <PRIVATE|PUBLIC|INTERFACE> keyword to use for internal
target_link_libraries calls. The default is to use no keyword which
uses the old "plain" form of target_link_libraries. Note that is matters
because whatever is used inside the FindCUDA module must also be used
outside - the two forms of target_link_libraries cannot be mixed.

CUDA_GENERATED_OUTPUT_DIR (Default CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR)
-- Set to the path you wish to have the generated files placed. If it is
blank output files will be placed in CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR.
Intermediate files will always be placed in
CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR/CMakeFiles.

CUDA_HOST_COMPILATION_CPP (Default ON)
-- Set to OFF for C compilation of host code.

CUDA_HOST_COMPILER (Default CMAKE_C_COMPILER, $(VCInstallDir)/bin for VS)
-- Set the host compiler to be used by nvcc. Ignored if -ccbin or
--compiler-bindir is already present in the CUDA_NVCC_FLAGS or
CUDA_NVCC_FLAGS_<CONFIG> variables. For Visual Studio targets
$(VCInstallDir)/bin is a special value that expands out to the path when
the command is run from within VS.

CUDA_NVCC_FLAGS
CUDA_NVCC_FLAGS_<CONFIG>
-- Additional NVCC command line arguments. NOTE: multiple arguments must be
semi-colon delimited (e.g. --compiler-options;-Wall)

CUDA_PROPAGATE_HOST_FLAGS (Default ON)
-- Set to ON to propagate CMAKE_{C,CXX}_FLAGS and their configuration
dependent counterparts (e.g. CMAKE_C_FLAGS_DEBUG) automatically to the
host compiler through nvcc's -Xcompiler flag. This helps make the
generated host code match the rest of the system better. Sometimes
certain flags give nvcc problems, and this will help you turn the flag
propagation off. This does not affect the flags supplied directly to nvcc
via CUDA_NVCC_FLAGS or through the OPTION flags specified through
CUDA_ADD_LIBRARY, CUDA_ADD_EXECUTABLE, or CUDA_WRAP_SRCS. Flags used for
shared library compilation are not affected by this flag.

CUDA_SEPARABLE_COMPILATION (Default OFF)
-- If set this will enable separable compilation for all CUDA runtime object
files. If used outside of CUDA_ADD_EXECUTABLE and CUDA_ADD_LIBRARY
(e.g. calling CUDA_WRAP_SRCS directly),
CUDA_COMPUTE_SEPARABLE_COMPILATION_OBJECT_FILE_NAME and
CUDA_LINK_SEPARABLE_COMPILATION_OBJECTS should be called.

CUDA_SOURCE_PROPERTY_FORMAT
-- If this source file property is set, it can override the format specified
to CUDA_WRAP_SRCS (OBJ, PTX, CUBIN, or FATBIN). If an input source file
is not a .cu file, setting this file will cause it to be treated as a .cu
file. See documentation for set_source_files_properties on how to set
this property.

CUDA_USE_STATIC_CUDA_RUNTIME (Default ON)
-- When enabled the static version of the CUDA runtime library will be used
in CUDA_LIBRARIES. If the version of CUDA configured doesn't support
this option, then it will be silently disabled.

CUDA_VERBOSE_BUILD (Default OFF)
-- Set to ON to see all the commands used when building the CUDA file. When
using a Makefile generator the value defaults to VERBOSE (run make
VERBOSE=1 to see output), although setting CUDA_VERBOSE_BUILD to ON will
always print the output.

The script creates the following macros (in alphebetical order):

CUDA_ADD_CUFFT_TO_TARGET( cuda_target )
-- Adds the cufft library to the target (can be any target). Handles whether
you are in emulation mode or not.

CUDA_ADD_CUBLAS_TO_TARGET( cuda_target )
-- Adds the cublas library to the target (can be any target). Handles
whether you are in emulation mode or not.

CUDA_ADD_EXECUTABLE( cuda_target file0 file1 ...
[WIN32] [MACOSX_BUNDLE] [EXCLUDE_FROM_ALL] [OPTIONS ...] )
-- Creates an executable "cuda_target" which is made up of the files
specified. All of the non CUDA C files are compiled using the standard
build rules specified by CMAKE and the cuda files are compiled to object
files using nvcc and the host compiler. In addition CUDA_INCLUDE_DIRS is
added automatically to include_directories(). Some standard CMake target
calls can be used on the target after calling this macro
(e.g. set_target_properties and target_link_libraries), but setting
properties that adjust compilation flags will not affect code compiled by
nvcc. Such flags should be modified before calling CUDA_ADD_EXECUTABLE,
CUDA_ADD_LIBRARY or CUDA_WRAP_SRCS.

CUDA_ADD_LIBRARY( cuda_target file0 file1 ...
[STATIC | SHARED | MODULE] [EXCLUDE_FROM_ALL] [OPTIONS ...] )
-- Same as CUDA_ADD_EXECUTABLE except that a library is created.

CUDA_BUILD_CLEAN_TARGET()
-- Creates a convience target that deletes all the dependency files
generated. You should make clean after running this target to ensure the
dependency files get regenerated.

CUDA_COMPILE( generated_files file0 file1 ... [STATIC | SHARED | MODULE]
[OPTIONS ...] )
-- Returns a list of generated files from the input source files to be used
with ADD_LIBRARY or ADD_EXECUTABLE.

CUDA_COMPILE_PTX( generated_files file0 file1 ... [OPTIONS ...] )
-- Returns a list of PTX files generated from the input source files.

CUDA_COMPILE_FATBIN( generated_files file0 file1 ... [OPTIONS ...] )
-- Returns a list of FATBIN files generated from the input source files.

CUDA_COMPILE_CUBIN( generated_files file0 file1 ... [OPTIONS ...] )
-- Returns a list of CUBIN files generated from the input source files.

CUDA_COMPUTE_SEPARABLE_COMPILATION_OBJECT_FILE_NAME( output_file_var
cuda_target
object_files )
-- Compute the name of the intermediate link file used for separable
compilation. This file name is typically passed into
CUDA_LINK_SEPARABLE_COMPILATION_OBJECTS. output_file_var is produced
based on cuda_target the list of objects files that need separable
compilation as specified by object_files. If the object_files list is
empty, then output_file_var will be empty. This function is called
automatically for CUDA_ADD_LIBRARY and CUDA_ADD_EXECUTABLE. Note that
this is a function and not a macro.

CUDA_INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES( path0 path1 ... )
-- Sets the directories that should be passed to nvcc
(e.g. nvcc -Ipath0 -Ipath1 ... ). These paths usually contain other .cu
files.

CUDA_LINK_SEPARABLE_COMPILATION_OBJECTS( output_file_var cuda_target
nvcc_flags object_files)
-- Generates the link object required by separable compilation from the given
object files. This is called automatically for CUDA_ADD_EXECUTABLE and
CUDA_ADD_LIBRARY, but can be called manually when using CUDA_WRAP_SRCS
directly. When called from CUDA_ADD_LIBRARY or CUDA_ADD_EXECUTABLE the
nvcc_flags passed in are the same as the flags passed in via the OPTIONS
argument. The only nvcc flag added automatically is the bitness flag as
specified by CUDA_64_BIT_DEVICE_CODE. Note that this is a function
instead of a macro.

CUDA_SELECT_NVCC_ARCH_FLAGS(out_variable [target_CUDA_architectures])
-- Selects GPU arch flags for nvcc based on target_CUDA_architectures
target_CUDA_architectures : Auto | Common | All | LIST(ARCH_AND_PTX ...)
- "Auto" detects local machine GPU compute arch at runtime.
- "Common" and "All" cover common and entire subsets of architectures
ARCH_AND_PTX : NAME | NUM.NUM | NUM.NUM(NUM.NUM) | NUM.NUM+PTX
NAME: Fermi Kepler Maxwell Kepler+Tegra Kepler+Tesla Maxwell+Tegra Pascal
NUM: Any number. Only those pairs are currently accepted by NVCC though:
2.0 2.1 3.0 3.2 3.5 3.7 5.0 5.2 5.3 6.0 6.2
Returns LIST of flags to be added to CUDA_NVCC_FLAGS in ${out_variable}
Additionally, sets ${out_variable}_readable to the resulting numeric list
Example:
CUDA_SELECT_NVCC_ARCH_FLAGS(ARCH_FLAGS 3.0 3.5+PTX 5.2(5.0) Maxwell)
LIST(APPEND CUDA_NVCC_FLAGS ${ARCH_FLAGS})

More info on CUDA architectures: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/CUDA
Note that this is a function instead of a macro.

CUDA_WRAP_SRCS ( cuda_target format generated_files file0 file1 ...
[STATIC | SHARED | MODULE] [OPTIONS ...] )
-- This is where all the magic happens. CUDA_ADD_EXECUTABLE,
CUDA_ADD_LIBRARY, CUDA_COMPILE, and CUDA_COMPILE_PTX all call this
function under the hood.

Given the list of files (file0 file1 ... fileN) this macro generates
custom commands that generate either PTX or linkable objects (use "PTX" or
"OBJ" for the format argument to switch). Files that don't end with .cu
or have the HEADER_FILE_ONLY property are ignored.

The arguments passed in after OPTIONS are extra command line options to
give to nvcc. You can also specify per configuration options by
specifying the name of the configuration followed by the options. General
options must precede configuration specific options. Not all
configurations need to be specified, only the ones provided will be used.

OPTIONS -DFLAG=2 "-DFLAG_OTHER=space in flag"
DEBUG -g
RELEASE --use_fast_math
RELWITHDEBINFO --use_fast_math;-g
MINSIZEREL --use_fast_math

For certain configurations (namely VS generating object files with
CUDA_ATTACH_VS_BUILD_RULE_TO_CUDA_FILE set to ON), no generated file will
be produced for the given cuda file. This is because when you add the
cuda file to Visual Studio it knows that this file produces an object file
and will link in the resulting object file automatically.

This script will also generate a separate cmake script that is used at
build time to invoke nvcc. This is for several reasons.

1. nvcc can return negative numbers as return values which confuses
Visual Studio into thinking that the command succeeded. The script now
checks the error codes and produces errors when there was a problem.

2. nvcc has been known to not delete incomplete results when it
encounters problems. This confuses build systems into thinking the
target was generated when in fact an unusable file exists. The script
now deletes the output files if there was an error.

3. By putting all the options that affect the build into a file and then
make the build rule dependent on the file, the output files will be
regenerated when the options change.

This script also looks at optional arguments STATIC, SHARED, or MODULE to
determine when to target the object compilation for a shared library.
BUILD_SHARED_LIBS is ignored in CUDA_WRAP_SRCS, but it is respected in
CUDA_ADD_LIBRARY. On some systems special flags are added for building
objects intended for shared libraries. A preprocessor macro,
<target_name>_EXPORTS is defined when a shared library compilation is
detected.

Flags passed into add_definitions with -D or /D are passed along to nvcc.

The script defines the following variables:

CUDA_VERSION_MAJOR -- The major version of cuda as reported by nvcc.
CUDA_VERSION_MINOR -- The minor version.
CUDA_VERSION
CUDA_VERSION_STRING -- CUDA_VERSION_MAJOR.CUDA_VERSION_MINOR
CUDA_HAS_FP16 -- Whether a short float (float16,fp16) is supported.

CUDA_TOOLKIT_ROOT_DIR -- Path to the CUDA Toolkit (defined if not set).
CUDA_SDK_ROOT_DIR -- Path to the CUDA SDK. Use this to find files in the
SDK. This script will not directly support finding
specific libraries or headers, as that isn't
supported by NVIDIA. If you want to change
libraries when the path changes see the
FindCUDA.cmake script for an example of how to clear
these variables. There are also examples of how to
use the CUDA_SDK_ROOT_DIR to locate headers or
libraries, if you so choose (at your own risk).
CUDA_INCLUDE_DIRS -- Include directory for cuda headers. Added automatically
for CUDA_ADD_EXECUTABLE and CUDA_ADD_LIBRARY.
CUDA_LIBRARIES -- Cuda RT library.
CUDA_CUFFT_LIBRARIES -- Device or emulation library for the Cuda FFT
implementation (alternative to:
CUDA_ADD_CUFFT_TO_TARGET macro)
CUDA_CUBLAS_LIBRARIES -- Device or emulation library for the Cuda BLAS
implementation (alternative to:
CUDA_ADD_CUBLAS_TO_TARGET macro).
CUDA_cudart_static_LIBRARY -- Statically linkable cuda runtime library.
Only available for CUDA version 5.5+
CUDA_cudadevrt_LIBRARY -- Device runtime library.
Required for separable compilation.
CUDA_cupti_LIBRARY -- CUDA Profiling Tools Interface library.
Only available for CUDA version 4.0+.
CUDA_curand_LIBRARY -- CUDA Random Number Generation library.
Only available for CUDA version 3.2+.
CUDA_cusolver_LIBRARY -- CUDA Direct Solver library.
Only available for CUDA version 7.0+.
CUDA_cusparse_LIBRARY -- CUDA Sparse Matrix library.
Only available for CUDA version 3.2+.
CUDA_npp_LIBRARY -- NVIDIA Performance Primitives lib.
Only available for CUDA version 4.0+.
CUDA_nppc_LIBRARY -- NVIDIA Performance Primitives lib (core).
Only available for CUDA version 5.5+.
CUDA_nppi_LIBRARY -- NVIDIA Performance Primitives lib (image processing).
Only available for CUDA version 5.5 - 8.0.
CUDA_nppial_LIBRARY -- NVIDIA Performance Primitives lib (image processing).
Only available for CUDA version 9.0.
CUDA_nppicc_LIBRARY -- NVIDIA Performance Primitives lib (image processing).
Only available for CUDA version 9.0.
CUDA_nppicom_LIBRARY -- NVIDIA Performance Primitives lib (image processing).
Only available for CUDA version 9.0.
CUDA_nppidei_LIBRARY -- NVIDIA Performance Primitives lib (image processing).
Only available for CUDA version 9.0.
CUDA_nppif_LIBRARY -- NVIDIA Performance Primitives lib (image processing).
Only available for CUDA version 9.0.
CUDA_nppig_LIBRARY -- NVIDIA Performance Primitives lib (image processing).
Only available for CUDA version 9.0.
CUDA_nppim_LIBRARY -- NVIDIA Performance Primitives lib (image processing).
Only available for CUDA version 9.0.
CUDA_nppist_LIBRARY -- NVIDIA Performance Primitives lib (image processing).
Only available for CUDA version 9.0.
CUDA_nppisu_LIBRARY -- NVIDIA Performance Primitives lib (image processing).
Only available for CUDA version 9.0.
CUDA_nppitc_LIBRARY -- NVIDIA Performance Primitives lib (image processing).
Only available for CUDA version 9.0.
CUDA_npps_LIBRARY -- NVIDIA Performance Primitives lib (signal processing).
Only available for CUDA version 5.5+.
CUDA_nvcuvenc_LIBRARY -- CUDA Video Encoder library.
Only available for CUDA version 3.2+.
Windows only.
CUDA_nvcuvid_LIBRARY -- CUDA Video Decoder library.
Only available for CUDA version 3.2+.
Windows only.

FindCups
Try to find the Cups printing system

Once done this will define

CUPS_FOUND - system has Cups
CUPS_INCLUDE_DIR - the Cups include directory
CUPS_LIBRARIES - Libraries needed to use Cups
CUPS_VERSION_STRING - version of Cups found (since CMake 2.8.8)
Set CUPS_REQUIRE_IPP_DELETE_ATTRIBUTE to TRUE if you need a version which
features this function (i.e. at least 1.1.19)

FindCURL
Find curl

Find the native CURL headers and libraries.

CURL_INCLUDE_DIRS - where to find curl/curl.h, etc.
CURL_LIBRARIES - List of libraries when using curl.
CURL_FOUND - True if curl found.
CURL_VERSION_STRING - the version of curl found (since CMake 2.8.8)

FindCurses
Find the curses or ncurses include file and library.

Result Variables
This module defines the following variables:

CURSES_FOUND
True if Curses is found.

CURSES_INCLUDE_DIRS
The include directories needed to use Curses.

CURSES_LIBRARIES
The libraries needed to use Curses.

CURSES_HAVE_CURSES_H
True if curses.h is available.

CURSES_HAVE_NCURSES_H
True if ncurses.h is available.

CURSES_HAVE_NCURSES_NCURSES_H
True if ncurses/ncurses.h is available.

CURSES_HAVE_NCURSES_CURSES_H
True if ncurses/curses.h is available.

Set CURSES_NEED_NCURSES to TRUE before the find_package(Curses) call if NCurses functionality is
required. Set CURSES_NEED_WIDE to TRUE before the find_package(Curses) call if unicode functionality is
required.

Backward Compatibility
The following variable are provided for backward compatibility:

CURSES_INCLUDE_DIR
Path to Curses include. Use CURSES_INCLUDE_DIRS instead.

CURSES_LIBRARY
Path to Curses library. Use CURSES_LIBRARIES instead.

FindCVS
The module defines the following variables:

CVS_EXECUTABLE - path to cvs command line client
CVS_FOUND - true if the command line client was found

Example usage:

find_package(CVS)
if(CVS_FOUND)
message("CVS found: ${CVS_EXECUTABLE}")
endif()

FindCxxTest
Find CxxTest

Find the CxxTest suite and declare a helper macro for creating unit tests and integrating them with
CTest. For more details on CxxTest see http://cxxtest.tigris.org

INPUT Variables

CXXTEST_USE_PYTHON [deprecated since 1.3]
Only used in the case both Python & Perl
are detected on the system to control
which CxxTest code generator is used.
Valid only for CxxTest version 3.

NOTE: In older versions of this Find Module,
this variable controlled if the Python test
generator was used instead of the Perl one,
regardless of which scripting language the
user had installed.

CXXTEST_TESTGEN_ARGS (since CMake 2.8.3)
Specify a list of options to pass to the CxxTest code
generator. If not defined, --error-printer is
passed.

OUTPUT Variables

CXXTEST_FOUND
True if the CxxTest framework was found
CXXTEST_INCLUDE_DIRS
Where to find the CxxTest include directory
CXXTEST_PERL_TESTGEN_EXECUTABLE
The perl-based test generator
CXXTEST_PYTHON_TESTGEN_EXECUTABLE
The python-based test generator
CXXTEST_TESTGEN_EXECUTABLE (since CMake 2.8.3)
The test generator that is actually used (chosen using user preferences
and interpreters found in the system)
CXXTEST_TESTGEN_INTERPRETER (since CMake 2.8.3)
The full path to the Perl or Python executable on the system, on
platforms where the script cannot be executed using its shebang line.

MACROS for optional use by CMake users:

CXXTEST_ADD_TEST(<test_name> <gen_source_file> <input_files_to_testgen...>)
Creates a CxxTest runner and adds it to the CTest testing suite
Parameters:
test_name The name of the test
gen_source_file The generated source filename to be
generated by CxxTest
input_files_to_testgen The list of header files containing the
CxxTest::TestSuite's to be included in
this runner

#==============
Example Usage:

find_package(CxxTest)
if(CXXTEST_FOUND)
include_directories(${CXXTEST_INCLUDE_DIR})
enable_testing()

CXXTEST_ADD_TEST(unittest_foo foo_test.cc
${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/foo_test.h)
target_link_libraries(unittest_foo foo) # as needed
endif()

This will (if CxxTest is found):
1. Invoke the testgen executable to autogenerate foo_test.cc in the
binary tree from "foo_test.h" in the current source directory.
2. Create an executable and test called unittest_foo.

#=============
Example foo_test.h:

#include <cxxtest/TestSuite.h>

class MyTestSuite : public CxxTest::TestSuite
{
public:
void testAddition( void )
{
TS_ASSERT( 1 + 1 > 1 );
TS_ASSERT_EQUALS( 1 + 1, 2 );
}
};

FindCygwin
this module looks for Cygwin

FindDart
Find DART

This module looks for the dart testing software and sets DART_ROOT to point to where it found it.

FindDCMTK
Find DCMTK libraries and applications

The module defines the following variables:

DCMTK_INCLUDE_DIRS - Directories to include to use DCMTK
DCMTK_LIBRARIES - Files to link against to use DCMTK
DCMTK_FOUND - If false, don't try to use DCMTK
DCMTK_DIR - (optional) Source directory for DCMTK

Compatibility
This module is able to find a version of DCMTK that does or does not export a DCMTKConfig.cmake file. It
applies a two step process:

• Step 1: Attempt to find DCMTK version providing a DCMTKConfig.cmake file.

• Step 2: If step 1 failed, rely on FindDCMTK.cmake to set DCMTK_* variables details below.

Recent DCMTK provides a DCMTKConfig.cmake package configuration file. To exclusively use the package
configuration file (recommended when possible), pass the NO_MODULE option to find_package(). For example,
find_package(DCMTK NO_MODULE). This requires official DCMTK snapshot 3.6.1_20140617 or newer.

Until all clients update to the more recent DCMTK, build systems will need to support different versions
of DCMTK.

On any given system, the following combinations of DCMTK versions could be considered:

┌───────┬─────────────────┬─────────────────┬─────────────┐
│ │ SYSTEM DCMTK │ LOCAL DCMTK │ Supported ? │
├───────┼─────────────────┼─────────────────┼─────────────┤
│Case A │ NA │ [ ] DCMTKConfig │ YES │
├───────┼─────────────────┼─────────────────┼─────────────┤
│Case B │ NA │ [X] DCMTKConfig │ YES │
├───────┼─────────────────┼─────────────────┼─────────────┤
│Case C │ [ ] DCMTKConfig │ NA │ YES │
├───────┼─────────────────┼─────────────────┼─────────────┤
│Case D │ [X] DCMTKConfig │ NA │ YES │
├───────┼─────────────────┼─────────────────┼─────────────┤
│Case E │ [ ] DCMTKConfig │ [ ] DCMTKConfig │ YES (*) │
├───────┼─────────────────┼─────────────────┼─────────────┤
│Case F │ [X] DCMTKConfig │ [ ] DCMTKConfig │ NO │
├───────┼─────────────────┼─────────────────┼─────────────┤
│Case G │ [ ] DCMTKConfig │ [X] DCMTKConfig │ YES │
├───────┼─────────────────┼─────────────────┼─────────────┤
│Case H │ [X] DCMTKConfig │ [X] DCMTKConfig │ YES │
└───────┴─────────────────┴─────────────────┴─────────────┘
(*) See Troubleshooting section.

Legend:
NA ……………: Means that no System or Local DCMTK is available

[ ] DCMTKConfig ..: Means that the version of DCMTK does NOT export a DCMTKConfig.cmake file.

[X] DCMTKConfig ..: Means that the version of DCMTK exports a DCMTKConfig.cmake file.

Troubleshooting
What to do if my project finds a different version of DCMTK?

Remove DCMTK entry from the CMake cache per find_package() documentation.

FindDevIL
This module locates the developer’s image library. http://openil.sourceforge.net/

This module sets:

IL_LIBRARIES - the name of the IL library. These include the full path to
the core DevIL library. This one has to be linked into the
application.
ILU_LIBRARIES - the name of the ILU library. Again, the full path. This
library is for filters and effects, not actual loading. It
doesn't have to be linked if the functionality it provides
is not used.
ILUT_LIBRARIES - the name of the ILUT library. Full path. This part of the
library interfaces with OpenGL. It is not strictly needed
in applications.
IL_INCLUDE_DIR - where to find the il.h, ilu.h and ilut.h files.
DevIL_FOUND - this is set to TRUE if all the above variables were set.
This will be set to false if ILU or ILUT are not found,
even if they are not needed. In most systems, if one
library is found all the others are as well. That's the
way the DevIL developers release it.

FindDoxygen
Doxygen is a documentation generation tool (see http://www.doxygen.org). This module looks for Doxygen
and some optional tools it supports. These tools are enabled as components in the find_package() command:

dot Graphviz dot utility used to render various graphs.

mscgen Message Chart Generator utility used by Doxygen’s \msc and \mscfile commands.

dia Dia the diagram editor used by Doxygen’s \diafile command.

Examples:

# Require dot, treat the other components as optional
find_package(Doxygen
REQUIRED dot
OPTIONAL_COMPONENTS mscgen dia)

The following variables are defined by this module:

DOXYGEN_FOUND
True if the doxygen executable was found.

DOXYGEN_VERSION
The version reported by doxygen --version.

The module defines IMPORTED targets for Doxygen and each component found. These can be used as part of
custom commands, etc. and should be preferred over old-style (and now deprecated) variables like
DOXYGEN_EXECUTABLE. The following import targets are defined if their corresponding executable could be
found (the component import targets will only be defined if that component was requested):

Doxygen::doxygen
Doxygen::dot
Doxygen::mscgen
Doxygen::dia

Functions
doxygen_add_docs
This function is intended as a convenience for adding a target for generating documentation with
Doxygen. It aims to provide sensible defaults so that projects can generally just provide the
input files and directories and that will be sufficient to give sensible results. The function
supports the ability to customize the Doxygen configuration used to build the documentation.

doxygen_add_docs(targetName
[filesOrDirs...]
[WORKING_DIRECTORY dir]
[COMMENT comment])

The function constructs a Doxyfile and defines a custom target that runs Doxygen on that generated
file. The listed files and directories are used as the INPUT of the generated Doxyfile and they
can contain wildcards. Any files that are listed explicitly will also be added as SOURCES of the
custom target so they will show up in an IDE project’s source list.

So that relative input paths work as expected, by default the working directory of the Doxygen
command will be the current source directory (i.e. CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR). This can be
overridden with the WORKING_DIRECTORY option to change the directory used as the relative base
point. Note also that Doxygen’s default behavior is to strip the working directory from relative
paths in the generated documentation (see the STRIP_FROM_PATH Doxygen config option for details).

If provided, the optional comment will be passed as the COMMENT for the add_custom_target()
command used to create the custom target internally.

The contents of the generated Doxyfile can be customized by setting CMake variables before calling
doxygen_add_docs(). Any variable with a name of the form DOXYGEN_<tag> will have its value
substituted for the corresponding <tag> configuration option in the Doxyfile. See the Doxygen
documentation for the full list of supported configuration options.

Some of Doxygen’s defaults are overridden to provide more appropriate behavior for a CMake
project. Each of the following will be explicitly set unless the variable already has a value
before doxygen_add_docs() is called (with some exceptions noted):

DOXYGEN_HAVE_DOT
Set to YES if the dot component was requested and it was found, NO otherwise. Any existing
value of DOXYGEN_HAVE_DOT is ignored.

DOXYGEN_DOT_MULTI_TARGETS
Set to YES by this module (note that this requires a dot version newer than 1.8.10). This
option is only meaningful if DOXYGEN_HAVE_DOT is also set to YES.

DOXYGEN_GENERATE_LATEX
Set to NO by this module.

DOXYGEN_WARN_FORMAT
For Visual Studio based generators, this is set to the form recognized by the Visual Studio
IDE: $file($line) : $text. For all other generators, Doxygen’s default value is not
overridden.

DOXYGEN_PROJECT_NAME
Populated with the name of the current project (i.e. PROJECT_NAME).

DOXYGEN_PROJECT_NUMBER
Populated with the version of the current project (i.e. PROJECT_VERSION).

DOXYGEN_PROJECT_BRIEF
Populated with the description of the current project (i.e. PROJECT_DESCRIPTION).

DOXYGEN_INPUT
Projects should not set this variable. It will be populated with the set of files and
directories passed to doxygen_add_docs(), thereby providing consistent behavior with the
other built-in commands like add_executable(), add_library() and add_custom_target(). If a
variable named DOXYGEN_INPUT is set by the project, it will be ignored and a warning will
be issued.

DOXYGEN_RECURSIVE
Set to YES by this module.

DOXYGEN_EXCLUDE_PATTERNS
If the set of inputs includes directories, this variable will specify patterns used to
exclude files from them. The following patterns are added by doxygen_add_docs() to ensure
CMake-specific files and directories are not included in the input. If the project sets
DOXYGEN_EXCLUDE_PATTERNS, those contents are merged with these additional patterns rather
than replacing them:

*/.git/*
*/.svn/*
*/.hg/*
*/CMakeFiles/*
*/_CPack_Packages/*
DartConfiguration.tcl
CMakeLists.txt
CMakeCache.txt

DOXYGEN_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY
Set to CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR by this module. Note that if the project provides its own
value for this and it is a relative path, it will be converted to an absolute path relative
to the current binary directory. This is necessary because doxygen will normally be run
from a directory within the source tree so that relative source paths work as expected. If
this directory does not exist, it will be recursively created prior to executing the
doxygen commands.

To change any of these defaults or override any other Doxygen config option, set relevant variables
before calling doxygen_add_docs(). For example:

set(DOXYGEN_GENERATE_HTML NO)
set(DOXYGEN_GENERATE_MAN YES)

doxygen_add_docs(
doxygen
${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}
COMMENT "Generate man pages"
)

A number of Doxygen config options accept lists of values, but Doxygen requires them to be separated by
whitespace. CMake variables hold lists as a string with items separated by semi-colons, so a conversion
needs to be performed. The doxygen_add_docs() command specifically checks the following Doxygen config
options and will convert their associated CMake variable’s contents into the required form if set.

ABBREVIATE_BRIEF
ALIASES
CITE_BIB_FILES
DIAFILE_DIRS
DOTFILE_DIRS
DOT_FONTPATH
ENABLED_SECTIONS
EXAMPLE_PATH
EXAMPLE_PATTERNS
EXCLUDE
EXCLUDE_PATTERNS
EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS
EXPAND_AS_DEFINED
EXTENSION_MAPPING
EXTRA_PACKAGES
EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS
FILE_PATTERNS
FILTER_PATTERNS
FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS
HTML_EXTRA_FILES
HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET
IGNORE_PREFIX
IMAGE_PATH
INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS
INCLUDE_PATH
INPUT
LATEX_EXTRA_FILES
LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET
MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS
MSCFILE_DIRS
PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH
PREDEFINED
QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS
QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS
STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH
STRIP_FROM_PATH
TAGFILES
TCL_SUBST

The following single value Doxygen options would be quoted automatically if they contain at least one
space:

CHM_FILE
DIA_PATH
DOCBOOK_OUTPUT
DOCSET_FEEDNAME
DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME
DOT_FONTNAME
DOT_PATH
EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID
FILE_VERSION_FILTER
GENERATE_TAGFILE
HHC_LOCATION
HTML_FOOTER
HTML_HEADER
HTML_OUTPUT
HTML_STYLESHEET
INPUT_FILTER
LATEX_FOOTER
LATEX_HEADER
LATEX_OUTPUT
LAYOUT_FILE
MAN_OUTPUT
MAN_SUBDIR
MATHJAX_CODEFILE
MSCGEN_PATH
OUTPUT_DIRECTORY
PERL_PATH
PLANTUML_JAR_PATH
PROJECT_BRIEF
PROJECT_LOGO
PROJECT_NAME
QCH_FILE
QHG_LOCATION
QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME
QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER
RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE
RTF_OUTPUT
RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE
SEARCHDATA_FILE
USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE
WARN_FORMAT
WARN_LOGFILE
XML_OUTPUT

Deprecated Result Variables
For compatibility with previous versions of CMake, the following variables are also defined but they are
deprecated and should no longer be used:

DOXYGEN_EXECUTABLE
The path to the doxygen command. If projects need to refer to the doxygen executable directly,
they should use the Doxygen::doxygen import target instead.

DOXYGEN_DOT_FOUND
True if the dot executable was found.

DOXYGEN_DOT_EXECUTABLE
The path to the dot command. If projects need to refer to the dot executable directly, they should
use the Doxygen::dot import target instead.

DOXYGEN_DOT_PATH
The path to the directory containing the dot executable as reported in DOXYGEN_DOT_EXECUTABLE. The
path may have forward slashes even on Windows and is not suitable for direct substitution into a
Doxyfile.in template. If you need this value, get the IMPORTED_LOCATION property of the
Doxygen::dot target and use get_filename_component() to extract the directory part of that path.
You may also want to consider using file(TO_NATIVE_PATH) to prepare the path for a Doxygen
configuration file.

Deprecated Hint Variables
DOXYGEN_SKIP_DOT
This variable has no any effect for component form of find_package. In backward compatibility
mode (i.e. without components list) it prevents the finder module from searching for Graphviz’s
dot utility.

FindEXPAT
Find the native Expat headers and library.

Imported Targets
This module defines the following IMPORTED targets:

EXPAT::EXPAT
The Expat expat library, if found.

Result Variables
This module will set the following variables in your project:

EXPAT_INCLUDE_DIRS
where to find expat.h, etc.

EXPAT_LIBRARIES
the libraries to link against to use Expat.

EXPAT_FOUND
true if the Expat headers and libraries were found.

FindFLEX
Find flex executable and provides a macro to generate custom build rules

The module defines the following variables:

FLEX_FOUND - true is flex executable is found
FLEX_EXECUTABLE - the path to the flex executable
FLEX_VERSION - the version of flex
FLEX_LIBRARIES - The flex libraries
FLEX_INCLUDE_DIRS - The path to the flex headers

The minimum required version of flex can be specified using the standard syntax, e.g. find_package(FLEX
2.5.13)

If flex is found on the system, the module provides the macro:

FLEX_TARGET(Name FlexInput FlexOutput
[COMPILE_FLAGS <string>]
[DEFINES_FILE <string>]
)

which creates a custom command to generate the <FlexOutput> file from the <FlexInput> file. If
COMPILE_FLAGS option is specified, the next parameter is added to the flex command line. If flex is
configured to output a header file, the DEFINES_FILE option may be used to specify its name. Name is an
alias used to get details of this custom command. Indeed the macro defines the following variables:

FLEX_${Name}_DEFINED - true is the macro ran successfully
FLEX_${Name}_OUTPUTS - the source file generated by the custom rule, an
alias for FlexOutput
FLEX_${Name}_INPUT - the flex source file, an alias for ${FlexInput}
FLEX_${Name}_OUTPUT_HEADER - the header flex output, if any.

Flex scanners oftenly use tokens defined by Bison: the code generated by Flex depends of the header
generated by Bison. This module also defines a macro:

ADD_FLEX_BISON_DEPENDENCY(FlexTarget BisonTarget)

which adds the required dependency between a scanner and a parser where <FlexTarget> and <BisonTarget>
are the first parameters of respectively FLEX_TARGET and BISON_TARGET macros.

====================================================================
Example:

find_package(BISON)
find_package(FLEX)

BISON_TARGET(MyParser parser.y ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/parser.cpp)
FLEX_TARGET(MyScanner lexer.l ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/lexer.cpp)
ADD_FLEX_BISON_DEPENDENCY(MyScanner MyParser)

include_directories(${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR})
add_executable(Foo
Foo.cc
${BISON_MyParser_OUTPUTS}
${FLEX_MyScanner_OUTPUTS}
)
====================================================================

FindFLTK2
Find the native FLTK2 includes and library

The following settings are defined

FLTK2_FLUID_EXECUTABLE, where to find the Fluid tool
FLTK2_WRAP_UI, This enables the FLTK2_WRAP_UI command
FLTK2_INCLUDE_DIR, where to find include files
FLTK2_LIBRARIES, list of fltk2 libraries
FLTK2_FOUND, Don't use FLTK2 if false.

The following settings should not be used in general.

FLTK2_BASE_LIBRARY = the full path to fltk2.lib
FLTK2_GL_LIBRARY = the full path to fltk2_gl.lib
FLTK2_IMAGES_LIBRARY = the full path to fltk2_images.lib

FindFLTK
Find the native FLTK includes and library

By default FindFLTK.cmake will search for all of the FLTK components and add them to the FLTK_LIBRARIES
variable.

You can limit the components which get placed in FLTK_LIBRARIES by
defining one or more of the following three options:

FLTK_SKIP_OPENGL, set to true to disable searching for opengl and
the FLTK GL library
FLTK_SKIP_FORMS, set to true to disable searching for fltk_forms
FLTK_SKIP_IMAGES, set to true to disable searching for fltk_images

FLTK_SKIP_FLUID, set to true if the fluid binary need not be present
at build time

The following variables will be defined:

FLTK_FOUND, True if all components not skipped were found
FLTK_INCLUDE_DIR, where to find include files
FLTK_LIBRARIES, list of fltk libraries you should link against
FLTK_FLUID_EXECUTABLE, where to find the Fluid tool
FLTK_WRAP_UI, This enables the FLTK_WRAP_UI command

The following cache variables are assigned but should not be used. See the FLTK_LIBRARIES variable
instead.

FLTK_BASE_LIBRARY = the full path to fltk.lib
FLTK_GL_LIBRARY = the full path to fltk_gl.lib
FLTK_FORMS_LIBRARY = the full path to fltk_forms.lib
FLTK_IMAGES_LIBRARY = the full path to fltk_images.lib

FindFreetype
Find the FreeType font renderer includes and library.

Imported Targets
This module defines the following IMPORTED target:

Freetype::Freetype
The Freetype freetype library, if found

Result Variables
This module will set the following variables in your project:

FREETYPE_FOUND
true if the Freetype headers and libraries were found

FREETYPE_INCLUDE_DIRS
directories containing the Freetype headers. This is the concatenation of the variables:

FREETYPE_INCLUDE_DIR_ft2build
directory holding the main Freetype API configuration header

FREETYPE_INCLUDE_DIR_freetype2
directory holding Freetype public headers

FREETYPE_LIBRARIES
the library to link against

FREETYPE_VERSION_STRING
the version of freetype found (since CMake 2.8.8)

Hints
The user may set the environment variable FREETYPE_DIR to the root directory of a Freetype installation.

FindGCCXML
Find the GCC-XML front-end executable.

This module will define the following variables:

GCCXML - the GCC-XML front-end executable.

FindGDAL
Locate gdal

This module accepts the following environment variables:

GDAL_DIR or GDAL_ROOT - Specify the location of GDAL

This module defines the following CMake variables:

GDAL_FOUND - True if libgdal is found
GDAL_LIBRARY - A variable pointing to the GDAL library
GDAL_INCLUDE_DIR - Where to find the headers

FindGettext
Find GNU gettext tools

This module looks for the GNU gettext tools. This module defines the following values:

GETTEXT_MSGMERGE_EXECUTABLE: the full path to the msgmerge tool.
GETTEXT_MSGFMT_EXECUTABLE: the full path to the msgfmt tool.
GETTEXT_FOUND: True if gettext has been found.
GETTEXT_VERSION_STRING: the version of gettext found (since CMake 2.8.8)

Additionally it provides the following macros:

GETTEXT_CREATE_TRANSLATIONS ( outputFile [ALL] file1 … fileN )

This will create a target "translations" which will convert the
given input po files into the binary output mo file. If the
ALL option is used, the translations will also be created when
building the default target.

GETTEXT_PROCESS_POT_FILE( <potfile> [ALL] [INSTALL_DESTINATION <destdir>] LANGUAGES <lang1> <lang2> … )

Process the given pot file to mo files.
If INSTALL_DESTINATION is given then automatically install rules will
be created, the language subdirectory will be taken into account
(by default use share/locale/).
If ALL is specified, the pot file is processed when building the all traget.
It creates a custom target "potfile".

GETTEXT_PROCESS_PO_FILES( <lang> [ALL] [INSTALL_DESTINATION <dir>] PO_FILES <po1> <po2> … )

Process the given po files to mo files for the given language.
If INSTALL_DESTINATION is given then automatically install rules will
be created, the language subdirectory will be taken into account
(by default use share/locale/).
If ALL is specified, the po files are processed when building the all traget.
It creates a custom target "pofiles".

NOTE:
If you wish to use the Gettext library (libintl), use FindIntl.

FindGIF
This finds the GIF library (giflib)

The module defines the following variables:

GIF_FOUND
True if giflib was found

GIF_LIBRARIES
Libraries to link to in order to use giflib

GIF_INCLUDE_DIR
where to find the headers

GIF_VERSION
3, 4 or a full version string (eg 5.1.4) for versions >= 4.1.6

The minimum required version of giflib can be specified using the standard syntax, e.g. find_package(GIF
4)

$GIF_DIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the

FindGit
The module defines the following variables:

GIT_EXECUTABLE
Path to Git command-line client.

Git_FOUND, GIT_FOUND
True if the Git command-line client was found.

GIT_VERSION_STRING
The version of Git found.

Example usage:

find_package(Git)
if(Git_FOUND)
message("Git found: ${GIT_EXECUTABLE}")
endif()

FindGLEW
Find the OpenGL Extension Wrangler Library (GLEW)

IMPORTED Targets
This module defines the IMPORTED target GLEW::GLEW, if GLEW has been found.

Result Variables
This module defines the following variables:

GLEW_INCLUDE_DIRS - include directories for GLEW
GLEW_LIBRARIES - libraries to link against GLEW
GLEW_FOUND - true if GLEW has been found and can be used

FindGLUT
try to find glut library and include files.

IMPORTED Targets
This module defines the IMPORTED targets:

GLUT::GLUT
Defined if the system has GLUT.

Result Variables
This module sets the following variables:

GLUT_INCLUDE_DIR, where to find GL/glut.h, etc.
GLUT_LIBRARIES, the libraries to link against
GLUT_FOUND, If false, do not try to use GLUT.

Also defined, but not for general use are:

GLUT_glut_LIBRARY = the full path to the glut library.
GLUT_Xmu_LIBRARY = the full path to the Xmu library.
GLUT_Xi_LIBRARY = the full path to the Xi Library.

FindGnuplot
this module looks for gnuplot

Once done this will define

GNUPLOT_FOUND - system has Gnuplot
GNUPLOT_EXECUTABLE - the Gnuplot executable
GNUPLOT_VERSION_STRING - the version of Gnuplot found (since CMake 2.8.8)

GNUPLOT_VERSION_STRING will not work for old versions like 3.7.1.

FindGnuTLS
Try to find the GNU Transport Layer Security library (gnutls)

Once done this will define

GNUTLS_FOUND - System has gnutls
GNUTLS_INCLUDE_DIR - The gnutls include directory
GNUTLS_LIBRARIES - The libraries needed to use gnutls
GNUTLS_DEFINITIONS - Compiler switches required for using gnutls

FindGSL
Find the native GSL includes and libraries.

The GNU Scientific Library (GSL) is a numerical library for C and C++ programmers. It is free software
under the GNU General Public License.

Imported Targets
If GSL is found, this module defines the following IMPORTED targets:

GSL::gsl - The main GSL library.
GSL::gslcblas - The CBLAS support library used by GSL.

Result Variables
This module will set the following variables in your project:

GSL_FOUND - True if GSL found on the local system
GSL_INCLUDE_DIRS - Location of GSL header files.
GSL_LIBRARIES - The GSL libraries.
GSL_VERSION - The version of the discovered GSL install.

Hints
Set GSL_ROOT_DIR to a directory that contains a GSL installation.

This script expects to find libraries at $GSL_ROOT_DIR/lib and the GSL headers at
$GSL_ROOT_DIR/include/gsl. The library directory may optionally provide Release and Debug folders. If
available, the libraries named gsld, gslblasd or cblasd are recognized as debug libraries. For Unix-like
systems, this script will use $GSL_ROOT_DIR/bin/gsl-config (if found) to aid in the discovery of GSL.

Cache Variables
This module may set the following variables depending on platform and type of GSL installation
discovered. These variables may optionally be set to help this module find the correct files:

GSL_CBLAS_LIBRARY - Location of the GSL CBLAS library.
GSL_CBLAS_LIBRARY_DEBUG - Location of the debug GSL CBLAS library (if any).
GSL_CONFIG_EXECUTABLE - Location of the ``gsl-config`` script (if any).
GSL_LIBRARY - Location of the GSL library.
GSL_LIBRARY_DEBUG - Location of the debug GSL library (if any).

FindGTest
Locate the Google C++ Testing Framework.

Imported targets
This module defines the following IMPORTED targets:

GTest::GTest
The Google Test gtest library, if found; adds Thread::Thread automatically

GTest::Main
The Google Test gtest_main library, if found

Result variables
This module will set the following variables in your project:

GTEST_FOUND
Found the Google Testing framework

GTEST_INCLUDE_DIRS
the directory containing the Google Test headers

The library variables below are set as normal variables. These contain debug/optimized keywords when a
debugging library is found.

GTEST_LIBRARIES
The Google Test gtest library; note it also requires linking with an appropriate thread library

GTEST_MAIN_LIBRARIES
The Google Test gtest_main library

GTEST_BOTH_LIBRARIES
Both gtest and gtest_main

Cache variables
The following cache variables may also be set:

GTEST_ROOT
The root directory of the Google Test installation (may also be set as an environment variable)

GTEST_MSVC_SEARCH
If compiling with MSVC, this variable can be set to MT or MD (the default) to enable searching a
GTest build tree

Example usage
enable_testing()
find_package(GTest REQUIRED)

add_executable(foo foo.cc)
target_link_libraries(foo GTest::GTest GTest::Main)

add_test(AllTestsInFoo foo)

Deeper integration with CTest
See GoogleTest for information on the gtest_add_tests() and gtest_discover_tests() commands.

FindGTK2
FindGTK2.cmake

This module can find the GTK2 widget libraries and several of its other optional components like gtkmm,
glade, and glademm.

NOTE: If you intend to use version checking, CMake 2.6.2 or later is

required.

Specify one or more of the following components as you call this find module. See example below.

gtk
gtkmm
glade
glademm

The following variables will be defined for your use

GTK2_FOUND - Were all of your specified components found?
GTK2_INCLUDE_DIRS - All include directories
GTK2_LIBRARIES - All libraries
GTK2_TARGETS - All imported targets
GTK2_DEFINITIONS - Additional compiler flags

GTK2_VERSION - The version of GTK2 found (x.y.z)
GTK2_MAJOR_VERSION - The major version of GTK2
GTK2_MINOR_VERSION - The minor version of GTK2
GTK2_PATCH_VERSION - The patch version of GTK2

Optional variables you can define prior to calling this module:

GTK2_DEBUG - Enables verbose debugging of the module
GTK2_ADDITIONAL_SUFFIXES - Allows defining additional directories to
search for include files

================= Example Usage:

Call find_package() once, here are some examples to pick from:

Require GTK 2.6 or later
find_package(GTK2 2.6 REQUIRED gtk)

Require GTK 2.10 or later and Glade
find_package(GTK2 2.10 REQUIRED gtk glade)

Search for GTK/GTKMM 2.8 or later
find_package(GTK2 2.8 COMPONENTS gtk gtkmm)

if(GTK2_FOUND)
include_directories(${GTK2_INCLUDE_DIRS})
add_executable(mygui mygui.cc)
target_link_libraries(mygui ${GTK2_LIBRARIES})
endif()

FindGTK
try to find GTK (and glib) and GTKGLArea

GTK_INCLUDE_DIR - Directories to include to use GTK
GTK_LIBRARIES - Files to link against to use GTK
GTK_FOUND - GTK was found
GTK_GL_FOUND - GTK's GL features were found

FindHDF5
Find HDF5, a library for reading and writing self describing array data.

This module invokes the HDF5 wrapper compiler that should be installed alongside HDF5. Depending upon
the HDF5 Configuration, the wrapper compiler is called either h5cc or h5pcc. If this succeeds, the
module will then call the compiler with the -show argument to see what flags are used when compiling an
HDF5 client application.

The module will optionally accept the COMPONENTS argument. If no COMPONENTS are specified, then the find
module will default to finding only the HDF5 C library. If one or more COMPONENTS are specified, the
module will attempt to find the language bindings for the specified components. The only valid
components are C, CXX, Fortran, HL, and Fortran_HL. If the COMPONENTS argument is not given, the module
will attempt to find only the C bindings.

This module will read the variable HDF5_USE_STATIC_LIBRARIES to determine whether or not to prefer a
static link to a dynamic link for HDF5 and all of it’s dependencies. To use this feature, make sure that
the HDF5_USE_STATIC_LIBRARIES variable is set before the call to find_package.

To provide the module with a hint about where to find your HDF5 installation, you can set the environment
variable HDF5_ROOT. The Find module will then look in this path when searching for HDF5 executables,
paths, and libraries.

Both the serial and parallel HDF5 wrappers are considered and the first directory to contain either one
will be used. In the event that both appear in the same directory the serial version is preferentially
selected. This behavior can be reversed by setting the variable HDF5_PREFER_PARALLEL to true.

In addition to finding the includes and libraries required to compile an HDF5 client application, this
module also makes an effort to find tools that come with the HDF5 distribution that may be useful for
regression testing.

This module will define the following variables:

HDF5_FOUND - true if HDF5 was found on the system
HDF5_VERSION - HDF5 version in format Major.Minor.Release
HDF5_INCLUDE_DIRS - Location of the hdf5 includes
HDF5_INCLUDE_DIR - Location of the hdf5 includes (deprecated)
HDF5_DEFINITIONS - Required compiler definitions for HDF5
HDF5_LIBRARIES - Required libraries for all requested bindings
HDF5_HL_LIBRARIES - Required libraries for the HDF5 high level API for all
bindings, if the HL component is enabled

Available components are: C CXX Fortran and HL. For each enabled language binding, a corresponding
HDF5_${LANG}_LIBRARIES variable, and potentially HDF5_${LANG}_DEFINITIONS, will be defined. If the HL
component is enabled, then an HDF5_${LANG}_HL_LIBRARIES will also be defined. With all components
enabled, the following variables will be defined:

HDF5_C_DEFINITIONS -- Required compiler definitions for HDF5 C bindings
HDF5_CXX_DEFINITIONS -- Required compiler definitions for HDF5 C++ bindings
HDF5_Fortran_DEFINITIONS -- Required compiler definitions for HDF5 Fortran bindings
HDF5_C_INCLUDE_DIRS -- Required include directories for HDF5 C bindings
HDF5_CXX_INCLUDE_DIRS -- Required include directories for HDF5 C++ bindings
HDF5_Fortran_INCLUDE_DIRS -- Required include directories for HDF5 Fortran bindings
HDF5_C_LIBRARIES - Required libraries for the HDF5 C bindings
HDF5_CXX_LIBRARIES - Required libraries for the HDF5 C++ bindings
HDF5_Fortran_LIBRARIES - Required libraries for the HDF5 Fortran bindings
HDF5_C_HL_LIBRARIES - Required libraries for the high level C bindings
HDF5_CXX_HL_LIBRARIES - Required libraries for the high level C++ bindings
HDF5_Fortran_HL_LIBRARIES - Required libraries for the high level Fortran
bindings.

HDF5_IS_PARALLEL - Whether or not HDF5 was found with parallel IO support
HDF5_C_COMPILER_EXECUTABLE - the path to the HDF5 C wrapper compiler
HDF5_CXX_COMPILER_EXECUTABLE - the path to the HDF5 C++ wrapper compiler
HDF5_Fortran_COMPILER_EXECUTABLE - the path to the HDF5 Fortran wrapper compiler
HDF5_C_COMPILER_EXECUTABLE_NO_INTERROGATE - path to the primary C compiler
which is also the HDF5 wrapper
HDF5_CXX_COMPILER_EXECUTABLE_NO_INTERROGATE - path to the primary C++
compiler which is also
the HDF5 wrapper
HDF5_Fortran_COMPILER_EXECUTABLE_NO_INTERROGATE - path to the primary
Fortran compiler which
is also the HDF5 wrapper
HDF5_DIFF_EXECUTABLE - the path to the HDF5 dataset comparison tool

The following variable can be set to guide the search for HDF5 libraries and includes:

HDF5_ROOT
Specify the path to the HDF5 installation to use.

HDF5_FIND_DEBUG
Set to a true value to get some extra debugging output.

HDF5_NO_FIND_PACKAGE_CONFIG_FILE
Set to a true value to skip trying to find hdf5-config.cmake.

FindHg
Extract information from a mercurial working copy.

The module defines the following variables:

HG_EXECUTABLE - path to mercurial command line client (hg)
HG_FOUND - true if the command line client was found
HG_VERSION_STRING - the version of mercurial found

If the command line client executable is found the following macro is defined:

HG_WC_INFO(<dir> <var-prefix>)

Hg_WC_INFO extracts information of a mercurial working copy at a given location. This macro defines the
following variables:

<var-prefix>_WC_CHANGESET - current changeset
<var-prefix>_WC_REVISION - current revision

Example usage:

find_package(Hg)
if(HG_FOUND)
message("hg found: ${HG_EXECUTABLE}")
HG_WC_INFO(${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR} Project)
message("Current revision is ${Project_WC_REVISION}")
message("Current changeset is ${Project_WC_CHANGESET}")
endif()

FindHSPELL
Try to find Hspell

Once done this will define

HSPELL_FOUND - system has Hspell
HSPELL_INCLUDE_DIR - the Hspell include directory
HSPELL_LIBRARIES - The libraries needed to use Hspell
HSPELL_DEFINITIONS - Compiler switches required for using Hspell

HSPELL_VERSION_STRING - The version of Hspell found (x.y)
HSPELL_MAJOR_VERSION - the major version of Hspell
HSPELL_MINOR_VERSION - The minor version of Hspell

FindHTMLHelp
This module looks for Microsoft HTML Help Compiler

It defines:

HTML_HELP_COMPILER : full path to the Compiler (hhc.exe)
HTML_HELP_INCLUDE_PATH : include path to the API (htmlhelp.h)
HTML_HELP_LIBRARY : full path to the library (htmlhelp.lib)

FindIce
Find the ZeroC Internet Communication Engine (ICE) programs, libraries and datafiles.

This module supports multiple components. Components can include any of: Freeze, Glacier2, Ice, IceBox,
IceDB, IceDiscovery, IceGrid, IceLocatorDiscovery, IcePatch, IceSSL, IceStorm, IceUtil, IceXML, or Slice.

Ice 3.7 and later also include C++11-specific components: Glacier2++11, Ice++11, IceBox++11,
IceDiscovery++11 IceGrid, IceLocatorDiscovery++11, IceSSL++11, IceStorm++11

Note that the set of supported components is Ice version-specific.

This module reports information about the Ice installation in several variables. General variables:

Ice_VERSION - Ice release version
Ice_FOUND - true if the main programs and libraries were found
Ice_LIBRARIES - component libraries to be linked
Ice_INCLUDE_DIRS - the directories containing the Ice headers
Ice_SLICE_DIRS - the directories containing the Ice slice interface
definitions

Imported targets:

Ice::<C>

Where <C> is the name of an Ice component, for example Ice::Glacier2 or Ice++11.

Ice slice programs are reported in:

Ice_SLICE2CPP_EXECUTABLE - path to slice2cpp executable
Ice_SLICE2CS_EXECUTABLE - path to slice2cs executable
Ice_SLICE2FREEZEJ_EXECUTABLE - path to slice2freezej executable
Ice_SLICE2FREEZE_EXECUTABLE - path to slice2freeze executable
Ice_SLICE2HTML_EXECUTABLE - path to slice2html executable
Ice_SLICE2JAVA_EXECUTABLE - path to slice2java executable
Ice_SLICE2JS_EXECUTABLE - path to slice2js executable
Ice_SLICE2OBJC_EXECUTABLE - path to slice2objc executable
Ice_SLICE2PHP_EXECUTABLE - path to slice2php executable
Ice_SLICE2PY_EXECUTABLE - path to slice2py executable
Ice_SLICE2RB_EXECUTABLE - path to slice2rb executable

Ice programs are reported in:

Ice_GLACIER2ROUTER_EXECUTABLE - path to glacier2router executable
Ice_ICEBOX_EXECUTABLE - path to icebox executable
Ice_ICEBOXXX11_EXECUTABLE - path to icebox++11 executable
Ice_ICEBOXADMIN_EXECUTABLE - path to iceboxadmin executable
Ice_ICEBOXD_EXECUTABLE - path to iceboxd executable
Ice_ICEBOXNET_EXECUTABLE - path to iceboxnet executable
Ice_ICEBRIDGE_EXECUTABLE - path to icebridge executable
Ice_ICEGRIDADMIN_EXECUTABLE - path to icegridadmin executable
Ice_ICEGRIDDB_EXECUTABLE - path to icegriddb executable
Ice_ICEGRIDNODE_EXECUTABLE - path to icegridnode executable
Ice_ICEGRIDNODED_EXECUTABLE - path to icegridnoded executable
Ice_ICEGRIDREGISTRY_EXECUTABLE - path to icegridregistry executable
Ice_ICEGRIDREGISTRYD_EXECUTABLE - path to icegridregistryd executable
Ice_ICEPATCH2CALC_EXECUTABLE - path to icepatch2calc executable
Ice_ICEPATCH2CLIENT_EXECUTABLE - path to icepatch2client executable
Ice_ICEPATCH2SERVER_EXECUTABLE - path to icepatch2server executable
Ice_ICESERVICEINSTALL_EXECUTABLE - path to iceserviceinstall executable
Ice_ICESTORMADMIN_EXECUTABLE - path to icestormadmin executable
Ice_ICESTORMDB_EXECUTABLE - path to icestormdb executable
Ice_ICESTORMMIGRATE_EXECUTABLE - path to icestormmigrate executable

Ice db programs (Windows only; standard system versions on all other platforms) are reported in:

Ice_DB_ARCHIVE_EXECUTABLE - path to db_archive executable
Ice_DB_CHECKPOINT_EXECUTABLE - path to db_checkpoint executable
Ice_DB_DEADLOCK_EXECUTABLE - path to db_deadlock executable
Ice_DB_DUMP_EXECUTABLE - path to db_dump executable
Ice_DB_HOTBACKUP_EXECUTABLE - path to db_hotbackup executable
Ice_DB_LOAD_EXECUTABLE - path to db_load executable
Ice_DB_LOG_VERIFY_EXECUTABLE - path to db_log_verify executable
Ice_DB_PRINTLOG_EXECUTABLE - path to db_printlog executable
Ice_DB_RECOVER_EXECUTABLE - path to db_recover executable
Ice_DB_STAT_EXECUTABLE - path to db_stat executable
Ice_DB_TUNER_EXECUTABLE - path to db_tuner executable
Ice_DB_UPGRADE_EXECUTABLE - path to db_upgrade executable
Ice_DB_VERIFY_EXECUTABLE - path to db_verify executable
Ice_DUMPDB_EXECUTABLE - path to dumpdb executable
Ice_TRANSFORMDB_EXECUTABLE - path to transformdb executable

Ice component libraries are reported in:

Ice_<C>_FOUND - ON if component was found
Ice_<C>_LIBRARIES - libraries for component

Note that <C> is the uppercased name of the component.

This module reads hints about search results from:

Ice_HOME - the root of the Ice installation

The environment variable ICE_HOME may also be used; the Ice_HOME variable takes precedence.

NOTE:
On Windows, Ice 3.7.0 and later provide libraries via the NuGet package manager. Appropriate NuGet
packages will be searched for using CMAKE_PREFIX_PATH, or alternatively Ice_HOME may be set to the
location of a specific NuGet package to restrict the search.

The following cache variables may also be set:

Ice_<P>_EXECUTABLE - the path to executable <P>
Ice_INCLUDE_DIR - the directory containing the Ice headers
Ice_SLICE_DIR - the directory containing the Ice slice interface
definitions
Ice_<C>_LIBRARY - the library for component <C>

NOTE:
In most cases none of the above variables will require setting, unless multiple Ice versions are
available and a specific version is required. On Windows, the most recent version of Ice will be
found through the registry. On Unix, the programs, headers and libraries will usually be in standard
locations, but Ice_SLICE_DIRS might not be automatically detected (commonly known locations are
searched). All the other variables are defaulted using Ice_HOME, if set. It’s possible to set
Ice_HOME and selectively specify alternative locations for the other components; this might be
required for e.g. newer versions of Visual Studio if the heuristics are not sufficient to identify the
correct programs and libraries for the specific Visual Studio version.

Other variables one may set to control this module are:

Ice_DEBUG - Set to ON to enable debug output from FindIce.

FindIcotool
Find icotool

This module looks for icotool. This module defines the following values:

ICOTOOL_EXECUTABLE: the full path to the icotool tool.
ICOTOOL_FOUND: True if icotool has been found.
ICOTOOL_VERSION_STRING: the version of icotool found.

FindICU
Find the International Components for Unicode (ICU) libraries and programs.

This module supports multiple components. Components can include any of: data, i18n, io, le, lx, test,
tu and uc.

Note that on Windows data is named dt and i18n is named in; any of the names may be used, and the
appropriate platform-specific library name will be automatically selected.

This module reports information about the ICU installation in several variables. General variables:

ICU_VERSION - ICU release version
ICU_FOUND - true if the main programs and libraries were found
ICU_LIBRARIES - component libraries to be linked
ICU_INCLUDE_DIRS - the directories containing the ICU headers

Imported targets:

ICU::<C>

Where <C> is the name of an ICU component, for example ICU::i18n.

ICU programs are reported in:

ICU_GENCNVAL_EXECUTABLE - path to gencnval executable
ICU_ICUINFO_EXECUTABLE - path to icuinfo executable
ICU_GENBRK_EXECUTABLE - path to genbrk executable
ICU_ICU-CONFIG_EXECUTABLE - path to icu-config executable
ICU_GENRB_EXECUTABLE - path to genrb executable
ICU_GENDICT_EXECUTABLE - path to gendict executable
ICU_DERB_EXECUTABLE - path to derb executable
ICU_PKGDATA_EXECUTABLE - path to pkgdata executable
ICU_UCONV_EXECUTABLE - path to uconv executable
ICU_GENCFU_EXECUTABLE - path to gencfu executable
ICU_MAKECONV_EXECUTABLE - path to makeconv executable
ICU_GENNORM2_EXECUTABLE - path to gennorm2 executable
ICU_GENCCODE_EXECUTABLE - path to genccode executable
ICU_GENSPREP_EXECUTABLE - path to gensprep executable
ICU_ICUPKG_EXECUTABLE - path to icupkg executable
ICU_GENCMN_EXECUTABLE - path to gencmn executable

ICU component libraries are reported in:

ICU_<C>_FOUND - ON if component was found
ICU_<C>_LIBRARIES - libraries for component

ICU datafiles are reported in:

ICU_MAKEFILE_INC - Makefile.inc
ICU_PKGDATA_INC - pkgdata.inc

Note that <C> is the uppercased name of the component.

This module reads hints about search results from:

ICU_ROOT - the root of the ICU installation

The environment variable ICU_ROOT may also be used; the ICU_ROOT variable takes precedence.

The following cache variables may also be set:

ICU_<P>_EXECUTABLE - the path to executable <P>
ICU_INCLUDE_DIR - the directory containing the ICU headers
ICU_<C>_LIBRARY - the library for component <C>

NOTE:
In most cases none of the above variables will require setting, unless multiple ICU versions are
available and a specific version is required.

Other variables one may set to control this module are:

ICU_DEBUG - Set to ON to enable debug output from FindICU.

FindImageMagick
Find the ImageMagick binary suite.

This module will search for a set of ImageMagick tools specified as components in the FIND_PACKAGE call.
Typical components include, but are not limited to (future versions of ImageMagick might have additional
components not listed here):

animate
compare
composite
conjure
convert
display
identify
import
mogrify
montage
stream

If no component is specified in the FIND_PACKAGE call, then it only searches for the ImageMagick
executable directory. This code defines the following variables:

ImageMagick_FOUND - TRUE if all components are found.
ImageMagick_EXECUTABLE_DIR - Full path to executables directory.
ImageMagick_<component>_FOUND - TRUE if <component> is found.
ImageMagick_<component>_EXECUTABLE - Full path to <component> executable.
ImageMagick_VERSION_STRING - the version of ImageMagick found
(since CMake 2.8.8)

ImageMagick_VERSION_STRING will not work for old versions like 5.2.3.

There are also components for the following ImageMagick APIs:

Magick++
MagickWand
MagickCore

For these components the following variables are set:

ImageMagick_FOUND - TRUE if all components are found.
ImageMagick_INCLUDE_DIRS - Full paths to all include dirs.
ImageMagick_LIBRARIES - Full paths to all libraries.
ImageMagick_<component>_FOUND - TRUE if <component> is found.
ImageMagick_<component>_INCLUDE_DIRS - Full path to <component> include dirs.
ImageMagick_<component>_LIBRARIES - Full path to <component> libraries.

Example Usages:

find_package(ImageMagick)
find_package(ImageMagick COMPONENTS convert)
find_package(ImageMagick COMPONENTS convert mogrify display)
find_package(ImageMagick COMPONENTS Magick++)
find_package(ImageMagick COMPONENTS Magick++ convert)

Note that the standard FIND_PACKAGE features are supported (i.e., QUIET, REQUIRED, etc.).

FindIntl
Find the Gettext libintl headers and libraries.

This module reports information about the Gettext libintl installation in several variables. General
variables:

Intl_FOUND - true if the libintl headers and libraries were found
Intl_INCLUDE_DIRS - the directory containing the libintl headers
Intl_LIBRARIES - libintl libraries to be linked

The following cache variables may also be set:

Intl_INCLUDE_DIR - the directory containing the libintl headers
Intl_LIBRARY - the libintl library (if any)

NOTE:
On some platforms, such as Linux with GNU libc, the gettext functions are present in the C standard
library and libintl is not required. Intl_LIBRARIES will be empty in this case.

NOTE:
If you wish to use the Gettext tools (msgmerge, msgfmt, etc.), use FindGettext.

FindITK
This module no longer exists.

This module existed in versions of CMake prior to 3.1, but became only a thin wrapper around
find_package(ITK NO_MODULE) to provide compatibility for projects using long-outdated conventions. Now
find_package(ITK) will search for ITKConfig.cmake directly.

FindJasper
Try to find the Jasper JPEG2000 library

Once done this will define

JASPER_FOUND - system has Jasper
JASPER_INCLUDE_DIR - the Jasper include directory
JASPER_LIBRARIES - the libraries needed to use Jasper
JASPER_VERSION_STRING - the version of Jasper found (since CMake 2.8.8)

FindJava
Find Java

This module finds if Java is installed and determines where the include files and libraries are. The
caller may set variable JAVA_HOME to specify a Java installation prefix explicitly.

See also the FindJNI module to find Java development tools.

Specify one or more of the following components as you call this find module. See example below.

Runtime = User just want to execute some Java byte-compiled
Development = Development tools (java, javac, javah and javadoc), includes Runtime component
IdlJ = idl compiler for Java
JarSigner = signer tool for jar

This module sets the following result variables:

Java_JAVA_EXECUTABLE = the full path to the Java runtime
Java_JAVAC_EXECUTABLE = the full path to the Java compiler
Java_JAVAH_EXECUTABLE = the full path to the Java header generator
Java_JAVADOC_EXECUTABLE = the full path to the Java documentation generator
Java_IDLJ_EXECUTABLE = the full path to the Java idl compiler
Java_JAR_EXECUTABLE = the full path to the Java archiver
Java_JARSIGNER_EXECUTABLE = the full path to the Java jar signer
Java_VERSION_STRING = Version of java found, eg. 1.6.0_12
Java_VERSION_MAJOR = The major version of the package found.
Java_VERSION_MINOR = The minor version of the package found.
Java_VERSION_PATCH = The patch version of the package found.
Java_VERSION_TWEAK = The tweak version of the package found (after '_')
Java_VERSION = This is set to: $major[.$minor[.$patch[.$tweak]]]

The minimum required version of Java can be specified using the standard CMake syntax, e.g.
find_package(Java 1.5)

NOTE: ${Java_VERSION} and ${Java_VERSION_STRING} are not guaranteed to be identical. For example some
java version may return: Java_VERSION_STRING = 1.5.0_17 and Java_VERSION = 1.5.0.17

another example is the Java OEM, with: Java_VERSION_STRING = 1.6.0-oem and Java_VERSION = 1.6.0

For these components the following variables are set:

Java_FOUND - TRUE if all components are found.
Java_<component>_FOUND - TRUE if <component> is found.

Example Usages:

find_package(Java)
find_package(Java COMPONENTS Runtime)
find_package(Java COMPONENTS Development)

FindJNI
Find JNI java libraries.

This module finds if Java is installed and determines where the include files and libraries are. It also
determines what the name of the library is. The caller may set variable JAVA_HOME to specify a Java
installation prefix explicitly.

This module sets the following result variables:

JNI_INCLUDE_DIRS = the include dirs to use
JNI_LIBRARIES = the libraries to use
JNI_FOUND = TRUE if JNI headers and libraries were found.
JAVA_AWT_LIBRARY = the path to the jawt library
JAVA_JVM_LIBRARY = the path to the jvm library
JAVA_INCLUDE_PATH = the include path to jni.h
JAVA_INCLUDE_PATH2 = the include path to jni_md.h
JAVA_AWT_INCLUDE_PATH = the include path to jawt.h

FindJPEG
Find JPEG

Find the native JPEG includes and library This module defines

JPEG_INCLUDE_DIR, where to find jpeglib.h, etc.
JPEG_LIBRARIES, the libraries needed to use JPEG.
JPEG_FOUND, If false, do not try to use JPEG.

also defined, but not for general use are

JPEG_LIBRARY, where to find the JPEG library.

FindKDE3
Find the KDE3 include and library dirs, KDE preprocessors and define a some macros

This module defines the following variables:

KDE3_DEFINITIONS
compiler definitions required for compiling KDE software

KDE3_INCLUDE_DIR
the KDE include directory

KDE3_INCLUDE_DIRS
the KDE and the Qt include directory, for use with include_directories()

KDE3_LIB_DIR
the directory where the KDE libraries are installed, for use with link_directories()

QT_AND_KDECORE_LIBS
this contains both the Qt and the kdecore library

KDE3_DCOPIDL_EXECUTABLE
the dcopidl executable

KDE3_DCOPIDL2CPP_EXECUTABLE
the dcopidl2cpp executable

KDE3_KCFGC_EXECUTABLE
the kconfig_compiler executable

KDE3_FOUND
set to TRUE if all of the above has been found

The following user adjustable options are provided:

KDE3_BUILD_TESTS
enable this to build KDE testcases

It also adds the following macros (from KDE3Macros.cmake) SRCS_VAR is always the variable which contains
the list of source files for your application or library.

KDE3_AUTOMOC(file1 … fileN)

Call this if you want to have automatic moc file handling.
This means if you include "foo.moc" in the source file foo.cpp
a moc file for the header foo.h will be created automatically.
You can set the property SKIP_AUTOMAKE using set_source_files_properties()
to exclude some files in the list from being processed.

KDE3_ADD_MOC_FILES(SRCS_VAR file1 … fileN )

If you don't use the KDE3_AUTOMOC() macro, for the files
listed here moc files will be created (named "foo.moc.cpp")

KDE3_ADD_DCOP_SKELS(SRCS_VAR header1.h … headerN.h )

Use this to generate DCOP skeletions from the listed headers.

KDE3_ADD_DCOP_STUBS(SRCS_VAR header1.h … headerN.h )

Use this to generate DCOP stubs from the listed headers.

KDE3_ADD_UI_FILES(SRCS_VAR file1.ui … fileN.ui )

Use this to add the Qt designer ui files to your application/library.

KDE3_ADD_KCFG_FILES(SRCS_VAR file1.kcfgc … fileN.kcfgc )

Use this to add KDE kconfig compiler files to your application/library.

KDE3_INSTALL_LIBTOOL_FILE(target)

This will create and install a simple libtool file for the given target.

KDE3_ADD_EXECUTABLE(name file1 … fileN )

Currently identical to add_executable(), may provide some advanced
features in the future.

KDE3_ADD_KPART(name [WITH_PREFIX] file1 … fileN )

Create a KDE plugin (KPart, kioslave, etc.) from the given source files.
If WITH_PREFIX is given, the resulting plugin will have the prefix "lib",
otherwise it won't.
It creates and installs an appropriate libtool la-file.

KDE3_ADD_KDEINIT_EXECUTABLE(name file1 … fileN )

Create a KDE application in the form of a module loadable via kdeinit.
A library named kdeinit_<name> will be created and a small executable
which links to it.

The option KDE3_ENABLE_FINAL to enable all-in-one compilation is no longer supported.

Author: Alexander Neundorf <neundorf@kde.org>

FindKDE4
Find KDE4 and provide all necessary variables and macros to compile software for it. It looks for KDE 4
in the following directories in the given order:

CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX
KDEDIRS
/opt/kde4

Please look in FindKDE4Internal.cmake and KDE4Macros.cmake for more information. They are installed with
the KDE 4 libraries in $KDEDIRS/share/apps/cmake/modules/.

Author: Alexander Neundorf <neundorf@kde.org>

FindLAPACK
Find LAPACK library

This module finds an installed fortran library that implements the LAPACK linear-algebra interface (see
http://www.netlib.org/lapack/).

The approach follows that taken for the autoconf macro file, acx_lapack.m4 (distributed at
http://ac-archive.sourceforge.net/ac-archive/acx_lapack.html).

This module sets the following variables:

LAPACK_FOUND - set to true if a library implementing the LAPACK interface
is found
LAPACK_LINKER_FLAGS - uncached list of required linker flags (excluding -l
and -L).
LAPACK_LIBRARIES - uncached list of libraries (using full path name) to
link against to use LAPACK
LAPACK95_LIBRARIES - uncached list of libraries (using full path name) to
link against to use LAPACK95
LAPACK95_FOUND - set to true if a library implementing the LAPACK f95
interface is found
BLA_STATIC if set on this determines what kind of linkage we do (static)
BLA_VENDOR if set checks only the specified vendor, if not set checks
all the possibilities
BLA_F95 if set on tries to find the f95 interfaces for BLAS/LAPACK

List of vendors (BLA_VENDOR) valid in this module:

• Intel(mkl)

• OpenBLAS

• ACML

• Apple

• NAS

• Generic

FindLATEX
Find Latex

This module finds an installed Latex and determines the location of the compiler. Additionally the
module looks for Latex-related software like BibTeX.

This module sets the following result variables:

LATEX_FOUND: whether found Latex and requested components
LATEX_<component>_FOUND: whether found <component>
LATEX_COMPILER: path to the LaTeX compiler
PDFLATEX_COMPILER: path to the PdfLaTeX compiler
XELATEX_COMPILER: path to the XeLaTeX compiler
LUALATEX_COMPILER: path to the LuaLaTeX compiler
BIBTEX_COMPILER: path to the BibTeX compiler
BIBER_COMPILER: path to the Biber compiler
MAKEINDEX_COMPILER: path to the MakeIndex compiler
XINDY_COMPILER: path to the xindy compiler
DVIPS_CONVERTER: path to the DVIPS converter
DVIPDF_CONVERTER: path to the DVIPDF converter
PS2PDF_CONVERTER: path to the PS2PDF converter
PDFTOPS_CONVERTER: path to the pdftops converter
LATEX2HTML_CONVERTER: path to the LaTeX2Html converter
HTLATEX_COMPILER: path to the htlatex compiler

Possible components are:

PDFLATEX
XELATEX
LUALATEX
BIBTEX
BIBER
MAKEINDEX
XINDY
DVIPS
DVIPDF
PS2PDF
PDFTOPS
LATEX2HTML
HTLATEX

Example Usages:

find_package(LATEX)
find_package(LATEX COMPONENTS PDFLATEX)
find_package(LATEX COMPONENTS BIBTEX PS2PDF)

FindLibArchive
Find libarchive library and headers

The module defines the following variables:

LibArchive_FOUND - true if libarchive was found
LibArchive_INCLUDE_DIRS - include search path
LibArchive_LIBRARIES - libraries to link
LibArchive_VERSION - libarchive 3-component version number

FindLibLZMA
Find LibLZMA

Find LibLZMA headers and library

LIBLZMA_FOUND - True if liblzma is found.
LIBLZMA_INCLUDE_DIRS - Directory where liblzma headers are located.
LIBLZMA_LIBRARIES - Lzma libraries to link against.
LIBLZMA_HAS_AUTO_DECODER - True if lzma_auto_decoder() is found (required).
LIBLZMA_HAS_EASY_ENCODER - True if lzma_easy_encoder() is found (required).
LIBLZMA_HAS_LZMA_PRESET - True if lzma_lzma_preset() is found (required).
LIBLZMA_VERSION_MAJOR - The major version of lzma
LIBLZMA_VERSION_MINOR - The minor version of lzma
LIBLZMA_VERSION_PATCH - The patch version of lzma
LIBLZMA_VERSION_STRING - version number as a string (ex: "5.0.3")

FindLibXml2
Find the XML processing library (libxml2).

Result variables
This module will set the following variables in your project:

LIBXML2_FOUND
true if libxml2 headers and libraries were found

LIBXML2_INCLUDE_DIR
the directory containing LibXml2 headers

LIBXML2_INCLUDE_DIRS
list of the include directories needed to use LibXml2

LIBXML2_LIBRARIES
LibXml2 libraries to be linked

LIBXML2_DEFINITIONS
the compiler switches required for using LibXml2

LIBXML2_XMLLINT_EXECUTABLE
path to the XML checking tool xmllint coming with LibXml2

LIBXML2_VERSION_STRING
the version of LibXml2 found (since CMake 2.8.8)

Cache variables
The following cache variables may also be set:

LIBXML2_INCLUDE_DIR
the directory containing LibXml2 headers

LIBXML2_LIBRARY
path to the LibXml2 library

FindLibXslt
Try to find the LibXslt library

Once done this will define

LIBXSLT_FOUND - system has LibXslt
LIBXSLT_INCLUDE_DIR - the LibXslt include directory
LIBXSLT_LIBRARIES - Link these to LibXslt
LIBXSLT_DEFINITIONS - Compiler switches required for using LibXslt
LIBXSLT_VERSION_STRING - version of LibXslt found (since CMake 2.8.8)

Additionally, the following two variables are set (but not required for using xslt):

LIBXSLT_EXSLT_LIBRARIES
Link to these if you need to link against the exslt library.

LIBXSLT_XSLTPROC_EXECUTABLE
Contains the full path to the xsltproc executable if found.

FindLTTngUST
This module finds the LTTng-UST library.

Imported target
This module defines the following IMPORTED target:

LTTng::UST
The LTTng-UST library, if found

Result variables
This module sets the following

LTTNGUST_FOUND
TRUE if system has LTTng-UST

LTTNGUST_INCLUDE_DIRS
The LTTng-UST include directories

LTTNGUST_LIBRARIES
The libraries needed to use LTTng-UST

LTTNGUST_VERSION_STRING
The LTTng-UST version

LTTNGUST_HAS_TRACEF
TRUE if the tracef() API is available in the system’s LTTng-UST

LTTNGUST_HAS_TRACELOG
TRUE if the tracelog() API is available in the system’s LTTng-UST

FindLua50
Locate Lua library This module defines

LUA50_FOUND, if false, do not try to link to Lua
LUA_LIBRARIES, both lua and lualib
LUA_INCLUDE_DIR, where to find lua.h and lualib.h (and probably lauxlib.h)

Note that the expected include convention is

#include "lua.h"

and not

#include <lua/lua.h>

This is because, the lua location is not standardized and may exist in locations other than lua/

FindLua51
Locate Lua library This module defines

LUA51_FOUND, if false, do not try to link to Lua
LUA_LIBRARIES
LUA_INCLUDE_DIR, where to find lua.h
LUA_VERSION_STRING, the version of Lua found (since CMake 2.8.8)

Note that the expected include convention is

#include "lua.h"

and not

#include <lua/lua.h>

This is because, the lua location is not standardized and may exist in locations other than lua/

FindLua
Locate Lua library This module defines

LUA_FOUND - if false, do not try to link to Lua
LUA_LIBRARIES - both lua and lualib
LUA_INCLUDE_DIR - where to find lua.h
LUA_VERSION_STRING - the version of Lua found
LUA_VERSION_MAJOR - the major version of Lua
LUA_VERSION_MINOR - the minor version of Lua
LUA_VERSION_PATCH - the patch version of Lua

Note that the expected include convention is

#include "lua.h"

and not

#include <lua/lua.h>

This is because, the lua location is not standardized and may exist in locations other than lua/

FindMatlab
Finds Matlab installations and provides Matlab tools and libraries to cmake.

This package first intention is to find the libraries associated with Matlab in order to be able to build
Matlab extensions (mex files). It can also be used:

• run specific commands in Matlab

• declare Matlab unit test

• retrieve various information from Matlab (mex extensions, versions and release queries, …)

The module supports the following components:

• MX_LIBRARY, ENG_LIBRARY and MAT_LIBRARY: respectively the MX, ENG and MAT libraries of Matlab

• MAIN_PROGRAM the Matlab binary program.

• MEX_COMPILER the MEX compiler.

• SIMULINK the Simulink environment.

NOTE:
The version given to the find_package() directive is the Matlab version, which should not be confused
with the Matlab release name (eg. R2014). The matlab_get_version_from_release_name() and
matlab_get_release_name_from_version() allow a mapping from the release name to the version.

The variable Matlab_ROOT_DIR may be specified in order to give the path of the desired Matlab version.
Otherwise, the behaviour is platform specific:

• Windows: The installed versions of Matlab are retrieved from the Windows registry

• OS X: The installed versions of Matlab are given by the MATLAB paths in /Application. If no such
application is found, it falls back to the one that might be accessible from the PATH.

• Unix: The desired Matlab should be accessible from the PATH.

Additional information is provided when MATLAB_FIND_DEBUG is set. When a Matlab binary is found
automatically and the MATLAB_VERSION is not given, the version is queried from Matlab directly. On
Windows, it can make a window running Matlab appear.

The mapping of the release names and the version of Matlab is performed by defining pairs (name,
version). The variable MATLAB_ADDITIONAL_VERSIONS may be provided before the call to the find_package()
in order to handle additional versions.

A Matlab scripts can be added to the set of tests using the matlab_add_unit_test(). By default, the
Matlab unit test framework will be used (>= 2013a) to run this script, but regular .m files returning an
exit code can be used as well (0 indicating a success).

Module Input Variables
Users or projects may set the following variables to configure the module behaviour:

Matlab_ROOT_DIR
the root of the Matlab installation.

MATLAB_FIND_DEBUG
outputs debug information

MATLAB_ADDITIONAL_VERSIONS
additional versions of Matlab for the automatic retrieval of the installed versions.

Variables defined by the module
Result variables
Matlab_FOUND
TRUE if the Matlab installation is found, FALSE otherwise. All variable below are defined if
Matlab is found.

Matlab_ROOT_DIR
the final root of the Matlab installation determined by the FindMatlab module.

Matlab_MAIN_PROGRAM
the Matlab binary program. Available only if the component MAIN_PROGRAM is given in the
find_package() directive.

Matlab_INCLUDE_DIRS
the path of the Matlab libraries headers

Matlab_MEX_LIBRARY
library for mex, always available.

Matlab_MX_LIBRARY
mx library of Matlab (arrays). Available only if the component MX_LIBRARY has been requested.

Matlab_ENG_LIBRARY
Matlab engine library. Available only if the component ENG_LIBRARY is requested.

Matlab_MAT_LIBRARY
Matlab matrix library. Available only if the component MAT_LIBRARY is requested.

Matlab_LIBRARIES
the whole set of libraries of Matlab

Matlab_MEX_COMPILER
the mex compiler of Matlab. Currently not used. Available only if the component MEX_COMPILER is
asked

Cached variables
Matlab_MEX_EXTENSION
the extension of the mex files for the current platform (given by Matlab).

Matlab_ROOT_DIR
the location of the root of the Matlab installation found. If this value is changed by the user,
the result variables are recomputed.

Provided macros
matlab_get_version_from_release_name()
returns the version from the release name

matlab_get_release_name_from_version()
returns the release name from the Matlab version

Provided functions
matlab_add_mex()
adds a target compiling a MEX file.

matlab_add_unit_test()
adds a Matlab unit test file as a test to the project.

matlab_extract_all_installed_versions_from_registry()
parses the registry for all Matlab versions. Available on Windows only. The part of the registry
parsed is dependent on the host processor

matlab_get_all_valid_matlab_roots_from_registry()
returns all the possible Matlab paths, according to a previously given list. Only the
existing/accessible paths are kept. This is mainly useful for the searching all possible Matlab
installation.

matlab_get_mex_suffix()
returns the suffix to be used for the mex files (platform/architecture dependent)

matlab_get_version_from_matlab_run()
returns the version of Matlab, given the full directory of the Matlab program.

Known issues
Symbol clash in a MEX target
By default, every symbols inside a MEX file defined with the command matlab_add_mex() have hidden
visibility, except for the entry point. This is the default behaviour of the MEX compiler, which
lowers the risk of symbol collision between the libraries shipped with Matlab, and the libraries
to which the MEX file is linking to. This is also the default on Windows platforms.

However, this is not sufficient in certain case, where for instance your MEX file is linking
against libraries that are already loaded by Matlab, even if those libraries have different
SONAMES. A possible solution is to hide the symbols of the libraries to which the MEX target is
linking to. This can be achieved in GNU GCC compilers with the linker option
-Wl,--exclude-libs,ALL.

Tests using GPU resources
in case your MEX file is using the GPU and in order to be able to run unit tests on this MEX file,
the GPU resources should be properly released by Matlab. A possible solution is to make Matlab
aware of the use of the GPU resources in the session, which can be performed by a command such as
D = gpuDevice() at the beginning of the test script (or via a fixture).

Reference
Matlab_ROOT_DIR
The root folder of the Matlab installation. If set before the call to find_package(), the module
will look for the components in that path. If not set, then an automatic search of Matlab will be
performed. If set, it should point to a valid version of Matlab.

MATLAB_FIND_DEBUG
If set, the lookup of Matlab and the intermediate configuration steps are outputted to the
console.

MATLAB_ADDITIONAL_VERSIONS
If set, specifies additional versions of Matlab that may be looked for. The variable should be a
list of strings, organised by pairs of release name and versions, such as follows:

set(MATLAB_ADDITIONAL_VERSIONS
"release_name1=corresponding_version1"
"release_name2=corresponding_version2"
...
)

Example:

set(MATLAB_ADDITIONAL_VERSIONS
"R2013b=8.2"
"R2013a=8.1"
"R2012b=8.0")

The order of entries in this list matters when several versions of Matlab are installed. The
priority is set according to the ordering in this list.

matlab_get_version_from_release_name
Returns the version of Matlab (17.58) from a release name (R2017k)

matlab_get_release_name_from_version
Returns the release name (R2017k) from the version of Matlab (17.58)

matlab_extract_all_installed_versions_from_registry
This function parses the registry and founds the Matlab versions that are installed. The found
versions are returned in matlab_versions. Set win64 to TRUE if the 64 bit version of Matlab
should be looked for The returned list contains all versions under
HKLM\\SOFTWARE\\Mathworks\\MATLAB or an empty list in case an error occurred (or nothing found).

NOTE:
Only the versions are provided. No check is made over the existence of the installation
referenced in the registry,

matlab_get_all_valid_matlab_roots_from_registry
Populates the Matlab root with valid versions of Matlab. The returned matlab_roots is organized
in pairs (version_number,matlab_root_path).

matlab_get_all_valid_matlab_roots_from_registry(
matlab_versions
matlab_roots)

matlab_versions
the versions of each of the Matlab installations

matlab_roots
the location of each of the Matlab installations

matlab_get_mex_suffix
Returns the extension of the mex files (the suffixes). This function should not be called before
the appropriate Matlab root has been found.

matlab_get_mex_suffix(
matlab_root
mex_suffix)

matlab_root
the root of the Matlab installation

mex_suffix
the variable name in which the suffix will be returned.

matlab_get_version_from_matlab_run
This function runs Matlab program specified on arguments and extracts its version.

matlab_get_version_from_matlab_run(
matlab_binary_path
matlab_list_versions)

matlab_binary_path
the location of the matlab binary executable

matlab_list_versions
the version extracted from Matlab

matlab_add_unit_test
Adds a Matlab unit test to the test set of cmake/ctest. This command requires the component
MAIN_PROGRAM. The unit test uses the Matlab unittest framework (default, available starting
Matlab 2013b+) except if the option NO_UNITTEST_FRAMEWORK is given.

The function expects one Matlab test script file to be given. In the case NO_UNITTEST_FRAMEWORK
is given, the unittest script file should contain the script to be run, plus an exit command with
the exit value. This exit value will be passed to the ctest framework (0 success, non 0 failure).
Additional arguments accepted by add_test() can be passed through TEST_ARGS (eg. CONFIGURATION
<config> ...).

matlab_add_unit_test(
NAME <name>
UNITTEST_FILE matlab_file_containing_unittest.m
[CUSTOM_TEST_COMMAND matlab_command_to_run_as_test]
[UNITTEST_PRECOMMAND matlab_command_to_run]
[TIMEOUT timeout]
[ADDITIONAL_PATH path1 [path2 ...]]
[MATLAB_ADDITIONAL_STARTUP_OPTIONS option1 [option2 ...]]
[TEST_ARGS arg1 [arg2 ...]]
[NO_UNITTEST_FRAMEWORK]
)

The function arguments are:

NAME name of the unittest in ctest.

UNITTEST_FILE
the matlab unittest file. Its path will be automatically added to the Matlab path.

CUSTOM_TEST_COMMAND
Matlab script command to run as the test. If this is not set, then the following is run:
runtests('matlab_file_name'), exit(max([ans(1,:).Failed])) where matlab_file_name is the
UNITTEST_FILE without the extension.

UNITTEST_PRECOMMAND
Matlab script command to be ran before the file containing the test (eg. GPU device
initialisation based on CMake variables).

TIMEOUT
the test timeout in seconds. Defaults to 180 seconds as the Matlab unit test may hang.

ADDITIONAL_PATH
a list of paths to add to the Matlab path prior to running the unit test.

MATLAB_ADDITIONAL_STARTUP_OPTIONS
a list of additional option in order to run Matlab from the command line. -nosplash
-nodesktop -nodisplay are always added.

TEST_ARGS
Additional options provided to the add_test command. These options are added to the default
options (eg. “CONFIGURATIONS Release”)

NO_UNITTEST_FRAMEWORK
when set, indicates that the test should not use the unittest framework of Matlab
(available for versions >= R2013a).

WORKING_DIRECTORY
This will be the working directory for the test. If specified it will also be the output
directory used for the log file of the test run. If not specifed the temporary directory
${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}/Matlab will be used as the working directory and the log location.

matlab_add_mex
Adds a Matlab MEX target. This commands compiles the given sources with the current tool-chain in
order to produce a MEX file. The final name of the produced output may be specified, as well as
additional link libraries, and a documentation entry for the MEX file. Remaining arguments of the
call are passed to the add_library() or add_executable() command.

matlab_add_mex(
NAME <name>
[EXECUTABLE | MODULE | SHARED]
SRC src1 [src2 ...]
[OUTPUT_NAME output_name]
[DOCUMENTATION file.txt]
[LINK_TO target1 target2 ...]
[...]
)

NAME name of the target.

SRC list of source files.

LINK_TO
a list of additional link dependencies. The target links to libmex by default. If
Matlab_MX_LIBRARY is defined, it also links to libmx.

OUTPUT_NAME
if given, overrides the default name. The default name is the name of the target without
any prefix and with Matlab_MEX_EXTENSION suffix.

DOCUMENTATION
if given, the file file.txt will be considered as being the documentation file for the MEX
file. This file is copied into the same folder without any processing, with the same name
as the final mex file, and with extension .m. In that case, typing help <name> in Matlab
prints the documentation contained in this file.

MODULE or SHARED may be given to specify the type of library to be
created. EXECUTABLE may be given to create an executable instead of a library. If no type
is given explicitly, the type is SHARED.

The documentation file is not processed and should be in the following format:

% This is the documentation
function ret = mex_target_output_name(input1)

FindMFC
Find MFC on Windows

Find the native MFC - i.e. decide if an application can link to the MFC libraries.

MFC_FOUND - Was MFC support found

You don’t need to include anything or link anything to use it.

FindMotif
Try to find Motif (or lesstif)

Once done this will define:

MOTIF_FOUND - system has MOTIF
MOTIF_INCLUDE_DIR - include paths to use Motif
MOTIF_LIBRARIES - Link these to use Motif

FindMPEG2
Find the native MPEG2 includes and library

This module defines

MPEG2_INCLUDE_DIR, path to mpeg2dec/mpeg2.h, etc.
MPEG2_LIBRARIES, the libraries required to use MPEG2.
MPEG2_FOUND, If false, do not try to use MPEG2.

also defined, but not for general use are

MPEG2_mpeg2_LIBRARY, where to find the MPEG2 library.
MPEG2_vo_LIBRARY, where to find the vo library.

FindMPEG
Find the native MPEG includes and library

This module defines

MPEG_INCLUDE_DIR, where to find MPEG.h, etc.
MPEG_LIBRARIES, the libraries required to use MPEG.
MPEG_FOUND, If false, do not try to use MPEG.

also defined, but not for general use are

MPEG_mpeg2_LIBRARY, where to find the MPEG library.
MPEG_vo_LIBRARY, where to find the vo library.

FindMPI
Find a Message Passing Interface (MPI) implementation.

The Message Passing Interface (MPI) is a library used to write high-performance distributed-memory
parallel applications, and is typically deployed on a cluster. MPI is a standard interface (defined by
the MPI forum) for which many implementations are available.

Variables for using MPI
The module exposes the components C, CXX, MPICXX and Fortran. Each of these controls the various MPI
languages to search for. The difference between CXX and MPICXX is that CXX refers to the MPI C API being
usable from C++, whereas MPICXX refers to the MPI-2 C++ API that was removed again in MPI-3.

Depending on the enabled components the following variables will be set:

MPI_FOUND
Variable indicating that MPI settings for all requested languages have been found. If no
components are specified, this is true if MPI settings for all enabled languages were detected.
Note that the MPICXX component does not affect this variable.

MPI_VERSION
Minimal version of MPI detected among the requested languages, or all enabled languages if no
components were specified.

This module will set the following variables per language in your project, where <lang> is one of C, CXX,
or Fortran:

MPI_<lang>_FOUND
Variable indicating the MPI settings for <lang> were found and that simple MPI test programs
compile with the provided settings.

MPI_<lang>_COMPILER
MPI compiler for <lang> if such a program exists.

MPI_<lang>_COMPILE_OPTIONS
Compilation options for MPI programs in <lang>, given as a ;-list.

MPI_<lang>_COMPILE_DEFINITIONS
Compilation definitions for MPI programs in <lang>, given as a ;-list.

MPI_<lang>_INCLUDE_DIRS
Include path(s) for MPI header.

MPI_<lang>_LINK_FLAGS
Linker flags for MPI programs.

MPI_<lang>_LIBRARIES
All libraries to link MPI programs against.

Additionally, the following IMPORTED targets are defined:

MPI::MPI_<lang>
Target for using MPI from <lang>.

The following variables indicating which bindings are present will be defined:

MPI_MPICXX_FOUND
Variable indicating whether the MPI-2 C++ bindings are present (introduced in MPI-2, removed with
MPI-3).

MPI_Fortran_HAVE_F77_HEADER
True if the Fortran 77 header mpif.h is available.

MPI_Fortran_HAVE_F90_MODULE
True if the Fortran 90 module mpi can be used for accessing MPI (MPI-2 and higher only).

MPI_Fortran_HAVE_F08_MODULE
True if the Fortran 2008 mpi_f08 is available to MPI programs (MPI-3 and higher only).

If possible, the MPI version will be determined by this module. The facilities to detect the MPI version
were introduced with MPI-1.2, and therefore cannot be found for older MPI versions.

MPI_<lang>_VERSION_MAJOR
Major version of MPI implemented for <lang> by the MPI distribution.

MPI_<lang>_VERSION_MINOR
Minor version of MPI implemented for <lang> by the MPI distribution.

MPI_<lang>_VERSION
MPI version implemented for <lang> by the MPI distribution.

Note that there’s no variable for the C bindings being accessible through mpi.h, since the MPI standards
always have required this binding to work in both C and C++ code.

For running MPI programs, the module sets the following variables

MPIEXEC_EXECUTABLE
Executable for running MPI programs, if such exists.

MPIEXEC_NUMPROC_FLAG
Flag to pass to mpiexec before giving it the number of processors to run on.

MPIEXEC_MAX_NUMPROCS
Number of MPI processors to utilize. Defaults to the number of processors detected on the host
system.

MPIEXEC_PREFLAGS
Flags to pass to mpiexec directly before the executable to run.

MPIEXEC_POSTFLAGS
Flags to pass to mpiexec after other flags.

Variables for locating MPI
This module performs a three step search for an MPI implementation:

1. Check if the compiler has MPI support built-in. This is the case if the user passed a compiler wrapper
as CMAKE_<LANG>_COMPILER or if they’re on a Cray system.

2. Attempt to find an MPI compiler wrapper and determine the compiler information from it.

3. Try to find an MPI implementation that does not ship such a wrapper by guessing settings. Currently,
only Microsoft MPI and MPICH2 on Windows are supported.

For controlling the second step, the following variables may be set:

MPI_<lang>_COMPILER
Search for the specified compiler wrapper and use it.

MPI_<lang>_COMPILER_FLAGS
Flags to pass to the MPI compiler wrapper during interrogation. Some compiler wrappers support
linking debug or tracing libraries if a specific flag is passed and this variable may be used to
obtain them.

MPI_COMPILER_FLAGS
Used to initialize MPI_<lang>_COMPILER_FLAGS if no language specific flag has been given. Empty
by default.

MPI_EXECUTABLE_SUFFIX
A suffix which is appended to all names that are being looked for. For instance you may set this
to .mpich or .openmpi to prefer the one or the other on Debian and its derivatives.

In order to control the guessing step, the following variable may be set:

MPI_GUESS_LIBRARY_NAME
Valid values are MSMPI and MPICH2. If set, only the given library will be searched for. By
default, MSMPI will be preferred over MPICH2 if both are available. This also sets
MPI_SKIP_COMPILER_WRAPPER to true, which may be overridden.

Each of the search steps may be skipped with the following control variables:

MPI_ASSUME_NO_BUILTIN_MPI
If true, the module assumes that the compiler itself does not provide an MPI implementation and
skips to step 2.

MPI_SKIP_COMPILER_WRAPPER
If true, no compiler wrapper will be searched for.

MPI_SKIP_GUESSING
If true, the guessing step will be skipped.

Additionally, the following control variable is available to change search behavior:

MPI_CXX_SKIP_MPICXX
Add some definitions that will disable the MPI-2 C++ bindings. Currently supported are MPICH,
Open MPI, Platform MPI and derivatives thereof, for example MVAPICH or Intel MPI.

If the find procedure fails for a variable MPI_<lang>_WORKS, then the settings detected by or passed to
the module did not work and even a simple MPI test program failed to compile.

If all of these parameters were not sufficient to find the right MPI implementation, a user may disable
the entire autodetection process by specifying both a list of libraries in MPI_<lang>_LIBRARIES and a
list of include directories in MPI_<lang>_ADDITIONAL_INCLUDE_DIRS. Any other variable may be set in
addition to these two. The module will then validate the MPI settings and store the settings in the
cache.

Cache variables for MPI
The variable MPI_<lang>_INCLUDE_DIRS will be assembled from the following variables. For C and CXX:

MPI_<lang>_HEADER_DIR
Location of the mpi.h header on disk.

For Fortran:

MPI_Fortran_F77_HEADER_DIR
Location of the Fortran 77 header mpif.h, if it exists.

MPI_Fortran_MODULE_DIR
Location of the mpi or mpi_f08 modules, if available.

For all languages the following variables are additionally considered:

MPI_<lang>_ADDITIONAL_INCLUDE_DIRS
A ;-list of paths needed in addition to the normal include directories.

MPI_<include_name>_INCLUDE_DIR
Path variables for include folders referred to by <include_name>.

MPI_<lang>_ADDITIONAL_INCLUDE_VARS
A ;-list of <include_name> that will be added to the include locations of <lang>.

The variable MPI_<lang>_LIBRARIES will be assembled from the following variables:

MPI_<lib_name>_LIBRARY
The location of a library called <lib_name> for use with MPI.

MPI_<lang>_LIB_NAMES
A ;-list of <lib_name> that will be added to the include locations of <lang>.

Usage of mpiexec
When using MPIEXEC_EXECUTABLE to execute MPI applications, you should typically use all of the
MPIEXEC_EXECUTABLE flags as follows:

${MPIEXEC_EXECUTABLE} ${MPIEXEC_NUMPROC_FLAG} ${MPIEXEC_MAX_NUMPROCS}
${MPIEXEC_PREFLAGS} EXECUTABLE ${MPIEXEC_POSTFLAGS} ARGS

where EXECUTABLE is the MPI program, and ARGS are the arguments to pass to the MPI program.

Advanced variables for using MPI
The module can perform some advanced feature detections upon explicit request.

Important notice: The following checks cannot be performed without executing an MPI test program.
Consider the special considerations for the behavior of try_run() during cross compilation. Moreover,
running an MPI program can cause additional issues, like a firewall notification on some systems. You
should only enable these detections if you absolutely need the information.

If the following variables are set to true, the respective search will be performed:

MPI_DETERMINE_Fortran_CAPABILITIES
Determine for all available Fortran bindings what the values of MPI_SUBARRAYS_SUPPORTED and
MPI_ASYNC_PROTECTS_NONBLOCKING are and make their values available as
MPI_Fortran_<binding>_SUBARRAYS and MPI_Fortran_<binding>_ASYNCPROT, where <binding> is one of
F77_HEADER, F90_MODULE and F08_MODULE.

MPI_DETERMINE_LIBRARY_VERSION
For each language, find the output of MPI_Get_library_version and make it available as
MPI_<lang>_LIBRARY_VERSION. This information is usually tied to the runtime component of an MPI
implementation and might differ depending on <lang>. Note that the return value is entirely
implementation defined. This information might be used to identify the MPI vendor and for example
pick the correct one of multiple third party binaries that matches the MPI vendor.

Backward Compatibility
For backward compatibility with older versions of FindMPI, these variables are set, but deprecated:

MPI_COMPILER MPI_LIBRARY MPI_EXTRA_LIBRARY
MPI_COMPILE_FLAGS MPI_INCLUDE_PATH MPI_LINK_FLAGS
MPI_LIBRARIES

In new projects, please use the MPI_<lang>_XXX equivalents. Additionally, the following variables are
deprecated:

MPI_<lang>_COMPILE_FLAGS
Use MPI_<lang>_COMPILE_OPTIONS and MPI_<lang>_COMPILE_DEFINITIONS instead.

MPI_<lang>_INCLUDE_PATH
For consumption use MPI_<lang>_INCLUDE_DIRS and for specifying folders use
MPI_<lang>_ADDITIONAL_INCLUDE_DIRS instead.

MPIEXEC
Use MPIEXEC_EXECUTABLE instead.

FindOpenACC
Detect OpenACC support by the compiler.

This module can be used to detect OpenACC support in a compiler. If the compiler supports OpenACC, the
flags required to compile with OpenACC support are returned in variables for the different languages.
Currently, only PGI, GNU and Cray compilers are supported.

Variables
This module will set the following variables per language in your project, where <lang> is one of C, CXX,
or Fortran:

OpenACC_<lang>_FOUND
Variable indicating if OpenACC support for <lang> was detected.

OpenACC_<lang>_FLAGS
OpenACC compiler flags for <lang>, separated by spaces.

The module will also try to provide the OpenACC version variables:

OpenACC_<lang>_SPEC_DATE
Date of the OpenACC specification implemented by the <lang> compiler.

OpenACC_<lang>_VERSION_MAJOR
Major version of OpenACC implemented by the <lang> compiler.

OpenACC_<lang>_VERSION_MINOR
Minor version of OpenACC implemented by the <lang> compiler.

OpenACC_<lang>_VERSION
OpenACC version implemented by the <lang> compiler.

The specification date is formatted as given in the OpenACC standard: yyyymm where yyyy and mm represents
the year and month of the OpenACC specification implemented by the <lang> compiler.

Input Variables
OpenACC_ACCEL_TARGET=<target> If set, will the correct target accelerator flag set to the <target> will
be returned with OpenACC_<lang>_FLAGS.

FindOpenAL
Locate OpenAL This module defines OPENAL_LIBRARY OPENAL_FOUND, if false, do not try to link to OpenAL
OPENAL_INCLUDE_DIR, where to find the headers

$OPENALDIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the

Created by Eric Wing. This was influenced by the FindSDL.cmake module.

FindOpenCL
Try to find OpenCL

IMPORTED Targets
This module defines IMPORTED target OpenCL::OpenCL, if OpenCL has been found.

Result Variables
This module defines the following variables:

OpenCL_FOUND - True if OpenCL was found
OpenCL_INCLUDE_DIRS - include directories for OpenCL
OpenCL_LIBRARIES - link against this library to use OpenCL
OpenCL_VERSION_STRING - Highest supported OpenCL version (eg. 1.2)
OpenCL_VERSION_MAJOR - The major version of the OpenCL implementation
OpenCL_VERSION_MINOR - The minor version of the OpenCL implementation

The module will also define two cache variables:

OpenCL_INCLUDE_DIR - the OpenCL include directory
OpenCL_LIBRARY - the path to the OpenCL library

FindOpenGL
FindModule for OpenGL and GLU.

Optional COMPONENTS
This module respects several optional COMPONENTS: EGL, GLX, and OpenGL. There are corresponding import
targets for each of these flags.

IMPORTED Targets
This module defines the IMPORTED targets:

OpenGL::GL
Defined to the platform-specific OpenGL libraries if the system has OpenGL.

OpenGL::OpenGL
Defined to libOpenGL if the system is GLVND-based. OpenGL::GL

OpenGL::GLU
Defined if the system has GLU.

OpenGL::GLX
Defined if the system has GLX.

OpenGL::EGL
Defined if the system has EGL.

Result Variables
This module sets the following variables:

OPENGL_FOUND
True, if the system has OpenGL and all components are found.

OPENGL_XMESA_FOUND
True, if the system has XMESA.

OPENGL_GLU_FOUND
True, if the system has GLU.

OpenGL_OpenGL_FOUND
True, if the system has an OpenGL library.

OpenGL_GLX_FOUND
True, if the system has GLX.

OpenGL_EGL_FOUND
True, if the system has EGL.

OPENGL_INCLUDE_DIR
Path to the OpenGL include directory.

OPENGL_EGL_INCLUDE_DIRS
Path to the EGL include directory.

OPENGL_LIBRARIES
Paths to the OpenGL library, windowing system libraries, and GLU libraries. On Linux, this
assumes GLX and is never correct for EGL-based targets. Clients are encouraged to use the
OpenGL::* import targets instead.

Cache variables
The following cache variables may also be set:

OPENGL_egl_LIBRARY
Path to the EGL library.

OPENGL_glu_LIBRARY
Path to the GLU library.

OPENGL_glx_LIBRARY
Path to the GLVND ‘GLX’ library.

OPENGL_opengl_LIBRARY
Path to the GLVND ‘OpenGL’ library

OPENGL_gl_LIBRARY
Path to the OpenGL library. New code should prefer the OpenGL::* import targets.

Linux-specific
Some Linux systems utilize GLVND as a new ABI for OpenGL. GLVND separates context libraries from OpenGL
itself; OpenGL lives in “libOpenGL”, and contexts are defined in “libGLX” or “libEGL”. GLVND is
currently the only way to get OpenGL 3+ functionality via EGL in a manner portable across vendors.
Projects may use GLVND explicitly with target OpenGL::OpenGL and either OpenGL::GLX or OpenGL::EGL.

Projects may use the OpenGL::GL target (or OPENGL_LIBRARIES variable) to use legacy GL interfaces. These
will use the legacy GL library located by OPENGL_gl_LIBRARY, if available. If OPENGL_gl_LIBRARY is empty
or not found and GLVND is available, the OpenGL::GL target will use GLVND OpenGL::OpenGL and OpenGL::GLX
(and the OPENGL_LIBRARIES variable will use the corresponding libraries). Thus, for non-EGL-based Linux
targets, the OpenGL::GL target is most portable.

A OpenGL_GL_PREFERENCE variable may be set to specify the preferred way to provide legacy GL interfaces
in case multiple choices are available. The value may be one of:

GLVND If the GLVND OpenGL and GLX libraries are available, prefer them. This forces OPENGL_gl_LIBRARY
to be empty. This is the default if components were requested (since components correspond to
GLVND libraries).

LEGACY Prefer to use the legacy libGL library, if available. This is the default if no components were
requested.

For EGL targets the client must rely on GLVND support on the user’s system. Linking should use the
OpenGL::OpenGL OpenGL::EGL targets. Using GLES* libraries is theoretically possible in place of
OpenGL::OpenGL, but this module does not currently support that; contributions welcome.

OPENGL_egl_LIBRARY and OPENGL_EGL_INCLUDE_DIRS are defined in the case of GLVND. For non-GLVND Linux and
other systems these are left undefined.

macOS-Specific
On OSX FindOpenGL defaults to using the framework version of OpenGL. People will have to change the cache
values of OPENGL_glu_LIBRARY and OPENGL_gl_LIBRARY to use OpenGL with X11 on OSX.

FindOpenMP
Finds OpenMP support

This module can be used to detect OpenMP support in a compiler. If the compiler supports OpenMP, the
flags required to compile with OpenMP support are returned in variables for the different languages. The
variables may be empty if the compiler does not need a special flag to support OpenMP.

Variables
The module exposes the components C, CXX, and Fortran. Each of these controls the various languages to
search OpenMP support for.

Depending on the enabled components the following variables will be set:

OpenMP_FOUND
Variable indicating that OpenMP flags for all requested languages have been found. If no
components are specified, this is true if OpenMP settings for all enabled languages were detected.

OpenMP_VERSION
Minimal version of the OpenMP standard detected among the requested languages, or all enabled
languages if no components were specified.

This module will set the following variables per language in your project, where <lang> is one of C, CXX,
or Fortran:

OpenMP_<lang>_FOUND
Variable indicating if OpenMP support for <lang> was detected.

OpenMP_<lang>_FLAGS
OpenMP compiler flags for <lang>, separated by spaces.

For linking with OpenMP code written in <lang>, the following variables are provided:

OpenMP_<lang>_LIB_NAMES
;-list of libraries for OpenMP programs for <lang>.

OpenMP_<libname>_LIBRARY
Location of the individual libraries needed for OpenMP support in <lang>.

OpenMP_<lang>_LIBRARIES
A list of libraries needed to link with OpenMP code written in <lang>.

Additionally, the module provides IMPORTED targets:

OpenMP::OpenMP_<lang>
Target for using OpenMP from <lang>.

Specifically for Fortran, the module sets the following variables:

OpenMP_Fortran_HAVE_OMPLIB_HEADER
Boolean indicating if OpenMP is accessible through omp_lib.h.

OpenMP_Fortran_HAVE_OMPLIB_MODULE
Boolean indicating if OpenMP is accessible through the omp_lib Fortran module.

The module will also try to provide the OpenMP version variables:

OpenMP_<lang>_SPEC_DATE
Date of the OpenMP specification implemented by the <lang> compiler.

OpenMP_<lang>_VERSION_MAJOR
Major version of OpenMP implemented by the <lang> compiler.

OpenMP_<lang>_VERSION_MINOR
Minor version of OpenMP implemented by the <lang> compiler.

OpenMP_<lang>_VERSION
OpenMP version implemented by the <lang> compiler.

The specification date is formatted as given in the OpenMP standard: yyyymm where yyyy and mm represents
the year and month of the OpenMP specification implemented by the <lang> compiler.

FindOpenSceneGraph
Find OpenSceneGraph

This module searches for the OpenSceneGraph core “osg” library as well as OpenThreads, and whatever
additional COMPONENTS (nodekits) that you specify.

See http://www.openscenegraph.org

NOTE: To use this module effectively you must either require CMake >= 2.6.3 with
cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 2.6.3) or download and place FindOpenThreads.cmake,
Findosg_functions.cmake, Findosg.cmake, and Find<etc>.cmake files into your CMAKE_MODULE_PATH.

----

This module accepts the following variables (note mixed case)

OpenSceneGraph_DEBUG - Enable debugging output

OpenSceneGraph_MARK_AS_ADVANCED - Mark cache variables as advanced
automatically

The following environment variables are also respected for finding the OSG and it’s various components.
CMAKE_PREFIX_PATH can also be used for this (see find_library() CMake documentation).

<MODULE>_DIR
(where MODULE is of the form “OSGVOLUME” and there is a FindosgVolume.cmake file)

OSG_DIR

OSGDIR

OSG_ROOT

[CMake 2.8.10]: The CMake variable OSG_DIR can now be used as well to influence detection, instead of
needing to specify an environment variable.

This module defines the following output variables:

OPENSCENEGRAPH_FOUND - Was the OSG and all of the specified components found?

OPENSCENEGRAPH_VERSION - The version of the OSG which was found

OPENSCENEGRAPH_INCLUDE_DIRS - Where to find the headers

OPENSCENEGRAPH_LIBRARIES - The OSG libraries

================================== Example Usage:

find_package(OpenSceneGraph 2.0.0 REQUIRED osgDB osgUtil)
# libOpenThreads & libosg automatically searched
include_directories(${OPENSCENEGRAPH_INCLUDE_DIRS})

add_executable(foo foo.cc)
target_link_libraries(foo ${OPENSCENEGRAPH_LIBRARIES})

FindOpenSSL
Find the OpenSSL encryption library.

Imported Targets
This module defines the following IMPORTED targets:

OpenSSL::SSL
The OpenSSL ssl library, if found.

OpenSSL::Crypto
The OpenSSL crypto library, if found.

Result Variables
This module will set the following variables in your project:

OPENSSL_FOUND
System has the OpenSSL library.

OPENSSL_INCLUDE_DIR
The OpenSSL include directory.

OPENSSL_CRYPTO_LIBRARY
The OpenSSL crypto library.

OPENSSL_SSL_LIBRARY
The OpenSSL SSL library.

OPENSSL_LIBRARIES
All OpenSSL libraries.

OPENSSL_VERSION
This is set to $major.$minor.$revision$patch (e.g. 0.9.8s).

Hints
Set OPENSSL_ROOT_DIR to the root directory of an OpenSSL installation. Set OPENSSL_USE_STATIC_LIBS to
TRUE to look for static libraries. Set OPENSSL_MSVC_STATIC_RT set TRUE to choose the MT version of the
lib.

FindOpenThreads
OpenThreads is a C++ based threading library. Its largest userbase seems to OpenSceneGraph so you might
notice I accept OSGDIR as an environment path. I consider this part of the Findosg* suite used to find
OpenSceneGraph components. Each component is separate and you must opt in to each module.

Locate OpenThreads This module defines OPENTHREADS_LIBRARY OPENTHREADS_FOUND, if false, do not try to
link to OpenThreads OPENTHREADS_INCLUDE_DIR, where to find the headers

$OPENTHREADS_DIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the ./configure
–prefix=$OPENTHREADS_DIR used in building osg.

[CMake 2.8.10]: The CMake variables OPENTHREADS_DIR or OSG_DIR can now be used as well to influence
detection, instead of needing to specify an environment variable.

Created by Eric Wing.

FindosgAnimation
This is part of the Findosg* suite used to find OpenSceneGraph components. Each component is separate
and you must opt in to each module. You must also opt into OpenGL and OpenThreads (and Producer if
needed) as these modules won’t do it for you. This is to allow you control over your own system piece by
piece in case you need to opt out of certain components or change the Find behavior for a particular
module (perhaps because the default FindOpenGL.cmake module doesn’t work with your system as an example).
If you want to use a more convenient module that includes everything, use the FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake
instead of the Findosg*.cmake modules.

Locate osgAnimation This module defines

OSGANIMATION_FOUND - Was osgAnimation found? OSGANIMATION_INCLUDE_DIR - Where to find the headers
OSGANIMATION_LIBRARIES - The libraries to link against for the OSG (use this)

OSGANIMATION_LIBRARY - The OSG library OSGANIMATION_LIBRARY_DEBUG - The OSG debug library

$OSGDIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the

Created by Eric Wing.

FindosgDB
This is part of the Findosg* suite used to find OpenSceneGraph components. Each component is separate
and you must opt in to each module. You must also opt into OpenGL and OpenThreads (and Producer if
needed) as these modules won’t do it for you. This is to allow you control over your own system piece by
piece in case you need to opt out of certain components or change the Find behavior for a particular
module (perhaps because the default FindOpenGL.cmake module doesn’t work with your system as an example).
If you want to use a more convenient module that includes everything, use the FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake
instead of the Findosg*.cmake modules.

Locate osgDB This module defines

OSGDB_FOUND - Was osgDB found? OSGDB_INCLUDE_DIR - Where to find the headers OSGDB_LIBRARIES - The
libraries to link against for the osgDB (use this)

OSGDB_LIBRARY - The osgDB library OSGDB_LIBRARY_DEBUG - The osgDB debug library

$OSGDIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the

Created by Eric Wing.

Findosg_functions
This CMake file contains two macros to assist with searching for OSG libraries and nodekits. Please see
FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake for full documentation.

FindosgFX
This is part of the Findosg* suite used to find OpenSceneGraph components. Each component is separate
and you must opt in to each module. You must also opt into OpenGL and OpenThreads (and Producer if
needed) as these modules won’t do it for you. This is to allow you control over your own system piece by
piece in case you need to opt out of certain components or change the Find behavior for a particular
module (perhaps because the default FindOpenGL.cmake module doesn’t work with your system as an example).
If you want to use a more convenient module that includes everything, use the FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake
instead of the Findosg*.cmake modules.

Locate osgFX This module defines

OSGFX_FOUND - Was osgFX found? OSGFX_INCLUDE_DIR - Where to find the headers OSGFX_LIBRARIES - The
libraries to link against for the osgFX (use this)

OSGFX_LIBRARY - The osgFX library OSGFX_LIBRARY_DEBUG - The osgFX debug library

$OSGDIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the

Created by Eric Wing.

FindosgGA
This is part of the Findosg* suite used to find OpenSceneGraph components. Each component is separate
and you must opt in to each module. You must also opt into OpenGL and OpenThreads (and Producer if
needed) as these modules won’t do it for you. This is to allow you control over your own system piece by
piece in case you need to opt out of certain components or change the Find behavior for a particular
module (perhaps because the default FindOpenGL.cmake module doesn’t work with your system as an example).
If you want to use a more convenient module that includes everything, use the FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake
instead of the Findosg*.cmake modules.

Locate osgGA This module defines

OSGGA_FOUND - Was osgGA found? OSGGA_INCLUDE_DIR - Where to find the headers OSGGA_LIBRARIES - The
libraries to link against for the osgGA (use this)

OSGGA_LIBRARY - The osgGA library OSGGA_LIBRARY_DEBUG - The osgGA debug library

$OSGDIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the

Created by Eric Wing.

FindosgIntrospection
This is part of the Findosg* suite used to find OpenSceneGraph components. Each component is separate
and you must opt in to each module. You must also opt into OpenGL and OpenThreads (and Producer if
needed) as these modules won’t do it for you. This is to allow you control over your own system piece by
piece in case you need to opt out of certain components or change the Find behavior for a particular
module (perhaps because the default FindOpenGL.cmake module doesn’t work with your system as an example).
If you want to use a more convenient module that includes everything, use the FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake
instead of the Findosg*.cmake modules.

Locate osgINTROSPECTION This module defines

OSGINTROSPECTION_FOUND - Was osgIntrospection found? OSGINTROSPECTION_INCLUDE_DIR - Where to find the
headers OSGINTROSPECTION_LIBRARIES - The libraries to link for osgIntrospection (use this)

OSGINTROSPECTION_LIBRARY - The osgIntrospection library OSGINTROSPECTION_LIBRARY_DEBUG - The
osgIntrospection debug library

$OSGDIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the

Created by Eric Wing.

FindosgManipulator
This is part of the Findosg* suite used to find OpenSceneGraph components. Each component is separate
and you must opt in to each module. You must also opt into OpenGL and OpenThreads (and Producer if
needed) as these modules won’t do it for you. This is to allow you control over your own system piece by
piece in case you need to opt out of certain components or change the Find behavior for a particular
module (perhaps because the default FindOpenGL.cmake module doesn’t work with your system as an example).
If you want to use a more convenient module that includes everything, use the FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake
instead of the Findosg*.cmake modules.

Locate osgManipulator This module defines

OSGMANIPULATOR_FOUND - Was osgManipulator found? OSGMANIPULATOR_INCLUDE_DIR - Where to find the headers
OSGMANIPULATOR_LIBRARIES - The libraries to link for osgManipulator (use this)

OSGMANIPULATOR_LIBRARY - The osgManipulator library OSGMANIPULATOR_LIBRARY_DEBUG - The osgManipulator
debug library

$OSGDIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the

Created by Eric Wing.

FindosgParticle
This is part of the Findosg* suite used to find OpenSceneGraph components. Each component is separate
and you must opt in to each module. You must also opt into OpenGL and OpenThreads (and Producer if
needed) as these modules won’t do it for you. This is to allow you control over your own system piece by
piece in case you need to opt out of certain components or change the Find behavior for a particular
module (perhaps because the default FindOpenGL.cmake module doesn’t work with your system as an example).
If you want to use a more convenient module that includes everything, use the FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake
instead of the Findosg*.cmake modules.

Locate osgParticle This module defines

OSGPARTICLE_FOUND - Was osgParticle found? OSGPARTICLE_INCLUDE_DIR - Where to find the headers
OSGPARTICLE_LIBRARIES - The libraries to link for osgParticle (use this)

OSGPARTICLE_LIBRARY - The osgParticle library OSGPARTICLE_LIBRARY_DEBUG - The osgParticle debug library

$OSGDIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the

Created by Eric Wing.

FindosgPresentation
This is part of the Findosg* suite used to find OpenSceneGraph components. Each component is separate
and you must opt in to each module. You must also opt into OpenGL and OpenThreads (and Producer if
needed) as these modules won’t do it for you. This is to allow you control over your own system piece by
piece in case you need to opt out of certain components or change the Find behavior for a particular
module (perhaps because the default FindOpenGL.cmake module doesn’t work with your system as an example).
If you want to use a more convenient module that includes everything, use the FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake
instead of the Findosg*.cmake modules.

Locate osgPresentation This module defines

OSGPRESENTATION_FOUND - Was osgPresentation found? OSGPRESENTATION_INCLUDE_DIR - Where to find the
headers OSGPRESENTATION_LIBRARIES - The libraries to link for osgPresentation (use this)

OSGPRESENTATION_LIBRARY - The osgPresentation library OSGPRESENTATION_LIBRARY_DEBUG - The osgPresentation
debug library

$OSGDIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the

Created by Eric Wing. Modified to work with osgPresentation by Robert Osfield, January 2012.

FindosgProducer
This is part of the Findosg* suite used to find OpenSceneGraph components. Each component is separate
and you must opt in to each module. You must also opt into OpenGL and OpenThreads (and Producer if
needed) as these modules won’t do it for you. This is to allow you control over your own system piece by
piece in case you need to opt out of certain components or change the Find behavior for a particular
module (perhaps because the default FindOpenGL.cmake module doesn’t work with your system as an example).
If you want to use a more convenient module that includes everything, use the FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake
instead of the Findosg*.cmake modules.

Locate osgProducer This module defines

OSGPRODUCER_FOUND - Was osgProducer found? OSGPRODUCER_INCLUDE_DIR - Where to find the headers
OSGPRODUCER_LIBRARIES - The libraries to link for osgProducer (use this)

OSGPRODUCER_LIBRARY - The osgProducer library OSGPRODUCER_LIBRARY_DEBUG - The osgProducer debug library

$OSGDIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the

Created by Eric Wing.

FindosgQt
This is part of the Findosg* suite used to find OpenSceneGraph components. Each component is separate
and you must opt in to each module. You must also opt into OpenGL and OpenThreads (and Producer if
needed) as these modules won’t do it for you. This is to allow you control over your own system piece by
piece in case you need to opt out of certain components or change the Find behavior for a particular
module (perhaps because the default FindOpenGL.cmake module doesn’t work with your system as an example).
If you want to use a more convenient module that includes everything, use the FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake
instead of the Findosg*.cmake modules.

Locate osgQt This module defines

OSGQT_FOUND - Was osgQt found? OSGQT_INCLUDE_DIR - Where to find the headers OSGQT_LIBRARIES - The
libraries to link for osgQt (use this)

OSGQT_LIBRARY - The osgQt library OSGQT_LIBRARY_DEBUG - The osgQt debug library

$OSGDIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the

Created by Eric Wing. Modified to work with osgQt by Robert Osfield, January 2012.

Findosg
NOTE: It is highly recommended that you use the new FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake introduced in CMake 2.6.3
and not use this Find module directly.

This is part of the Findosg* suite used to find OpenSceneGraph components. Each component is separate
and you must opt in to each module. You must also opt into OpenGL and OpenThreads (and Producer if
needed) as these modules won’t do it for you. This is to allow you control over your own system piece by
piece in case you need to opt out of certain components or change the Find behavior for a particular
module (perhaps because the default FindOpenGL.cmake module doesn’t work with your system as an example).
If you want to use a more convenient module that includes everything, use the FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake
instead of the Findosg*.cmake modules.

Locate osg This module defines

OSG_FOUND - Was the Osg found? OSG_INCLUDE_DIR - Where to find the headers OSG_LIBRARIES - The libraries
to link against for the OSG (use this)

OSG_LIBRARY - The OSG library OSG_LIBRARY_DEBUG - The OSG debug library

$OSGDIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the

Created by Eric Wing.

FindosgShadow
This is part of the Findosg* suite used to find OpenSceneGraph components. Each component is separate
and you must opt in to each module. You must also opt into OpenGL and OpenThreads (and Producer if
needed) as these modules won’t do it for you. This is to allow you control over your own system piece by
piece in case you need to opt out of certain components or change the Find behavior for a particular
module (perhaps because the default FindOpenGL.cmake module doesn’t work with your system as an example).
If you want to use a more convenient module that includes everything, use the FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake
instead of the Findosg*.cmake modules.

Locate osgShadow This module defines

OSGSHADOW_FOUND - Was osgShadow found? OSGSHADOW_INCLUDE_DIR - Where to find the headers
OSGSHADOW_LIBRARIES - The libraries to link for osgShadow (use this)

OSGSHADOW_LIBRARY - The osgShadow library OSGSHADOW_LIBRARY_DEBUG - The osgShadow debug library

$OSGDIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the

Created by Eric Wing.

FindosgSim
This is part of the Findosg* suite used to find OpenSceneGraph components. Each component is separate
and you must opt in to each module. You must also opt into OpenGL and OpenThreads (and Producer if
needed) as these modules won’t do it for you. This is to allow you control over your own system piece by
piece in case you need to opt out of certain components or change the Find behavior for a particular
module (perhaps because the default FindOpenGL.cmake module doesn’t work with your system as an example).
If you want to use a more convenient module that includes everything, use the FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake
instead of the Findosg*.cmake modules.

Locate osgSim This module defines

OSGSIM_FOUND - Was osgSim found? OSGSIM_INCLUDE_DIR - Where to find the headers OSGSIM_LIBRARIES - The
libraries to link for osgSim (use this)

OSGSIM_LIBRARY - The osgSim library OSGSIM_LIBRARY_DEBUG - The osgSim debug library

$OSGDIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the

Created by Eric Wing.

FindosgTerrain
This is part of the Findosg* suite used to find OpenSceneGraph components. Each component is separate
and you must opt in to each module. You must also opt into OpenGL and OpenThreads (and Producer if
needed) as these modules won’t do it for you. This is to allow you control over your own system piece by
piece in case you need to opt out of certain components or change the Find behavior for a particular
module (perhaps because the default FindOpenGL.cmake module doesn’t work with your system as an example).
If you want to use a more convenient module that includes everything, use the FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake
instead of the Findosg*.cmake modules.

Locate osgTerrain This module defines

OSGTERRAIN_FOUND - Was osgTerrain found? OSGTERRAIN_INCLUDE_DIR - Where to find the headers
OSGTERRAIN_LIBRARIES - The libraries to link for osgTerrain (use this)

OSGTERRAIN_LIBRARY - The osgTerrain library OSGTERRAIN_LIBRARY_DEBUG - The osgTerrain debug library

$OSGDIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the

Created by Eric Wing.

FindosgText
This is part of the Findosg* suite used to find OpenSceneGraph components. Each component is separate
and you must opt in to each module. You must also opt into OpenGL and OpenThreads (and Producer if
needed) as these modules won’t do it for you. This is to allow you control over your own system piece by
piece in case you need to opt out of certain components or change the Find behavior for a particular
module (perhaps because the default FindOpenGL.cmake module doesn’t work with your system as an example).
If you want to use a more convenient module that includes everything, use the FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake
instead of the Findosg*.cmake modules.

Locate osgText This module defines

OSGTEXT_FOUND - Was osgText found? OSGTEXT_INCLUDE_DIR - Where to find the headers OSGTEXT_LIBRARIES -
The libraries to link for osgText (use this)

OSGTEXT_LIBRARY - The osgText library OSGTEXT_LIBRARY_DEBUG - The osgText debug library

$OSGDIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the

Created by Eric Wing.

FindosgUtil
This is part of the Findosg* suite used to find OpenSceneGraph components. Each component is separate
and you must opt in to each module. You must also opt into OpenGL and OpenThreads (and Producer if
needed) as these modules won’t do it for you. This is to allow you control over your own system piece by
piece in case you need to opt out of certain components or change the Find behavior for a particular
module (perhaps because the default FindOpenGL.cmake module doesn’t work with your system as an example).
If you want to use a more convenient module that includes everything, use the FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake
instead of the Findosg*.cmake modules.

Locate osgUtil This module defines

OSGUTIL_FOUND - Was osgUtil found? OSGUTIL_INCLUDE_DIR - Where to find the headers OSGUTIL_LIBRARIES -
The libraries to link for osgUtil (use this)

OSGUTIL_LIBRARY - The osgUtil library OSGUTIL_LIBRARY_DEBUG - The osgUtil debug library

$OSGDIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the

Created by Eric Wing.

FindosgViewer
This is part of the Findosg* suite used to find OpenSceneGraph components. Each component is separate
and you must opt in to each module. You must also opt into OpenGL and OpenThreads (and Producer if
needed) as these modules won’t do it for you. This is to allow you control over your own system piece by
piece in case you need to opt out of certain components or change the Find behavior for a particular
module (perhaps because the default FindOpenGL.cmake module doesn’t work with your system as an example).
If you want to use a more convenient module that includes everything, use the FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake
instead of the Findosg*.cmake modules.

Locate osgViewer This module defines

OSGVIEWER_FOUND - Was osgViewer found? OSGVIEWER_INCLUDE_DIR - Where to find the headers
OSGVIEWER_LIBRARIES - The libraries to link for osgViewer (use this)

OSGVIEWER_LIBRARY - The osgViewer library OSGVIEWER_LIBRARY_DEBUG - The osgViewer debug library

$OSGDIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the

Created by Eric Wing.

FindosgVolume
This is part of the Findosg* suite used to find OpenSceneGraph components. Each component is separate
and you must opt in to each module. You must also opt into OpenGL and OpenThreads (and Producer if
needed) as these modules won’t do it for you. This is to allow you control over your own system piece by
piece in case you need to opt out of certain components or change the Find behavior for a particular
module (perhaps because the default FindOpenGL.cmake module doesn’t work with your system as an example).
If you want to use a more convenient module that includes everything, use the FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake
instead of the Findosg*.cmake modules.

Locate osgVolume This module defines

OSGVOLUME_FOUND - Was osgVolume found? OSGVOLUME_INCLUDE_DIR - Where to find the headers
OSGVOLUME_LIBRARIES - The libraries to link for osgVolume (use this)

OSGVOLUME_LIBRARY - The osgVolume library OSGVOLUME_LIBRARY_DEBUG - The osgVolume debug library

$OSGDIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the

Created by Eric Wing.

FindosgWidget
This is part of the Findosg* suite used to find OpenSceneGraph components. Each component is separate
and you must opt in to each module. You must also opt into OpenGL and OpenThreads (and Producer if
needed) as these modules won’t do it for you. This is to allow you control over your own system piece by
piece in case you need to opt out of certain components or change the Find behavior for a particular
module (perhaps because the default FindOpenGL.cmake module doesn’t work with your system as an example).
If you want to use a more convenient module that includes everything, use the FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake
instead of the Findosg*.cmake modules.

Locate osgWidget This module defines

OSGWIDGET_FOUND - Was osgWidget found? OSGWIDGET_INCLUDE_DIR - Where to find the headers
OSGWIDGET_LIBRARIES - The libraries to link for osgWidget (use this)

OSGWIDGET_LIBRARY - The osgWidget library OSGWIDGET_LIBRARY_DEBUG - The osgWidget debug library

$OSGDIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the

FindosgWidget.cmake tweaked from Findosg* suite as created by Eric Wing.

FindPackageHandleStandardArgs
This module provides a function intended to be used in Find Modules implementing
find_package(<PackageName>) calls. It handles the REQUIRED, QUIET and version-related arguments of
find_package. It also sets the <PackageName>_FOUND variable. The package is considered found if all
variables listed contain valid results, e.g. valid filepaths.

find_package_handle_standard_args
There are two signatures:

find_package_handle_standard_args(<PackageName>
(DEFAULT_MSG|<custom-failure-message>)
<required-var>...
)

find_package_handle_standard_args(<PackageName>
[FOUND_VAR <result-var>]
[REQUIRED_VARS <required-var>...]
[VERSION_VAR <version-var>]
[HANDLE_COMPONENTS]
[CONFIG_MODE]
[FAIL_MESSAGE <custom-failure-message>]
)

The <PackageName>_FOUND variable will be set to TRUE if all the variables <required-var>... are
valid and any optional constraints are satisfied, and FALSE otherwise. A success or failure
message may be displayed based on the results and on whether the REQUIRED and/or QUIET option was
given to the find_package() call.

The options are:

(DEFAULT_MSG|<custom-failure-message>)
In the simple signature this specifies the failure message. Use DEFAULT_MSG to ask for a
default message to be computed (recommended). Not valid in the full signature.

FOUND_VAR <result-var>
Obsolete. Specifies either <PackageName>_FOUND or <PACKAGENAME>_FOUND as the result
variable. This exists only for compatibility with older versions of CMake and is now
ignored. Result variables of both names are always set for compatibility.

REQUIRED_VARS <required-var>...
Specify the variables which are required for this package. These may be named in the
generated failure message asking the user to set the missing variable values. Therefore
these should typically be cache entries such as FOO_LIBRARY and not output variables like
FOO_LIBRARIES.

VERSION_VAR <version-var>
Specify the name of a variable that holds the version of the package that has been found.
This version will be checked against the (potentially) specified required version given to
the find_package() call, including its EXACT option. The default messages include
information about the required version and the version which has been actually found, both
if the version is ok or not.

HANDLE_COMPONENTS
Enable handling of package components. In this case, the command will report which
components have been found and which are missing, and the <PackageName>_FOUND variable will
be set to FALSE if any of the required components (i.e. not the ones listed after the
OPTIONAL_COMPONENTS option of find_package()) are missing.

CONFIG_MODE
Specify that the calling find module is a wrapper around a call to
find_package(<PackageName> NO_MODULE). This implies a VERSION_VAR value of
<PackageName>_VERSION. The command will automatically check whether the package
configuration file was found.

FAIL_MESSAGE <custom-failure-message>
Specify a custom failure message instead of using the default generated message. Not
recommended.

Example for the simple signature:

find_package_handle_standard_args(LibXml2 DEFAULT_MSG
LIBXML2_LIBRARY LIBXML2_INCLUDE_DIR)

The LibXml2 package is considered to be found if both LIBXML2_LIBRARY and LIBXML2_INCLUDE_DIR are valid.
Then also LibXml2_FOUND is set to TRUE. If it is not found and REQUIRED was used, it fails with a
message(FATAL_ERROR), independent whether QUIET was used or not. If it is found, success will be
reported, including the content of the first <required-var>. On repeated CMake runs, the same message
will not be printed again.

Example for the full signature:

find_package_handle_standard_args(LibArchive
REQUIRED_VARS LibArchive_LIBRARY LibArchive_INCLUDE_DIR
VERSION_VAR LibArchive_VERSION)

In this case, the LibArchive package is considered to be found if both LibArchive_LIBRARY and
LibArchive_INCLUDE_DIR are valid. Also the version of LibArchive will be checked by using the version
contained in LibArchive_VERSION. Since no FAIL_MESSAGE is given, the default messages will be printed.

Another example for the full signature:

find_package(Automoc4 QUIET NO_MODULE HINTS /opt/automoc4)
find_package_handle_standard_args(Automoc4 CONFIG_MODE)

In this case, a FindAutmoc4.cmake module wraps a call to find_package(Automoc4 NO_MODULE) and adds an
additional search directory for automoc4. Then the call to find_package_handle_standard_args produces a
proper success/failure message.

FindPackageMessage
FIND_PACKAGE_MESSAGE(<name> “message for user” “find result details”)

This macro is intended to be used in FindXXX.cmake modules files. It will print a message once for each
unique find result. This is useful for telling the user where a package was found. The first argument
specifies the name (XXX) of the package. The second argument specifies the message to display. The
third argument lists details about the find result so that if they change the message will be displayed
again. The macro also obeys the QUIET argument to the find_package command.

Example:

if(X11_FOUND)
FIND_PACKAGE_MESSAGE(X11 "Found X11: ${X11_X11_LIB}"
"[${X11_X11_LIB}][${X11_INCLUDE_DIR}]")
else()
...
endif()

FindPatch
The module defines the following variables:

Patch_EXECUTABLE
Path to patch command-line executable.

Patch_FOUND
True if the patch command-line executable was found.

The following IMPORTED targets are also defined:

Patch::patch
The command-line executable.

Example usage:

find_package(Patch)
if(Patch_FOUND)
message("Patch found: ${Patch_EXECUTABLE}")
endif()

FindPerlLibs
Find Perl libraries

This module finds if PERL is installed and determines where the include files and libraries are. It also
determines what the name of the library is. This code sets the following variables:

PERLLIBS_FOUND = True if perl.h & libperl were found
PERL_INCLUDE_PATH = path to where perl.h is found
PERL_LIBRARY = path to libperl
PERL_EXECUTABLE = full path to the perl binary

The minimum required version of Perl can be specified using the standard syntax, e.g.
find_package(PerlLibs 6.0)

The following variables are also available if needed
(introduced after CMake 2.6.4)

PERL_SITESEARCH = path to the sitesearch install dir
PERL_SITELIB = path to the sitelib install directory
PERL_VENDORARCH = path to the vendor arch install directory
PERL_VENDORLIB = path to the vendor lib install directory
PERL_ARCHLIB = path to the arch lib install directory
PERL_PRIVLIB = path to the priv lib install directory
PERL_EXTRA_C_FLAGS = Compilation flags used to build perl

FindPerl
Find perl

this module looks for Perl

PERL_EXECUTABLE - the full path to perl
PERL_FOUND - If false, don't attempt to use perl.
PERL_VERSION_STRING - version of perl found (since CMake 2.8.8)

FindPHP4
Find PHP4

This module finds if PHP4 is installed and determines where the include files and libraries are. It also
determines what the name of the library is. This code sets the following variables:

PHP4_INCLUDE_PATH = path to where php.h can be found
PHP4_EXECUTABLE = full path to the php4 binary

FindPhysFS
Locate PhysFS library This module defines PHYSFS_LIBRARY, the name of the library to link against
PHYSFS_FOUND, if false, do not try to link to PHYSFS PHYSFS_INCLUDE_DIR, where to find physfs.h

$PHYSFSDIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the

Created by Eric Wing.

FindPike
Find Pike

This module finds if PIKE is installed and determines where the include files and libraries are. It also
determines what the name of the library is. This code sets the following variables:

PIKE_INCLUDE_PATH = path to where program.h is found
PIKE_EXECUTABLE = full path to the pike binary

FindPkgConfig
A pkg-config module for CMake.

Finds the pkg-config executable and add the pkg_check_modules() and pkg_search_module() commands.

In order to find the pkg-config executable, it uses the PKG_CONFIG_EXECUTABLE variable or the PKG_CONFIG
environment variable first.

pkg_get_variable
Retrieves the value of a variable from a package:

pkg_get_variable(<RESULT> <MODULE> <VARIABLE>)

If multiple values are returned variable will contain a ;-list.

For example:

pkg_get_variable(GI_GIRDIR gobject-introspection-1.0 girdir)

pkg_check_modules
Checks for all the given modules.

pkg_check_modules(<PREFIX> [REQUIRED] [QUIET]
[NO_CMAKE_PATH] [NO_CMAKE_ENVIRONMENT_PATH]
[IMPORTED_TARGET]
<MODULE> [<MODULE>]*)

When the REQUIRED argument was set, macros will fail with an error when module(s) could not be
found.

When the QUIET argument is set, no status messages will be printed.

By default, if CMAKE_MINIMUM_REQUIRED_VERSION is 3.1 or later, or if
PKG_CONFIG_USE_CMAKE_PREFIX_PATH is set, the CMAKE_PREFIX_PATH, CMAKE_FRAMEWORK_PATH, and
CMAKE_APPBUNDLE_PATH cache and environment variables will be added to pkg-config search path. The
NO_CMAKE_PATH and NO_CMAKE_ENVIRONMENT_PATH arguments disable this behavior for the cache
variables and the environment variables, respectively. The IMPORTED_TARGET argument will create
an imported target named PkgConfig::<PREFIX>> that can be passed directly as an argument to
target_link_libraries().

It sets the following variables:

PKG_CONFIG_FOUND ... if pkg-config executable was found
PKG_CONFIG_EXECUTABLE ... pathname of the pkg-config program
PKG_CONFIG_VERSION_STRING ... the version of the pkg-config program found
(since CMake 2.8.8)

For the following variables two sets of values exist; first one is the common one and has the
given PREFIX. The second set contains flags which are given out when pkg-config was called with
the --static option.

<XPREFIX>_FOUND ... set to 1 if module(s) exist
<XPREFIX>_LIBRARIES ... only the libraries (w/o the '-l')
<XPREFIX>_LIBRARY_DIRS ... the paths of the libraries (w/o the '-L')
<XPREFIX>_LDFLAGS ... all required linker flags
<XPREFIX>_LDFLAGS_OTHER ... all other linker flags
<XPREFIX>_INCLUDE_DIRS ... the '-I' preprocessor flags (w/o the '-I')
<XPREFIX>_CFLAGS ... all required cflags
<XPREFIX>_CFLAGS_OTHER ... the other compiler flags

<XPREFIX> = <PREFIX> for common case
<XPREFIX> = <PREFIX>_STATIC for static linking

Every variable containing multiple values will be a ;-list.

There are some special variables whose prefix depends on the count of given modules. When there
is only one module, <PREFIX> stays unchanged. When there are multiple modules, the prefix will be
changed to <PREFIX>_<MODNAME>:

<XPREFIX>_VERSION ... version of the module
<XPREFIX>_PREFIX ... prefix-directory of the module
<XPREFIX>_INCLUDEDIR ... include-dir of the module
<XPREFIX>_LIBDIR ... lib-dir of the module

<XPREFIX> = <PREFIX> when |MODULES| == 1, else
<XPREFIX> = <PREFIX>_<MODNAME>

A <MODULE> parameter can have the following formats:

{MODNAME} ... matches any version
{MODNAME}>={VERSION} ... at least version <VERSION> is required
{MODNAME}={VERSION} ... exactly version <VERSION> is required
{MODNAME}<={VERSION} ... modules must not be newer than <VERSION>

Examples

pkg_check_modules (GLIB2 glib-2.0)

pkg_check_modules (GLIB2 glib-2.0>=2.10)

Requires at least version 2.10 of glib2 and defines e.g. GLIB2_VERSION=2.10.3

pkg_check_modules (FOO glib-2.0>=2.10 gtk+-2.0)

Requires both glib2 and gtk2, and defines e.g. FOO_glib-2.0_VERSION=2.10.3 and
FOO_gtk+-2.0_VERSION=2.8.20

pkg_check_modules (XRENDER REQUIRED xrender)

Defines for example:

XRENDER_LIBRARIES=Xrender;X11``
XRENDER_STATIC_LIBRARIES=Xrender;X11;pthread;Xau;Xdmcp

pkg_search_module
Same as pkg_check_modules(), but instead it checks for given modules and uses the first working
one.

pkg_search_module(<PREFIX> [REQUIRED] [QUIET]
[NO_CMAKE_PATH] [NO_CMAKE_ENVIRONMENT_PATH]
[IMPORTED_TARGET]
<MODULE> [<MODULE>]*)

Examples

pkg_search_module (BAR libxml-2.0 libxml2 libxml>=2)

PKG_CONFIG_EXECUTABLE
Path to the pkg-config executable.

PKG_CONFIG_USE_CMAKE_PREFIX_PATH
Whether pkg_check_modules() and pkg_search_module() should add the paths in CMAKE_PREFIX_PATH,
CMAKE_FRAMEWORK_PATH, and CMAKE_APPBUNDLE_PATH cache and environment variables to pkg-config
search path.

If this variable is not set, this behavior is enabled by default if CMAKE_MINIMUM_REQUIRED_VERSION
is 3.1 or later, disabled otherwise.

FindPNG
Find libpng, the official reference library for the PNG image format.

Imported targets
This module defines the following IMPORTED target:

PNG::PNG
The libpng library, if found.

Result variables
This module will set the following variables in your project:

PNG_INCLUDE_DIRS
where to find png.h, etc.

PNG_LIBRARIES
the libraries to link against to use PNG.

PNG_DEFINITIONS
You should add_definitions(${PNG_DEFINITIONS}) before compiling code that includes png library
files.

PNG_FOUND
If false, do not try to use PNG.

PNG_VERSION_STRING
the version of the PNG library found (since CMake 2.8.8)

Obsolete variables
The following variables may also be set, for backwards compatibility:

PNG_LIBRARY
where to find the PNG library.

PNG_INCLUDE_DIR
where to find the PNG headers (same as PNG_INCLUDE_DIRS)

Since PNG depends on the ZLib compression library, none of the above will be defined unless ZLib can be
found.

FindPostgreSQL
Find the PostgreSQL installation.

This module defines

PostgreSQL_LIBRARIES - the PostgreSQL libraries needed for linking
PostgreSQL_INCLUDE_DIRS - the directories of the PostgreSQL headers
PostgreSQL_LIBRARY_DIRS - the link directories for PostgreSQL libraries
PostgreSQL_VERSION_STRING - the version of PostgreSQL found (since CMake 2.8.8)

FindProducer
Though Producer isn’t directly part of OpenSceneGraph, its primary user is OSG so I consider this part of
the Findosg* suite used to find OpenSceneGraph components. You’ll notice that I accept OSGDIR as an
environment path.

Each component is separate and you must opt in to each module. You must also opt into OpenGL (and
OpenThreads?) as these modules won’t do it for you. This is to allow you control over your own system
piece by piece in case you need to opt out of certain components or change the Find behavior for a
particular module (perhaps because the default FindOpenGL.cmake module doesn’t work with your system as
an example). If you want to use a more convenient module that includes everything, use the
FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake instead of the Findosg*.cmake modules.

Locate Producer This module defines PRODUCER_LIBRARY PRODUCER_FOUND, if false, do not try to link to
Producer PRODUCER_INCLUDE_DIR, where to find the headers

$PRODUCER_DIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the

Created by Eric Wing.

FindProtobuf
Locate and configure the Google Protocol Buffers library.

The following variables can be set and are optional:

Protobuf_SRC_ROOT_FOLDER
When compiling with MSVC, if this cache variable is set the protobuf-default VS project build
locations (vsprojects/Debug and vsprojects/Release or vsprojects/x64/Debug and
vsprojects/x64/Release) will be searched for libraries and binaries.

Protobuf_IMPORT_DIRS
List of additional directories to be searched for imported .proto files.

Protobuf_DEBUG
Show debug messages.

Protobuf_USE_STATIC_LIBS
Set to ON to force the use of the static libraries. Default is OFF.

Defines the following variables:

Protobuf_FOUND
Found the Google Protocol Buffers library (libprotobuf & header files)

Protobuf_VERSION
Version of package found.

Protobuf_INCLUDE_DIRS
Include directories for Google Protocol Buffers

Protobuf_LIBRARIES
The protobuf libraries

Protobuf_PROTOC_LIBRARIES
The protoc libraries

Protobuf_LITE_LIBRARIES
The protobuf-lite libraries

The following IMPORTED targets are also defined:

protobuf::libprotobuf
The protobuf library.

protobuf::libprotobuf-lite
The protobuf lite library.

protobuf::libprotoc
The protoc library.

protobuf::protoc
The protoc compiler.

The following cache variables are also available to set or use:

Protobuf_LIBRARY
The protobuf library

Protobuf_PROTOC_LIBRARY
The protoc library

Protobuf_INCLUDE_DIR
The include directory for protocol buffers

Protobuf_PROTOC_EXECUTABLE
The protoc compiler

Protobuf_LIBRARY_DEBUG
The protobuf library (debug)

Protobuf_PROTOC_LIBRARY_DEBUG
The protoc library (debug)

Protobuf_LITE_LIBRARY
The protobuf lite library

Protobuf_LITE_LIBRARY_DEBUG
The protobuf lite library (debug)

Example:

find_package(Protobuf REQUIRED)
include_directories(${Protobuf_INCLUDE_DIRS})
include_directories(${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR})
protobuf_generate_cpp(PROTO_SRCS PROTO_HDRS foo.proto)
protobuf_generate_cpp(PROTO_SRCS PROTO_HDRS EXPORT_MACRO DLL_EXPORT foo.proto)
protobuf_generate_cpp(PROTO_SRCS PROTO_HDRS DESCRIPTORS PROTO_DESCS foo.proto)
protobuf_generate_python(PROTO_PY foo.proto)
add_executable(bar bar.cc ${PROTO_SRCS} ${PROTO_HDRS})
target_link_libraries(bar ${Protobuf_LIBRARIES})

NOTE:
The protobuf_generate_cpp and protobuf_generate_python functions and add_executable() or add_library()
calls only work properly within the same directory.

protobuf_generate_cpp
Add custom commands to process .proto files to C++:

protobuf_generate_cpp (<SRCS> <HDRS>
[DESCRIPTORS <DESC>] [EXPORT_MACRO <MACRO>] [<ARGN>...])

SRCS Variable to define with autogenerated source files

HDRS Variable to define with autogenerated header files

DESCRIPTORS
Variable to define with autogenerated descriptor files, if requested.

EXPORT_MACRO
is a macro which should expand to __declspec(dllexport) or __declspec(dllimport) depending
on what is being compiled.

ARGN .proto files

protobuf_generate_python
Add custom commands to process .proto files to Python:

protobuf_generate_python (<PY> [<ARGN>...])

PY Variable to define with autogenerated Python files

ARGN .proto filess

FindPythonInterp
Find python interpreter

This module finds if Python interpreter is installed and determines where the executables are. This code
sets the following variables:

PYTHONINTERP_FOUND - Was the Python executable found
PYTHON_EXECUTABLE - path to the Python interpreter

PYTHON_VERSION_STRING - Python version found e.g. 2.5.2
PYTHON_VERSION_MAJOR - Python major version found e.g. 2
PYTHON_VERSION_MINOR - Python minor version found e.g. 5
PYTHON_VERSION_PATCH - Python patch version found e.g. 2

The Python_ADDITIONAL_VERSIONS variable can be used to specify a list of version numbers that should be
taken into account when searching for Python. You need to set this variable before calling
find_package(PythonInterp).

If calling both find_package(PythonInterp) and find_package(PythonLibs), call find_package(PythonInterp)
first to get the currently active Python version by default with a consistent version of
PYTHON_LIBRARIES.

FindPythonLibs
Find python libraries

This module finds if Python is installed and determines where the include files and libraries are. It
also determines what the name of the library is. This code sets the following variables:

PYTHONLIBS_FOUND - have the Python libs been found
PYTHON_LIBRARIES - path to the python library
PYTHON_INCLUDE_PATH - path to where Python.h is found (deprecated)
PYTHON_INCLUDE_DIRS - path to where Python.h is found
PYTHON_DEBUG_LIBRARIES - path to the debug library (deprecated)
PYTHONLIBS_VERSION_STRING - version of the Python libs found (since CMake 2.8.8)

If you’d like to specify the installation of Python to use, you should modify the following cache
variables:

PYTHON_LIBRARY - path to the python library
PYTHON_INCLUDE_DIR - path to where Python.h is found

FindQt3
Locate Qt include paths and libraries

This module defines:

QT_INCLUDE_DIR - where to find qt.h, etc.
QT_LIBRARIES - the libraries to link against to use Qt.
QT_DEFINITIONS - definitions to use when
compiling code that uses Qt.
QT_FOUND - If false, don't try to use Qt.
QT_VERSION_STRING - the version of Qt found

If you need the multithreaded version of Qt, set QT_MT_REQUIRED to TRUE

Also defined, but not for general use are:

QT_MOC_EXECUTABLE, where to find the moc tool.
QT_UIC_EXECUTABLE, where to find the uic tool.
QT_QT_LIBRARY, where to find the Qt library.
QT_QTMAIN_LIBRARY, where to find the qtmain
library. This is only required by Qt3 on Windows.

FindQt4
Finding and Using Qt4
This module can be used to find Qt4. The most important issue is that the Qt4 qmake is available via the
system path. This qmake is then used to detect basically everything else. This module defines a number
of IMPORTED targets, macros and variables.

Typical usage could be something like:

set(CMAKE_AUTOMOC ON)
set(CMAKE_INCLUDE_CURRENT_DIR ON)
find_package(Qt4 4.4.3 REQUIRED QtGui QtXml)
add_executable(myexe main.cpp)
target_link_libraries(myexe Qt4::QtGui Qt4::QtXml)

NOTE:
When using IMPORTED targets, the qtmain.lib static library is automatically linked on Windows for
WIN32 executables. To disable that globally, set the QT4_NO_LINK_QTMAIN variable before finding Qt4.
To disable that for a particular executable, set the QT4_NO_LINK_QTMAIN target property to TRUE on the
executable.

Qt Build Tools
Qt relies on some bundled tools for code generation, such as moc for meta-object code generation,``uic``
for widget layout and population, and rcc for virtual filesystem content generation. These tools may be
automatically invoked by cmake(1) if the appropriate conditions are met. See cmake-qt(7) for more.

Qt Macros
In some cases it can be necessary or useful to invoke the Qt build tools in a more-manual way. Several
macros are available to add targets for such uses.

macro QT4_WRAP_CPP(outfiles inputfile ... [TARGET tgt] OPTIONS ...)
create moc code from a list of files containing Qt class with
the Q_OBJECT declaration. Per-directory preprocessor definitions
are also added. If the <tgt> is specified, the
INTERFACE_INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES and INTERFACE_COMPILE_DEFINITIONS from
the <tgt> are passed to moc. Options may be given to moc, such as
those found when executing "moc -help".

macro QT4_WRAP_UI(outfiles inputfile ... OPTIONS ...)
create code from a list of Qt designer ui files.
Options may be given to uic, such as those found
when executing "uic -help"

macro QT4_ADD_RESOURCES(outfiles inputfile ... OPTIONS ...)
create code from a list of Qt resource files.
Options may be given to rcc, such as those found
when executing "rcc -help"

macro QT4_GENERATE_MOC(inputfile outputfile [TARGET tgt])
creates a rule to run moc on infile and create outfile.
Use this if for some reason QT4_WRAP_CPP() isn't appropriate, e.g.
because you need a custom filename for the moc file or something
similar. If the <tgt> is specified, the
INTERFACE_INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES and INTERFACE_COMPILE_DEFINITIONS from
the <tgt> are passed to moc.

macro QT4_ADD_DBUS_INTERFACE(outfiles interface basename)
Create the interface header and implementation files with the
given basename from the given interface xml file and add it to
the list of sources.

You can pass additional parameters to the qdbusxml2cpp call by setting
properties on the input file:

INCLUDE the given file will be included in the generate interface header

CLASSNAME the generated class is named accordingly

NO_NAMESPACE the generated class is not wrapped in a namespace

macro QT4_ADD_DBUS_INTERFACES(outfiles inputfile ... )
Create the interface header and implementation files
for all listed interface xml files.
The basename will be automatically determined from the name
of the xml file.

The source file properties described for
QT4_ADD_DBUS_INTERFACE also apply here.

macro QT4_ADD_DBUS_ADAPTOR(outfiles xmlfile parentheader parentclassname
[basename] [classname])
create a dbus adaptor (header and implementation file) from the xml file
describing the interface, and add it to the list of sources. The adaptor
forwards the calls to a parent class, defined in parentheader and named
parentclassname. The name of the generated files will be
<basename>adaptor.{cpp,h} where basename defaults to the basename of the
xml file.
If <classname> is provided, then it will be used as the classname of the
adaptor itself.

macro QT4_GENERATE_DBUS_INTERFACE( header [interfacename] OPTIONS ...)
generate the xml interface file from the given header.
If the optional argument interfacename is omitted, the name of the
interface file is constructed from the basename of the header with
the suffix .xml appended.
Options may be given to qdbuscpp2xml, such as those found when
executing "qdbuscpp2xml --help"

macro QT4_CREATE_TRANSLATION( qm_files directories ... sources ...
ts_files ... OPTIONS ...)
out: qm_files
in: directories sources ts_files
options: flags to pass to lupdate, such as -extensions to specify
extensions for a directory scan.
generates commands to create .ts (vie lupdate) and .qm
(via lrelease) - files from directories and/or sources. The ts files are
created and/or updated in the source tree (unless given with full paths).
The qm files are generated in the build tree.
Updating the translations can be done by adding the qm_files
to the source list of your library/executable, so they are
always updated, or by adding a custom target to control when
they get updated/generated.

macro QT4_ADD_TRANSLATION( qm_files ts_files ... )
out: qm_files
in: ts_files
generates commands to create .qm from .ts - files. The generated
filenames can be found in qm_files. The ts_files
must exist and are not updated in any way.

macro QT4_AUTOMOC(sourcefile1 sourcefile2 ... [TARGET tgt])
The qt4_automoc macro is obsolete. Use the CMAKE_AUTOMOC feature instead.
This macro is still experimental.
It can be used to have moc automatically handled.
So if you have the files foo.h and foo.cpp, and in foo.h a
a class uses the Q_OBJECT macro, moc has to run on it. If you don't
want to use QT4_WRAP_CPP() (which is reliable and mature), you can insert
#include "foo.moc"
in foo.cpp and then give foo.cpp as argument to QT4_AUTOMOC(). This will
scan all listed files at cmake-time for such included moc files and if it
finds them cause a rule to be generated to run moc at build time on the
accompanying header file foo.h.
If a source file has the SKIP_AUTOMOC property set it will be ignored by
this macro.
If the <tgt> is specified, the INTERFACE_INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES and
INTERFACE_COMPILE_DEFINITIONS from the <tgt> are passed to moc.

function QT4_USE_MODULES( target [link_type] modules...)
This function is obsolete. Use target_link_libraries with IMPORTED targets
instead.
Make <target> use the <modules> from Qt. Using a Qt module means
to link to the library, add the relevant include directories for the
module, and add the relevant compiler defines for using the module.
Modules are roughly equivalent to components of Qt4, so usage would be
something like:
qt4_use_modules(myexe Core Gui Declarative)
to use QtCore, QtGui and QtDeclarative. The optional <link_type> argument
can be specified as either LINK_PUBLIC or LINK_PRIVATE to specify the
same argument to the target_link_libraries call.

IMPORTED Targets
A particular Qt library may be used by using the corresponding IMPORTED target with the
target_link_libraries() command:

target_link_libraries(myexe Qt4::QtGui Qt4::QtXml)

Using a target in this way causes :cmake(1)` to use the appropriate include directories and compile
definitions for the target when compiling myexe.

Targets are aware of their dependencies, so for example it is not necessary to list Qt4::QtCore if
another Qt library is listed, and it is not necessary to list Qt4::QtGui if Qt4::QtDeclarative is listed.
Targets may be tested for existence in the usual way with the if(TARGET) command.

The Qt toolkit may contain both debug and release libraries. cmake(1) will choose the appropriate
version based on the build configuration.

Qt4::QtCore
The QtCore target

Qt4::QtGui
The QtGui target

Qt4::Qt3Support
The Qt3Support target

Qt4::QtAssistant
The QtAssistant target

Qt4::QtAssistantClient
The QtAssistantClient target

Qt4::QAxContainer
The QAxContainer target (Windows only)

Qt4::QAxServer
The QAxServer target (Windows only)

Qt4::QtDBus
The QtDBus target

Qt4::QtDeclarative
The QtDeclarative target

Qt4::QtDesigner
The QtDesigner target

Qt4::QtDesignerComponents
The QtDesignerComponents target

Qt4::QtHelp
The QtHelp target

Qt4::QtMotif
The QtMotif target

Qt4::QtMultimedia
The QtMultimedia target

Qt4::QtNetwork
The QtNetwork target

Qt4::QtNsPLugin
The QtNsPLugin target

Qt4::QtOpenGL
The QtOpenGL target

Qt4::QtScript
The QtScript target

Qt4::QtScriptTools
The QtScriptTools target

Qt4::QtSql
The QtSql target

Qt4::QtSvg
The QtSvg target

Qt4::QtTest
The QtTest target

Qt4::QtUiTools
The QtUiTools target

Qt4::QtWebKit
The QtWebKit target

Qt4::QtXml
The QtXml target

Qt4::QtXmlPatterns
The QtXmlPatterns target

Qt4::phonon
The phonon target

Result Variables
Below is a detailed list of variables that FindQt4.cmake sets.

Qt4_FOUND
If false, don’t try to use Qt 4.

QT_FOUND
If false, don’t try to use Qt. This variable is for compatibility only.

QT4_FOUND
If false, don’t try to use Qt 4. This variable is for compatibility only.

QT_VERSION_MAJOR
The major version of Qt found.

QT_VERSION_MINOR
The minor version of Qt found.

QT_VERSION_PATCH
The patch version of Qt found.

FindQt
Searches for all installed versions of Qt.

This should only be used if your project can work with multiple versions of Qt. If not, you should just
directly use FindQt4 or FindQt3. If multiple versions of Qt are found on the machine, then The user must
set the option DESIRED_QT_VERSION to the version they want to use. If only one version of qt is found on
the machine, then the DESIRED_QT_VERSION is set to that version and the matching FindQt3 or FindQt4
module is included. Once the user sets DESIRED_QT_VERSION, then the FindQt3 or FindQt4 module is
included.

This module can only detect and switch between Qt versions 3 and 4. It cannot handle Qt5 or any later
versions.

QT_REQUIRED if this is set to TRUE then if CMake can
not find Qt4 or Qt3 an error is raised
and a message is sent to the user.

DESIRED_QT_VERSION OPTION is created
QT4_INSTALLED is set to TRUE if qt4 is found.
QT3_INSTALLED is set to TRUE if qt3 is found.

FindQuickTime
Locate QuickTime This module defines QUICKTIME_LIBRARY QUICKTIME_FOUND, if false, do not try to link to
gdal QUICKTIME_INCLUDE_DIR, where to find the headers

$QUICKTIME_DIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the

Created by Eric Wing.

FindRTI
Try to find M&S HLA RTI libraries

This module finds if any HLA RTI is installed and locates the standard RTI include files and libraries.

RTI is a simulation infrastructure standardized by IEEE and SISO. It has a well defined C++ API that
assures that simulation applications are independent on a particular RTI implementation.

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Run-Time_Infrastructure_(simulation)

This code sets the following variables:

RTI_INCLUDE_DIR = the directory where RTI includes file are found
RTI_LIBRARIES = The libraries to link against to use RTI
RTI_DEFINITIONS = -DRTI_USES_STD_FSTREAM
RTI_FOUND = Set to FALSE if any HLA RTI was not found

Report problems to <certi-devel@nongnu.org>

FindRuby
Find Ruby

This module finds if Ruby is installed and determines where the include files and libraries are. Ruby
1.8, 1.9, 2.0 and 2.1 are supported.

The minimum required version of Ruby can be specified using the standard syntax, e.g. find_package(Ruby
1.8)

It also determines what the name of the library is. This code sets the following variables:

RUBY_EXECUTABLE
full path to the ruby binary

RUBY_INCLUDE_DIRS
include dirs to be used when using the ruby library

RUBY_LIBRARY
full path to the ruby library

RUBY_VERSION
the version of ruby which was found, e.g. “1.8.7”

RUBY_FOUND
set to true if ruby ws found successfully

Also:

RUBY_INCLUDE_PATH
same as RUBY_INCLUDE_DIRS, only provided for compatibility reasons, don’t use it

FindSDL_image
Locate SDL_image library

This module defines:

SDL_IMAGE_LIBRARIES, the name of the library to link against
SDL_IMAGE_INCLUDE_DIRS, where to find the headers
SDL_IMAGE_FOUND, if false, do not try to link against
SDL_IMAGE_VERSION_STRING - human-readable string containing the
version of SDL_image

For backward compatibility the following variables are also set:

SDLIMAGE_LIBRARY (same value as SDL_IMAGE_LIBRARIES)
SDLIMAGE_INCLUDE_DIR (same value as SDL_IMAGE_INCLUDE_DIRS)
SDLIMAGE_FOUND (same value as SDL_IMAGE_FOUND)

$SDLDIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the

Created by Eric Wing. This was influenced by the FindSDL.cmake module, but with modifications to
recognize OS X frameworks and additional Unix paths (FreeBSD, etc).

FindSDL_mixer
Locate SDL_mixer library

This module defines:

SDL_MIXER_LIBRARIES, the name of the library to link against
SDL_MIXER_INCLUDE_DIRS, where to find the headers
SDL_MIXER_FOUND, if false, do not try to link against
SDL_MIXER_VERSION_STRING - human-readable string containing the
version of SDL_mixer

For backward compatibility the following variables are also set:

SDLMIXER_LIBRARY (same value as SDL_MIXER_LIBRARIES)
SDLMIXER_INCLUDE_DIR (same value as SDL_MIXER_INCLUDE_DIRS)
SDLMIXER_FOUND (same value as SDL_MIXER_FOUND)

$SDLDIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the

Created by Eric Wing. This was influenced by the FindSDL.cmake module, but with modifications to
recognize OS X frameworks and additional Unix paths (FreeBSD, etc).

FindSDL_net
Locate SDL_net library

This module defines:

SDL_NET_LIBRARIES, the name of the library to link against
SDL_NET_INCLUDE_DIRS, where to find the headers
SDL_NET_FOUND, if false, do not try to link against
SDL_NET_VERSION_STRING - human-readable string containing the version of SDL_net

For backward compatibility the following variables are also set:

SDLNET_LIBRARY (same value as SDL_NET_LIBRARIES)
SDLNET_INCLUDE_DIR (same value as SDL_NET_INCLUDE_DIRS)
SDLNET_FOUND (same value as SDL_NET_FOUND)

$SDLDIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the

Created by Eric Wing. This was influenced by the FindSDL.cmake module, but with modifications to
recognize OS X frameworks and additional Unix paths (FreeBSD, etc).

FindSDL
Locate SDL library

This module defines

SDL_LIBRARY, the name of the library to link against
SDL_FOUND, if false, do not try to link to SDL
SDL_INCLUDE_DIR, where to find SDL.h
SDL_VERSION_STRING, human-readable string containing the version of SDL

This module responds to the flag:

SDL_BUILDING_LIBRARY
If this is defined, then no SDL_main will be linked in because
only applications need main().
Otherwise, it is assumed you are building an application and this
module will attempt to locate and set the proper link flags
as part of the returned SDL_LIBRARY variable.

Don’t forget to include SDLmain.h and SDLmain.m your project for the OS X framework based version.
(Other versions link to -lSDLmain which this module will try to find on your behalf.) Also for OS X, this
module will automatically add the -framework Cocoa on your behalf.

Additional Note: If you see an empty SDL_LIBRARY_TEMP in your configuration and no SDL_LIBRARY, it means
CMake did not find your SDL library (SDL.dll, libsdl.so, SDL.framework, etc). Set SDL_LIBRARY_TEMP to
point to your SDL library, and configure again. Similarly, if you see an empty SDLMAIN_LIBRARY, you
should set this value as appropriate. These values are used to generate the final SDL_LIBRARY variable,
but when these values are unset, SDL_LIBRARY does not get created.

$SDLDIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the

Modified by Eric Wing. Added code to assist with automated building by using environmental variables and
providing a more controlled/consistent search behavior. Added new modifications to recognize OS X
frameworks and additional Unix paths (FreeBSD, etc). Also corrected the header search path to follow
“proper” SDL guidelines. Added a search for SDLmain which is needed by some platforms. Added a search
for threads which is needed by some platforms. Added needed compile switches for MinGW.

On OSX, this will prefer the Framework version (if found) over others. People will have to manually
change the cache values of SDL_LIBRARY to override this selection or set the CMake environment
CMAKE_INCLUDE_PATH to modify the search paths.

Note that the header path has changed from SDL/SDL.h to just SDL.h This needed to change because “proper”
SDL convention is #include “SDL.h”, not <SDL/SDL.h>. This is done for portability reasons because not
all systems place things in SDL/ (see FreeBSD).

FindSDL_sound
Locates the SDL_sound library

This module depends on SDL being found and must be called AFTER FindSDL.cmake is called.

This module defines

SDL_SOUND_INCLUDE_DIR, where to find SDL_sound.h
SDL_SOUND_FOUND, if false, do not try to link to SDL_sound
SDL_SOUND_LIBRARIES, this contains the list of libraries that you need
to link against.
SDL_SOUND_EXTRAS, this is an optional variable for you to add your own
flags to SDL_SOUND_LIBRARIES. This is prepended to SDL_SOUND_LIBRARIES.
This is available mostly for cases this module failed to anticipate for
and you must add additional flags. This is marked as ADVANCED.
SDL_SOUND_VERSION_STRING, human-readable string containing the
version of SDL_sound

This module also defines (but you shouldn’t need to use directly)

SDL_SOUND_LIBRARY, the name of just the SDL_sound library you would link
against. Use SDL_SOUND_LIBRARIES for you link instructions and not this one.

And might define the following as needed

MIKMOD_LIBRARY
MODPLUG_LIBRARY
OGG_LIBRARY
VORBIS_LIBRARY
SMPEG_LIBRARY
FLAC_LIBRARY
SPEEX_LIBRARY

Typically, you should not use these variables directly, and you should use SDL_SOUND_LIBRARIES which
contains SDL_SOUND_LIBRARY and the other audio libraries (if needed) to successfully compile on your
system.

Created by Eric Wing. This module is a bit more complicated than the other FindSDL* family modules. The
reason is that SDL_sound can be compiled in a large variety of different ways which are independent of
platform. SDL_sound may dynamically link against other 3rd party libraries to get additional codec
support, such as Ogg Vorbis, SMPEG, ModPlug, MikMod, FLAC, Speex, and potentially others. Under some
circumstances which I don’t fully understand, there seems to be a requirement that dependent libraries of
libraries you use must also be explicitly linked against in order to successfully compile. SDL_sound
does not currently have any system in place to know how it was compiled. So this CMake module does the
hard work in trying to discover which 3rd party libraries are required for building (if any). This
module uses a brute force approach to create a test program that uses SDL_sound, and then tries to build
it. If the build fails, it parses the error output for known symbol names to figure out which libraries
are needed.

Responds to the $SDLDIR and $SDLSOUNDDIR environmental variable that would correspond to the ./configure
–prefix=$SDLDIR used in building SDL.

On OSX, this will prefer the Framework version (if found) over others. People will have to manually
change the cache values of SDL_LIBRARY to override this selectionor set the CMake environment
CMAKE_INCLUDE_PATH to modify the search paths.

FindSDL_ttf
Locate SDL_ttf library

This module defines:

SDL_TTF_LIBRARIES, the name of the library to link against
SDL_TTF_INCLUDE_DIRS, where to find the headers
SDL_TTF_FOUND, if false, do not try to link against
SDL_TTF_VERSION_STRING - human-readable string containing the version of SDL_ttf

For backward compatibility the following variables are also set:

SDLTTF_LIBRARY (same value as SDL_TTF_LIBRARIES)
SDLTTF_INCLUDE_DIR (same value as SDL_TTF_INCLUDE_DIRS)
SDLTTF_FOUND (same value as SDL_TTF_FOUND)

$SDLDIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the

Created by Eric Wing. This was influenced by the FindSDL.cmake module, but with modifications to
recognize OS X frameworks and additional Unix paths (FreeBSD, etc).

FindSelfPackers
Find upx

This module looks for some executable packers (i.e. software that compress executables or shared libs
into on-the-fly self-extracting executables or shared libs. Examples:

UPX: http://wildsau.idv.uni-linz.ac.at/mfx/upx.html

FindSquish
– Typical Use

This module can be used to find Squish. Currently Squish versions 3 and 4 are supported.

SQUISH_FOUND If false, don't try to use Squish
SQUISH_VERSION The full version of Squish found
SQUISH_VERSION_MAJOR The major version of Squish found
SQUISH_VERSION_MINOR The minor version of Squish found
SQUISH_VERSION_PATCH The patch version of Squish found

SQUISH_INSTALL_DIR The Squish installation directory
(containing bin, lib, etc)
SQUISH_SERVER_EXECUTABLE The squishserver executable
SQUISH_CLIENT_EXECUTABLE The squishrunner executable

SQUISH_INSTALL_DIR_FOUND Was the install directory found?
SQUISH_SERVER_EXECUTABLE_FOUND Was the server executable found?
SQUISH_CLIENT_EXECUTABLE_FOUND Was the client executable found?

It provides the function squish_v4_add_test() for adding a squish test to cmake using Squish 4.x:

squish_v4_add_test(cmakeTestName
AUT targetName SUITE suiteName TEST squishTestName
[SETTINGSGROUP group] [PRE_COMMAND command] [POST_COMMAND command] )

The arguments have the following meaning:

cmakeTestName
this will be used as the first argument for add_test()

AUT targetName
the name of the cmake target which will be used as AUT, i.e. the executable which will be tested.

SUITE suiteName
this is either the full path to the squish suite, or just the last directory of the suite, i.e.
the suite name. In this case the CMakeLists.txt which calls squish_add_test() must be located in
the parent directory of the suite directory.

TEST squishTestName
the name of the squish test, i.e. the name of the subdirectory of the test inside the suite
directory.

SETTINGSGROUP group
if specified, the given settings group will be used for executing the test. If not specified, the
groupname will be “CTest_<username>”

PRE_COMMAND command
if specified, the given command will be executed before starting the squish test.

POST_COMMAND command
same as PRE_COMMAND, but after the squish test has been executed.

enable_testing()
find_package(Squish 4.0)
if (SQUISH_FOUND)
squish_v4_add_test(myTestName
AUT myApp
SUITE ${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/tests/mySuite
TEST someSquishTest
SETTINGSGROUP myGroup
)
endif ()

For users of Squish version 3.x the macro squish_v3_add_test() is provided:

squish_v3_add_test(testName applicationUnderTest testCase envVars testWrapper)
Use this macro to add a test using Squish 3.x.

enable_testing()
find_package(Squish)
if (SQUISH_FOUND)
squish_v3_add_test(myTestName myApplication testCase envVars testWrapper)
endif ()

macro SQUISH_ADD_TEST(testName applicationUnderTest testCase envVars testWrapper)

This is deprecated. Use SQUISH_V3_ADD_TEST() if you are using Squish 3.x instead.

FindSubversion
Extract information from a subversion working copy

The module defines the following variables:

Subversion_SVN_EXECUTABLE - path to svn command line client
Subversion_VERSION_SVN - version of svn command line client
Subversion_FOUND - true if the command line client was found
SUBVERSION_FOUND - same as Subversion_FOUND, set for compatibility reasons

The minimum required version of Subversion can be specified using the standard syntax, e.g.
find_package(Subversion 1.4)

If the command line client executable is found two macros are defined:

Subversion_WC_INFO(<dir> <var-prefix>)
Subversion_WC_LOG(<dir> <var-prefix>)

Subversion_WC_INFO extracts information of a subversion working copy at a given location. This macro
defines the following variables:

<var-prefix>_WC_URL - url of the repository (at <dir>)
<var-prefix>_WC_ROOT - root url of the repository
<var-prefix>_WC_REVISION - current revision
<var-prefix>_WC_LAST_CHANGED_AUTHOR - author of last commit
<var-prefix>_WC_LAST_CHANGED_DATE - date of last commit
<var-prefix>_WC_LAST_CHANGED_REV - revision of last commit
<var-prefix>_WC_INFO - output of command `svn info <dir>'

Subversion_WC_LOG retrieves the log message of the base revision of a subversion working copy at a given
location. This macro defines the variable:

<var-prefix>_LAST_CHANGED_LOG - last log of base revision

Example usage:

find_package(Subversion)
if(SUBVERSION_FOUND)
Subversion_WC_INFO(${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR} Project)
message("Current revision is ${Project_WC_REVISION}")
Subversion_WC_LOG(${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR} Project)
message("Last changed log is ${Project_LAST_CHANGED_LOG}")
endif()

FindSWIG
Find SWIG

This module finds an installed SWIG. It sets the following variables:

SWIG_FOUND - set to true if SWIG is found
SWIG_DIR - the directory where swig is installed
SWIG_EXECUTABLE - the path to the swig executable
SWIG_VERSION - the version number of the swig executable

The minimum required version of SWIG can be specified using the standard syntax, e.g. find_package(SWIG
1.1)

All information is collected from the SWIG_EXECUTABLE so the version to be found can be changed from the
command line by means of setting SWIG_EXECUTABLE

FindTCL
TK_INTERNAL_PATH was removed.

This module finds if Tcl is installed and determines where the include files and libraries are. It also
determines what the name of the library is. This code sets the following variables:

TCL_FOUND = Tcl was found
TK_FOUND = Tk was found
TCLTK_FOUND = Tcl and Tk were found
TCL_LIBRARY = path to Tcl library (tcl tcl80)
TCL_INCLUDE_PATH = path to where tcl.h can be found
TCL_TCLSH = path to tclsh binary (tcl tcl80)
TK_LIBRARY = path to Tk library (tk tk80 etc)
TK_INCLUDE_PATH = path to where tk.h can be found
TK_WISH = full path to the wish executable

In an effort to remove some clutter and clear up some issues for people who are not necessarily Tcl/Tk
gurus/developpers, some variables were moved or removed. Changes compared to CMake 2.4 are:

=> they were only useful for people writing Tcl/Tk extensions.
=> these libs are not packaged by default with Tcl/Tk distributions.
Even when Tcl/Tk is built from source, several flavors of debug libs
are created and there is no real reason to pick a single one
specifically (say, amongst tcl84g, tcl84gs, or tcl84sgx).
Let's leave that choice to the user by allowing him to assign
TCL_LIBRARY to any Tcl library, debug or not.
=> this ended up being only a Win32 variable, and there is a lot of
confusion regarding the location of this file in an installed Tcl/Tk
tree anyway (see 8.5 for example). If you need the internal path at
this point it is safer you ask directly where the *source* tree is
and dig from there.

FindTclsh
Find tclsh

This module finds if TCL is installed and determines where the include files and libraries are. It also
determines what the name of the library is. This code sets the following variables:

TCLSH_FOUND = TRUE if tclsh has been found
TCL_TCLSH = the path to the tclsh executable

In cygwin, look for the cygwin version first. Don’t look for it later to avoid finding the cygwin
version on a Win32 build.

FindTclStub
TCL_STUB_LIBRARY_DEBUG and TK_STUB_LIBRARY_DEBUG were removed.

This module finds Tcl stub libraries. It first finds Tcl include files and libraries by calling
FindTCL.cmake. How to Use the Tcl Stubs Library:

http://tcl.activestate.com/doc/howto/stubs.html

Using Stub Libraries:

http://safari.oreilly.com/0130385603/ch48lev1sec3

This code sets the following variables:

TCL_STUB_LIBRARY = path to Tcl stub library
TK_STUB_LIBRARY = path to Tk stub library
TTK_STUB_LIBRARY = path to ttk stub library

In an effort to remove some clutter and clear up some issues for people who are not necessarily Tcl/Tk
gurus/developpers, some variables were moved or removed. Changes compared to CMake 2.4 are:

=> these libs are not packaged by default with Tcl/Tk distributions.
Even when Tcl/Tk is built from source, several flavors of debug libs
are created and there is no real reason to pick a single one
specifically (say, amongst tclstub84g, tclstub84gs, or tclstub84sgx).
Let's leave that choice to the user by allowing him to assign
TCL_STUB_LIBRARY to any Tcl library, debug or not.

FindThreads
This module determines the thread library of the system.

The following variables are set

CMAKE_THREAD_LIBS_INIT - the thread library
CMAKE_USE_SPROC_INIT - are we using sproc?
CMAKE_USE_WIN32_THREADS_INIT - using WIN32 threads?
CMAKE_USE_PTHREADS_INIT - are we using pthreads
CMAKE_HP_PTHREADS_INIT - are we using hp pthreads

The following import target is created

Threads::Threads

For systems with multiple thread libraries, caller can set

CMAKE_THREAD_PREFER_PTHREAD

If the use of the -pthread compiler and linker flag is preferred then the caller can set

THREADS_PREFER_PTHREAD_FLAG

Please note that the compiler flag can only be used with the imported target. Use of both the imported
target as well as this switch is highly recommended for new code.

FindTIFF
Find the TIFF library (libtiff).

Imported targets
This module defines the following IMPORTED targets:

TIFF::TIFF
The TIFF library, if found.

Result variables
This module will set the following variables in your project:

TIFF_FOUND
true if the TIFF headers and libraries were found

TIFF_INCLUDE_DIR
the directory containing the TIFF headers

TIFF_INCLUDE_DIRS
the directory containing the TIFF headers

TIFF_LIBRARIES
TIFF libraries to be linked

Cache variables
The following cache variables may also be set:

TIFF_INCLUDE_DIR
the directory containing the TIFF headers

TIFF_LIBRARY
the path to the TIFF library

FindUnixCommands
Find Unix commands, including the ones from Cygwin

This module looks for the Unix commands bash, cp, gzip, mv, rm, and tar and stores the result in the
variables BASH, CP, GZIP, MV, RM, and TAR.

FindVTK
This module no longer exists.

This module existed in versions of CMake prior to 3.1, but became only a thin wrapper around
find_package(VTK NO_MODULE) to provide compatibility for projects using long-outdated conventions. Now
find_package(VTK) will search for VTKConfig.cmake directly.

FindVulkan
Try to find Vulkan

IMPORTED Targets
This module defines IMPORTED target Vulkan::Vulkan, if Vulkan has been found.

Result Variables
This module defines the following variables:

Vulkan_FOUND - True if Vulkan was found
Vulkan_INCLUDE_DIRS - include directories for Vulkan
Vulkan_LIBRARIES - link against this library to use Vulkan

The module will also define two cache variables:

Vulkan_INCLUDE_DIR - the Vulkan include directory
Vulkan_LIBRARY - the path to the Vulkan library

FindWget
Find wget

This module looks for wget. This module defines the following values:

WGET_EXECUTABLE: the full path to the wget tool.
WGET_FOUND: True if wget has been found.

FindWish
Find wish installation

This module finds if TCL is installed and determines where the include files and libraries are. It also
determines what the name of the library is. This code sets the following variables:

TK_WISH = the path to the wish executable

if UNIX is defined, then it will look for the cygwin version first

FindwxWidgets
Find a wxWidgets (a.k.a., wxWindows) installation.

This module finds if wxWidgets is installed and selects a default configuration to use. wxWidgets is a
modular library. To specify the modules that you will use, you need to name them as components to the
package:

find_package(wxWidgets COMPONENTS core base …)

There are two search branches: a windows style and a unix style. For windows, the following variables
are searched for and set to defaults in case of multiple choices. Change them if the defaults are not
desired (i.e., these are the only variables you should change to select a configuration):

wxWidgets_ROOT_DIR - Base wxWidgets directory
(e.g., C:/wxWidgets-2.6.3).
wxWidgets_LIB_DIR - Path to wxWidgets libraries
(e.g., C:/wxWidgets-2.6.3/lib/vc_lib).
wxWidgets_CONFIGURATION - Configuration to use
(e.g., msw, mswd, mswu, mswunivud, etc.)
wxWidgets_EXCLUDE_COMMON_LIBRARIES
- Set to TRUE to exclude linking of
commonly required libs (e.g., png tiff
jpeg zlib regex expat).

For unix style it uses the wx-config utility. You can select between debug/release, unicode/ansi,
universal/non-universal, and static/shared in the QtDialog or ccmake interfaces by turning ON/OFF the
following variables:

wxWidgets_USE_DEBUG
wxWidgets_USE_UNICODE
wxWidgets_USE_UNIVERSAL
wxWidgets_USE_STATIC

There is also a wxWidgets_CONFIG_OPTIONS variable for all other options that need to be passed to the
wx-config utility. For example, to use the base toolkit found in the /usr/local path, set the variable
(before calling the FIND_PACKAGE command) as such:

set(wxWidgets_CONFIG_OPTIONS --toolkit=base --prefix=/usr)

The following are set after the configuration is done for both windows and unix style:

wxWidgets_FOUND - Set to TRUE if wxWidgets was found.
wxWidgets_INCLUDE_DIRS - Include directories for WIN32
i.e., where to find "wx/wx.h" and
"wx/setup.h"; possibly empty for unices.
wxWidgets_LIBRARIES - Path to the wxWidgets libraries.
wxWidgets_LIBRARY_DIRS - compile time link dirs, useful for
rpath on UNIX. Typically an empty string
in WIN32 environment.
wxWidgets_DEFINITIONS - Contains defines required to compile/link
against WX, e.g. WXUSINGDLL
wxWidgets_DEFINITIONS_DEBUG- Contains defines required to compile/link
against WX debug builds, e.g. __WXDEBUG__
wxWidgets_CXX_FLAGS - Include dirs and compiler flags for
unices, empty on WIN32. Essentially
"`wx-config --cxxflags`".
wxWidgets_USE_FILE - Convenience include file.

Sample usage:

# Note that for MinGW users the order of libs is important!
find_package(wxWidgets COMPONENTS net gl core base)
if(wxWidgets_FOUND)
include(${wxWidgets_USE_FILE})
# and for each of your dependent executable/library targets:
target_link_libraries(<YourTarget> ${wxWidgets_LIBRARIES})
endif()

If wxWidgets is required (i.e., not an optional part):

find_package(wxWidgets REQUIRED net gl core base)
include(${wxWidgets_USE_FILE})
# and for each of your dependent executable/library targets:
target_link_libraries(<YourTarget> ${wxWidgets_LIBRARIES})

FindwxWindows
Find wxWindows (wxWidgets) installation

This module finds if wxWindows/wxWidgets is installed and determines where the include files and
libraries are. It also determines what the name of the library is. Please note this file is DEPRECATED
and replaced by FindwxWidgets.cmake. This code sets the following variables:

WXWINDOWS_FOUND = system has WxWindows
WXWINDOWS_LIBRARIES = path to the wxWindows libraries
on Unix/Linux with additional
linker flags from
"wx-config --libs"
CMAKE_WXWINDOWS_CXX_FLAGS = Compiler flags for wxWindows,
essentially "`wx-config --cxxflags`"
on Linux
WXWINDOWS_INCLUDE_DIR = where to find "wx/wx.h" and "wx/setup.h"
WXWINDOWS_LINK_DIRECTORIES = link directories, useful for rpath on
Unix
WXWINDOWS_DEFINITIONS = extra defines

OPTIONS If you need OpenGL support please

set(WXWINDOWS_USE_GL 1)

in your CMakeLists.txt before you include this file.

HAVE_ISYSTEM - true required to replace -I by -isystem on g++

For convenience include Use_wxWindows.cmake in your project’s CMakeLists.txt using
include(${CMAKE_CURRENT_LIST_DIR}/Use_wxWindows.cmake).

USAGE

set(WXWINDOWS_USE_GL 1)
find_package(wxWindows)

NOTES wxWidgets 2.6.x is supported for monolithic builds e.g. compiled in wx/build/msw dir as:

nmake -f makefile.vc BUILD=debug SHARED=0 USE_OPENGL=1 MONOLITHIC=1

DEPRECATED

CMAKE_WX_CAN_COMPILE
WXWINDOWS_LIBRARY
CMAKE_WX_CXX_FLAGS
WXWINDOWS_INCLUDE_PATH

AUTHOR Jan Woetzel <http://www.mip.informatik.uni-kiel.de/~jw> (07/2003-01/2006)

FindXCTest
Functions to help creating and executing XCTest bundles.

An XCTest bundle is a CFBundle with a special product-type and bundle extension. The Mac Developer
Library provides more information in the Testing with Xcode document.

Module Functions
xctest_add_bundle
The xctest_add_bundle function creates a XCTest bundle named <target> which will test the target
<testee>. Supported target types for testee are Frameworks and App Bundles:

xctest_add_bundle(
<target> # Name of the XCTest bundle
<testee> # Target name of the testee
)

xctest_add_test
The xctest_add_test function adds an XCTest bundle to the project to be run by ctest(1). The test
will be named <name> and tests <bundle>:

xctest_add_test(
<name> # Test name
<bundle> # Target name of XCTest bundle
)

Module Variables
The following variables are set by including this module:

XCTest_FOUND
True if the XCTest Framework and executable were found.

XCTest_EXECUTABLE
The path to the xctest command line tool used to execute XCTest bundles.

XCTest_INCLUDE_DIRS
The directory containing the XCTest Framework headers.

XCTest_LIBRARIES
The location of the XCTest Framework.

FindXalanC
Find the Apache Xalan-C++ XSL transform processor headers and libraries.

Imported targets
This module defines the following IMPORTED targets:

XalanC::XalanC
The Xalan-C++ xalan-c library, if found.

Result variables
This module will set the following variables in your project:

XalanC_FOUND
true if the Xalan headers and libraries were found

XalanC_VERSION
Xalan release version

XalanC_INCLUDE_DIRS
the directory containing the Xalan headers; note XercesC_INCLUDE_DIRS is also required

XalanC_LIBRARIES
Xalan libraries to be linked; note XercesC_LIBRARIES is also required

Cache variables
The following cache variables may also be set:

XalanC_INCLUDE_DIR
the directory containing the Xalan headers

XalanC_LIBRARY
the Xalan library

FindXercesC
Find the Apache Xerces-C++ validating XML parser headers and libraries.

Imported targets
This module defines the following IMPORTED targets:

XercesC::XercesC
The Xerces-C++ xerces-c library, if found.

Result variables
This module will set the following variables in your project:

XercesC_FOUND
true if the Xerces headers and libraries were found

XercesC_VERSION
Xerces release version

XercesC_INCLUDE_DIRS
the directory containing the Xerces headers

XercesC_LIBRARIES
Xerces libraries to be linked

Cache variables
The following cache variables may also be set:

XercesC_INCLUDE_DIR
the directory containing the Xerces headers

XercesC_LIBRARY
the Xerces library

FindX11
Find X11 installation

Try to find X11 on UNIX systems. The following values are defined

X11_FOUND - True if X11 is available
X11_INCLUDE_DIR - include directories to use X11
X11_LIBRARIES - link against these to use X11

and also the following more fine grained variables:

X11_ICE_INCLUDE_PATH, X11_ICE_LIB, X11_ICE_FOUND
X11_SM_INCLUDE_PATH, X11_SM_LIB, X11_SM_FOUND
X11_X11_INCLUDE_PATH, X11_X11_LIB
X11_Xaccessrules_INCLUDE_PATH, X11_Xaccess_FOUND
X11_Xaccessstr_INCLUDE_PATH, X11_Xaccess_FOUND
X11_Xau_INCLUDE_PATH, X11_Xau_LIB, X11_Xau_FOUND
X11_Xcomposite_INCLUDE_PATH, X11_Xcomposite_LIB, X11_Xcomposite_FOUND
X11_Xcursor_INCLUDE_PATH, X11_Xcursor_LIB, X11_Xcursor_FOUND
X11_Xdamage_INCLUDE_PATH, X11_Xdamage_LIB, X11_Xdamage_FOUND
X11_Xdmcp_INCLUDE_PATH, X11_Xdmcp_LIB, X11_Xdmcp_FOUND
X11_Xext_LIB, X11_Xext_FOUND
X11_dpms_INCLUDE_PATH, (in X11_Xext_LIB), X11_dpms_FOUND
X11_XShm_INCLUDE_PATH, (in X11_Xext_LIB), X11_XShm_FOUND
X11_Xshape_INCLUDE_PATH, (in X11_Xext_LIB), X11_Xshape_FOUND
X11_xf86misc_INCLUDE_PATH, X11_Xxf86misc_LIB, X11_xf86misc_FOUND
X11_xf86vmode_INCLUDE_PATH, X11_Xxf86vm_LIB X11_xf86vmode_FOUND
X11_Xfixes_INCLUDE_PATH, X11_Xfixes_LIB, X11_Xfixes_FOUND
X11_Xft_INCLUDE_PATH, X11_Xft_LIB, X11_Xft_FOUND
X11_Xi_INCLUDE_PATH, X11_Xi_LIB, X11_Xi_FOUND
X11_Xinerama_INCLUDE_PATH, X11_Xinerama_LIB, X11_Xinerama_FOUND
X11_Xinput_INCLUDE_PATH, X11_Xinput_LIB, X11_Xinput_FOUND
X11_Xkb_INCLUDE_PATH, X11_Xkb_FOUND
X11_Xkblib_INCLUDE_PATH, X11_Xkb_FOUND
X11_Xkbfile_INCLUDE_PATH, X11_Xkbfile_LIB, X11_Xkbfile_FOUND
X11_Xmu_INCLUDE_PATH, X11_Xmu_LIB, X11_Xmu_FOUND
X11_Xpm_INCLUDE_PATH, X11_Xpm_LIB, X11_Xpm_FOUND
X11_XTest_INCLUDE_PATH, X11_XTest_LIB, X11_XTest_FOUND
X11_Xrandr_INCLUDE_PATH, X11_Xrandr_LIB, X11_Xrandr_FOUND
X11_Xrender_INCLUDE_PATH, X11_Xrender_LIB, X11_Xrender_FOUND
X11_Xscreensaver_INCLUDE_PATH, X11_Xscreensaver_LIB, X11_Xscreensaver_FOUND
X11_Xt_INCLUDE_PATH, X11_Xt_LIB, X11_Xt_FOUND
X11_Xutil_INCLUDE_PATH, X11_Xutil_FOUND
X11_Xv_INCLUDE_PATH, X11_Xv_LIB, X11_Xv_FOUND
X11_XSync_INCLUDE_PATH, (in X11_Xext_LIB), X11_XSync_FOUND

FindXMLRPC
Find xmlrpc

Find the native XMLRPC headers and libraries.

XMLRPC_INCLUDE_DIRS - where to find xmlrpc.h, etc.
XMLRPC_LIBRARIES - List of libraries when using xmlrpc.
XMLRPC_FOUND - True if xmlrpc found.

XMLRPC modules may be specified as components for this find module. Modules may be listed by running
“xmlrpc-c-config”. Modules include:

c++ C++ wrapper code
libwww-client libwww-based client
cgi-server CGI-based server
abyss-server ABYSS-based server

Typical usage:

find_package(XMLRPC REQUIRED libwww-client)

FindZLIB
Find the native ZLIB includes and library.

IMPORTED Targets
This module defines IMPORTED target ZLIB::ZLIB, if ZLIB has been found.

Result Variables
This module defines the following variables:

ZLIB_INCLUDE_DIRS - where to find zlib.h, etc.
ZLIB_LIBRARIES - List of libraries when using zlib.
ZLIB_FOUND - True if zlib found.

ZLIB_VERSION_STRING - The version of zlib found (x.y.z)
ZLIB_VERSION_MAJOR - The major version of zlib
ZLIB_VERSION_MINOR - The minor version of zlib
ZLIB_VERSION_PATCH - The patch version of zlib
ZLIB_VERSION_TWEAK - The tweak version of zlib

Backward Compatibility
The following variable are provided for backward compatibility

ZLIB_MAJOR_VERSION - The major version of zlib
ZLIB_MINOR_VERSION - The minor version of zlib
ZLIB_PATCH_VERSION - The patch version of zlib

Hints
A user may set ZLIB_ROOT to a zlib installation root to tell this module where to look.

FortranCInterface
Fortran/C Interface Detection

This module automatically detects the API by which C and Fortran languages interact.

Module Variables
Variables that indicate if the mangling is found:

FortranCInterface_GLOBAL_FOUND
Global subroutines and functions.

FortranCInterface_MODULE_FOUND
Module subroutines and functions (declared by “MODULE PROCEDURE”).

This module also provides the following variables to specify the detected mangling, though a typical use
case does not need to reference them and can use the Module Functions below.

FortranCInterface_GLOBAL_PREFIX
Prefix for a global symbol without an underscore.

FortranCInterface_GLOBAL_SUFFIX
Suffix for a global symbol without an underscore.

FortranCInterface_GLOBAL_CASE
The case for a global symbol without an underscore, either UPPER or LOWER.

FortranCInterface_GLOBAL__PREFIX
Prefix for a global symbol with an underscore.

FortranCInterface_GLOBAL__SUFFIX
Suffix for a global symbol with an underscore.

FortranCInterface_GLOBAL__CASE
The case for a global symbol with an underscore, either UPPER or LOWER.

FortranCInterface_MODULE_PREFIX
Prefix for a module symbol without an underscore.

FortranCInterface_MODULE_MIDDLE
Middle of a module symbol without an underscore that appears between the name of the module and
the name of the symbol.

FortranCInterface_MODULE_SUFFIX
Suffix for a module symbol without an underscore.

FortranCInterface_MODULE_CASE
The case for a module symbol without an underscore, either UPPER or LOWER.

FortranCInterface_MODULE__PREFIX
Prefix for a module symbol with an underscore.

FortranCInterface_MODULE__MIDDLE
Middle of a module symbol with an underscore that appears between the name of the module and the
name of the symbol.

FortranCInterface_MODULE__SUFFIX
Suffix for a module symbol with an underscore.

FortranCInterface_MODULE__CASE
The case for a module symbol with an underscore, either UPPER or LOWER.

Module Functions
FortranCInterface_HEADER
The FortranCInterface_HEADER function is provided to generate a C header file containing macros to
mangle symbol names:

FortranCInterface_HEADER(<file>
[MACRO_NAMESPACE <macro-ns>]
[SYMBOL_NAMESPACE <ns>]
[SYMBOLS [<module>:]<function> ...])

It generates in <file> definitions of the following macros:

#define FortranCInterface_GLOBAL (name,NAME) ...
#define FortranCInterface_GLOBAL_(name,NAME) ...
#define FortranCInterface_MODULE (mod,name, MOD,NAME) ...
#define FortranCInterface_MODULE_(mod,name, MOD,NAME) ...

These macros mangle four categories of Fortran symbols, respectively:

• Global symbols without ‘_’: call mysub()

• Global symbols with ‘_’ : call my_sub()

• Module symbols without ‘_’: use mymod; call mysub()

• Module symbols with ‘_’ : use mymod; call my_sub()

If mangling for a category is not known, its macro is left undefined. All macros require raw
names in both lower case and upper case.

The options are:

MACRO_NAMESPACE
Replace the default FortranCInterface_ prefix with a given namespace <macro-ns>.

SYMBOLS
List symbols to mangle automatically with C preprocessor definitions:

<function> ==> #define <ns><function> ...
<module>:<function> ==> #define <ns><module>_<function> ...

If the mangling for some symbol is not known then no preprocessor definition is created,
and a warning is displayed.

SYMBOL_NAMESPACE
Prefix all preprocessor definitions generated by the SYMBOLS option with a given namespace
<ns>.

FortranCInterface_VERIFY
The FortranCInterface_VERIFY function is provided to verify that the Fortran and C/C++ compilers
work together:

FortranCInterface_VERIFY([CXX] [QUIET])

It tests whether a simple test executable using Fortran and C (and C++ when the CXX option is
given) compiles and links successfully. The result is stored in the cache entry
FortranCInterface_VERIFIED_C (or FortranCInterface_VERIFIED_CXX if CXX is given) as a boolean. If
the check fails and QUIET is not given the function terminates with a fatal error message
describing the problem. The purpose of this check is to stop a build early for incompatible
compiler combinations. The test is built in the Release configuration.

Example Usage
include(FortranCInterface)
FortranCInterface_HEADER(FC.h MACRO_NAMESPACE "FC_")

This creates a “FC.h” header that defines mangling macros FC_GLOBAL(), FC_GLOBAL_(), FC_MODULE(), and
FC_MODULE_().

include(FortranCInterface)
FortranCInterface_HEADER(FCMangle.h
MACRO_NAMESPACE "FC_"
SYMBOL_NAMESPACE "FC_"
SYMBOLS mysub mymod:my_sub)

This creates a “FCMangle.h” header that defines the same FC_*() mangling macros as the previous example
plus preprocessor symbols FC_mysub and FC_mymod_my_sub.

Additional Manglings
FortranCInterface is aware of possible GLOBAL and MODULE manglings for many Fortran compilers, but it
also provides an interface to specify new possible manglings. Set the variables:

FortranCInterface_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS
FortranCInterface_MODULE_SYMBOLS

before including FortranCInterface to specify manglings of the symbols MySub, My_Sub, MyModule:MySub, and
My_Module:My_Sub. For example, the code:

set(FortranCInterface_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS mysub_ my_sub__ MYSUB_)
# ^^^^^ ^^^^^^ ^^^^^
set(FortranCInterface_MODULE_SYMBOLS
__mymodule_MOD_mysub __my_module_MOD_my_sub)
# ^^^^^^^^ ^^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^ ^^^^^^
include(FortranCInterface)

tells FortranCInterface to try given GLOBAL and MODULE manglings. (The carets point at raw symbol names
for clarity in this example but are not needed.)

GenerateExportHeader
Function for generation of export macros for libraries

This module provides the function GENERATE_EXPORT_HEADER().

The GENERATE_EXPORT_HEADER function can be used to generate a file suitable for preprocessor inclusion
which contains EXPORT macros to be used in library classes:

GENERATE_EXPORT_HEADER( LIBRARY_TARGET
[BASE_NAME <base_name>]
[EXPORT_MACRO_NAME <export_macro_name>]
[EXPORT_FILE_NAME <export_file_name>]
[DEPRECATED_MACRO_NAME <deprecated_macro_name>]
[NO_EXPORT_MACRO_NAME <no_export_macro_name>]
[STATIC_DEFINE <static_define>]
[NO_DEPRECATED_MACRO_NAME <no_deprecated_macro_name>]
[DEFINE_NO_DEPRECATED]
[PREFIX_NAME <prefix_name>]
[CUSTOM_CONTENT_FROM_VARIABLE <variable>]
)

The target properties CXX_VISIBILITY_PRESET and VISIBILITY_INLINES_HIDDEN can be used to add the
appropriate compile flags for targets. See the documentation of those target properties, and the
convenience variables CMAKE_CXX_VISIBILITY_PRESET and CMAKE_VISIBILITY_INLINES_HIDDEN.

By default GENERATE_EXPORT_HEADER() generates macro names in a file name determined by the name of the
library. This means that in the simplest case, users of GenerateExportHeader will be equivalent to:

set(CMAKE_CXX_VISIBILITY_PRESET hidden)
set(CMAKE_VISIBILITY_INLINES_HIDDEN 1)
add_library(somelib someclass.cpp)
generate_export_header(somelib)
install(TARGETS somelib DESTINATION ${LIBRARY_INSTALL_DIR})
install(FILES
someclass.h
${PROJECT_BINARY_DIR}/somelib_export.h DESTINATION ${INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR}
)

And in the ABI header files:

#include "somelib_export.h"
class SOMELIB_EXPORT SomeClass {
...
};

The CMake fragment will generate a file in the ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR} called somelib_export.h
containing the macros SOMELIB_EXPORT, SOMELIB_NO_EXPORT, SOMELIB_DEPRECATED, SOMELIB_DEPRECATED_EXPORT
and SOMELIB_DEPRECATED_NO_EXPORT. They will be followed by content taken from the variable specified by
the CUSTOM_CONTENT_FROM_VARIABLE option, if any. The resulting file should be installed with other
headers in the library.

The BASE_NAME argument can be used to override the file name and the names used for the macros:

add_library(somelib someclass.cpp)
generate_export_header(somelib
BASE_NAME other_name
)

Generates a file called other_name_export.h containing the macros OTHER_NAME_EXPORT, OTHER_NAME_NO_EXPORT
and OTHER_NAME_DEPRECATED etc.

The BASE_NAME may be overridden by specifying other options in the function. For example:

add_library(somelib someclass.cpp)
generate_export_header(somelib
EXPORT_MACRO_NAME OTHER_NAME_EXPORT
)

creates the macro OTHER_NAME_EXPORT instead of SOMELIB_EXPORT, but other macros and the generated file
name is as default:

add_library(somelib someclass.cpp)
generate_export_header(somelib
DEPRECATED_MACRO_NAME KDE_DEPRECATED
)

creates the macro KDE_DEPRECATED instead of SOMELIB_DEPRECATED.

If LIBRARY_TARGET is a static library, macros are defined without values.

If the same sources are used to create both a shared and a static library, the uppercased symbol
${BASE_NAME}_STATIC_DEFINE should be used when building the static library:

add_library(shared_variant SHARED ${lib_SRCS})
add_library(static_variant ${lib_SRCS})
generate_export_header(shared_variant BASE_NAME libshared_and_static)
set_target_properties(static_variant PROPERTIES
COMPILE_FLAGS -DLIBSHARED_AND_STATIC_STATIC_DEFINE)

This will cause the export macros to expand to nothing when building the static library.

If DEFINE_NO_DEPRECATED is specified, then a macro ${BASE_NAME}_NO_DEPRECATED will be defined This macro
can be used to remove deprecated code from preprocessor output:

option(EXCLUDE_DEPRECATED "Exclude deprecated parts of the library" FALSE)
if (EXCLUDE_DEPRECATED)
set(NO_BUILD_DEPRECATED DEFINE_NO_DEPRECATED)
endif()
generate_export_header(somelib ${NO_BUILD_DEPRECATED})

And then in somelib:

class SOMELIB_EXPORT SomeClass
{
public:
#ifndef SOMELIB_NO_DEPRECATED
SOMELIB_DEPRECATED void oldMethod();
#endif
};

#ifndef SOMELIB_NO_DEPRECATED
void SomeClass::oldMethod() { }
#endif

If PREFIX_NAME is specified, the argument will be used as a prefix to all generated macros.

For example:

generate_export_header(somelib PREFIX_NAME VTK_)

Generates the macros VTK_SOMELIB_EXPORT etc.

ADD_COMPILER_EXPORT_FLAGS( [<output_variable>] )

The ADD_COMPILER_EXPORT_FLAGS function adds -fvisibility=hidden to CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS if supported, and is a
no-op on Windows which does not need extra compiler flags for exporting support. You may optionally pass
a single argument to ADD_COMPILER_EXPORT_FLAGS that will be populated with the CXX_FLAGS required to
enable visibility support for the compiler/architecture in use.

This function is deprecated. Set the target properties CXX_VISIBILITY_PRESET and
VISIBILITY_INLINES_HIDDEN instead.

GetPrerequisites
Functions to analyze and list executable file prerequisites.

This module provides functions to list the .dll, .dylib or .so files that an executable or shared library
file depends on. (Its prerequisites.)

It uses various tools to obtain the list of required shared library files:

dumpbin (Windows)
objdump (MinGW on Windows)
ldd (Linux/Unix)
otool (Mac OSX)

The following functions are provided by this module:

get_prerequisites
list_prerequisites
list_prerequisites_by_glob
gp_append_unique
is_file_executable
gp_item_default_embedded_path
(projects can override with gp_item_default_embedded_path_override)
gp_resolve_item
(projects can override with gp_resolve_item_override)
gp_resolved_file_type
(projects can override with gp_resolved_file_type_override)
gp_file_type

Requires CMake 2.6 or greater because it uses function, break, return and PARENT_SCOPE.

GET_PREREQUISITES(<target> <prerequisites_var> <exclude_system> <recurse>
<exepath> <dirs> [<rpaths>])

Get the list of shared library files required by <target>. The list in the variable named
<prerequisites_var> should be empty on first entry to this function. On exit, <prerequisites_var> will
contain the list of required shared library files.

<target> is the full path to an executable file. <prerequisites_var> is the name of a CMake variable to
contain the results. <exclude_system> must be 0 or 1 indicating whether to include or exclude “system”
prerequisites. If <recurse> is set to 1 all prerequisites will be found recursively, if set to 0 only
direct prerequisites are listed. <exepath> is the path to the top level executable used for
@executable_path replacment on the Mac. <dirs> is a list of paths where libraries might be found: these
paths are searched first when a target without any path info is given. Then standard system locations
are also searched: PATH, Framework locations, /usr/lib…

LIST_PREREQUISITES(<target> [<recurse> [<exclude_system> [<verbose>]]])

Print a message listing the prerequisites of <target>.

<target> is the name of a shared library or executable target or the full path to a shared library or
executable file. If <recurse> is set to 1 all prerequisites will be found recursively, if set to 0 only
direct prerequisites are listed. <exclude_system> must be 0 or 1 indicating whether to include or
exclude “system” prerequisites. With <verbose> set to 0 only the full path names of the prerequisites
are printed, set to 1 extra informatin will be displayed.

LIST_PREREQUISITES_BY_GLOB(<glob_arg> <glob_exp>)

Print the prerequisites of shared library and executable files matching a globbing pattern. <glob_arg>
is GLOB or GLOB_RECURSE and <glob_exp> is a globbing expression used with “file(GLOB” or
“file(GLOB_RECURSE” to retrieve a list of matching files. If a matching file is executable, its
prerequisites are listed.

Any additional (optional) arguments provided are passed along as the optional arguments to the
list_prerequisites calls.

GP_APPEND_UNIQUE(<list_var> <value>)

Append <value> to the list variable <list_var> only if the value is not already in the list.

IS_FILE_EXECUTABLE(<file> <result_var>)

Return 1 in <result_var> if <file> is a binary executable, 0 otherwise.

GP_ITEM_DEFAULT_EMBEDDED_PATH(<item> <default_embedded_path_var>)

Return the path that others should refer to the item by when the item is embedded inside a bundle.

Override on a per-project basis by providing a project-specific gp_item_default_embedded_path_override
function.

GP_RESOLVE_ITEM(<context> <item> <exepath> <dirs> <resolved_item_var>
[<rpaths>])

Resolve an item into an existing full path file.

Override on a per-project basis by providing a project-specific gp_resolve_item_override function.

GP_RESOLVED_FILE_TYPE(<original_file> <file> <exepath> <dirs> <type_var>
[<rpaths>])

Return the type of <file> with respect to <original_file>. String describing type of prerequisite is
returned in variable named <type_var>.

Use <exepath> and <dirs> if necessary to resolve non-absolute <file> values – but only for non-embedded
items.

Possible types are:

system
local
embedded
other

Override on a per-project basis by providing a project-specific gp_resolved_file_type_override function.

GP_FILE_TYPE(<original_file> <file> <type_var>)

Return the type of <file> with respect to <original_file>. String describing type of prerequisite is
returned in variable named <type_var>.

Possible types are:

system
local
embedded
other

GNUInstallDirs
Define GNU standard installation directories

Provides install directory variables as defined by the GNU Coding Standards.

Result Variables
Inclusion of this module defines the following variables:

CMAKE_INSTALL_<dir>
Destination for files of a given type. This value may be passed to the DESTINATION options of
install() commands for the corresponding file type.

CMAKE_INSTALL_FULL_<dir>
The absolute path generated from the corresponding CMAKE_INSTALL_<dir> value. If the value is not
already an absolute path, an absolute path is constructed typically by prepending the value of the
CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX variable. However, there are some special cases as documented below.

where <dir> is one of:

BINDIR user executables (bin)

SBINDIR
system admin executables (sbin)

LIBEXECDIR
program executables (libexec)

SYSCONFDIR
read-only single-machine data (etc)

SHAREDSTATEDIR
modifiable architecture-independent data (com)

LOCALSTATEDIR
modifiable single-machine data (var)

RUNSTATEDIR
run-time variable data (LOCALSTATEDIR/run)

LIBDIR object code libraries (lib or lib64 or lib/<multiarch-tuple> on Debian)

INCLUDEDIR
C header files (include)

OLDINCLUDEDIR
C header files for non-gcc (/usr/include)

DATAROOTDIR
read-only architecture-independent data root (share)

DATADIR
read-only architecture-independent data (DATAROOTDIR)

INFODIR
info documentation (DATAROOTDIR/info)

LOCALEDIR
locale-dependent data (DATAROOTDIR/locale)

MANDIR man documentation (DATAROOTDIR/man)

DOCDIR documentation root (DATAROOTDIR/doc/PROJECT_NAME)

If the includer does not define a value the above-shown default will be used and the value will appear in
the cache for editing by the user.

Special Cases
The following values of CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX are special:

/
For <dir> other than the SYSCONFDIR, LOCALSTATEDIR and RUNSTATEDIR, the value of CMAKE_INSTALL_<dir>
is prefixed with usr/ if it is not user-specified as an absolute path. For example, the INCLUDEDIR
value include becomes usr/include. This is required by the GNU Coding Standards, which state:
When building the complete GNU system, the prefix will be empty and /usr will be a symbolic link
to /.

/usr
For <dir> equal to SYSCONFDIR, LOCALSTATEDIR or RUNSTATEDIR, the CMAKE_INSTALL_FULL_<dir> is computed
by prepending just / to the value of CMAKE_INSTALL_<dir> if it is not user-specified as an absolute
path. For example, the SYSCONFDIR value etc becomes /etc. This is required by the GNU Coding
Standards.

/opt/...
For <dir> equal to SYSCONFDIR, LOCALSTATEDIR or RUNSTATEDIR, the CMAKE_INSTALL_FULL_<dir> is computed
by appending the prefix to the value of CMAKE_INSTALL_<dir> if it is not user-specified as an absolute
path. For example, the SYSCONFDIR value etc becomes /etc/opt/.... This is defined by the Filesystem
Hierarchy Standard.

Macros
GNUInstallDirs_get_absolute_install_dir

GNUInstallDirs_get_absolute_install_dir(absvar var)

Set the given variable absvar to the absolute path contained within the variable var. This is to
allow the computation of an absolute path, accounting for all the special cases documented above.
While this macro is used to compute the various CMAKE_INSTALL_FULL_<dir> variables, it is exposed
publicly to allow users who create additional path variables to also compute absolute paths where
necessary, using the same logic.

GoogleTest
This module defines functions to help use the Google Test infrastructure. Two mechanisms for adding
tests are provided. gtest_add_tests() has been around for some time, originally via find_package(GTest).
gtest_discover_tests() was introduced in CMake 3.10.

The (older) gtest_add_tests() scans source files to identify tests. This is usually effective, with some
caveats, including in cross-compiling environments, and makes setting additional properties on tests more
convenient. However, its handling of parameterized tests is less comprehensive, and it requires
re-running CMake to detect changes to the list of tests.

The (newer) gtest_discover_tests() discovers tests by asking the compiled test executable to enumerate
its tests. This is more robust and provides better handling of parameterized tests, and does not require
CMake to be re-run when tests change. However, it may not work in a cross-compiling environment, and
setting test properties is less convenient.

More details can be found in the documentation of the respective functions.

Both commands are intended to replace use of add_test() to register tests, and will create a separate
CTest test for each Google Test test case. Note that this is in some cases less efficient, as common
set-up and tear-down logic cannot be shared by multiple test cases executing in the same instance.
However, it provides more fine-grained pass/fail information to CTest, which is usually considered as
more beneficial. By default, the CTest test name is the same as the Google Test name (i.e.
suite.testcase); see also TEST_PREFIX and TEST_SUFFIX.

gtest_add_tests
Automatically add tests with CTest by scanning source code for Google Test macros:

gtest_add_tests(TARGET target
[SOURCES src1...]
[EXTRA_ARGS arg1...]
[WORKING_DIRECTORY dir]
[TEST_PREFIX prefix]
[TEST_SUFFIX suffix]
[SKIP_DEPENDENCY]
[TEST_LIST outVar]
)

gtest_add_tests attempts to identify tests by scanning source files. Although this is generally
effective, it uses only a basic regular expression match, which can be defeated by atypical test
declarations, and is unable to fully “split” parameterized tests. Additionally, it requires that
CMake be re-run to discover any newly added, removed or renamed tests (by default, this means that
CMake is re-run when any test source file is changed, but see SKIP_DEPENDENCY). However, it has
the advantage of declaring tests at CMake time, which somewhat simplifies setting additional
properties on tests, and always works in a cross-compiling environment.

The options are:

TARGET target
Specifies the Google Test executable, which must be a known CMake executable target. CMake
will substitute the location of the built executable when running the test.

SOURCES src1...
When provided, only the listed files will be scanned for test cases. If this option is not
given, the SOURCES property of the specified target will be used to obtain the list of
sources.

EXTRA_ARGS arg1...
Any extra arguments to pass on the command line to each test case.

WORKING_DIRECTORY dir
Specifies the directory in which to run the discovered test cases. If this option is not
provided, the current binary directory is used.

TEST_PREFIX prefix
Specifies a prefix to be prepended to the name of each discovered test case. This can be
useful when the same source files are being used in multiple calls to gtest_add_test() but
with different EXTRA_ARGS.

TEST_SUFFIX suffix
Similar to TEST_PREFIX except the suffix is appended to the name of every discovered test
case. Both TEST_PREFIX and TEST_SUFFIX may be specified.

SKIP_DEPENDENCY
Normally, the function creates a dependency which will cause CMake to be re-run if any of
the sources being scanned are changed. This is to ensure that the list of discovered tests
is updated. If this behavior is not desired (as may be the case while actually writing the
test cases), this option can be used to prevent the dependency from being added.

TEST_LIST outVar
The variable named by outVar will be populated in the calling scope with the list of
discovered test cases. This allows the caller to do things like manipulate test properties
of the discovered tests.

include(GoogleTest)
add_executable(FooTest FooUnitTest.cxx)
gtest_add_tests(TARGET FooTest
TEST_SUFFIX .noArgs
TEST_LIST noArgsTests
)
gtest_add_tests(TARGET FooTest
EXTRA_ARGS --someArg someValue
TEST_SUFFIX .withArgs
TEST_LIST withArgsTests
)
set_tests_properties(${noArgsTests} PROPERTIES TIMEOUT 10)
set_tests_properties(${withArgsTests} PROPERTIES TIMEOUT 20)

For backward compatibility, the following form is also supported:

gtest_add_tests(exe args files...)

exe The path to the test executable or the name of a CMake target.

args A ;-list of extra arguments to be passed to executable. The entire list must be passed as
a single argument. Enclose it in quotes, or pass "" for no arguments.

files...
A list of source files to search for tests and test fixtures. Alternatively, use AUTO to
specify that exe is the name of a CMake executable target whose sources should be scanned.

include(GoogleTest)
set(FooTestArgs --foo 1 --bar 2)
add_executable(FooTest FooUnitTest.cxx)
gtest_add_tests(FooTest "${FooTestArgs}" AUTO)

gtest_discover_tests
Automatically add tests with CTest by querying the compiled test executable for available tests:

gtest_discover_tests(target
[EXTRA_ARGS arg1...]
[WORKING_DIRECTORY dir]
[TEST_PREFIX prefix]
[TEST_SUFFIX suffix]
[NO_PRETTY_TYPES] [NO_PRETTY_VALUES]
[PROPERTIES name1 value1...]
[TEST_LIST var]
)

gtest_discover_tests sets up a post-build command on the test executable that generates the list
of tests by parsing the output from running the test with the --gtest_list_tests argument.
Compared to the source parsing approach of gtest_add_tests(), this ensures that the full list of
tests, including instantiations of parameterized tests, is obtained. Since test discovery occurs
at build time, it is not necessary to re-run CMake when the list of tests changes. However, it
requires that CROSSCOMPILING_EMULATOR is properly set in order to function in a cross-compiling
environment.

Additionally, setting properties on tests is somewhat less convenient, since the tests are not
available at CMake time. Additional test properties may be assigned to the set of tests as a
whole using the PROPERTIES option. If more fine-grained test control is needed, custom content
may be provided through an external CTest script using the TEST_INCLUDE_FILES directory property.
The set of discovered tests is made accessible to such a script via the <target>_TESTS variable.

The options are:

target Specifies the Google Test executable, which must be a known CMake executable target. CMake
will substitute the location of the built executable when running the test.

EXTRA_ARGS arg1...
Any extra arguments to pass on the command line to each test case.

WORKING_DIRECTORY dir
Specifies the directory in which to run the discovered test cases. If this option is not
provided, the current binary directory is used.

TEST_PREFIX prefix
Specifies a prefix to be prepended to the name of each discovered test case. This can be
useful when the same test executable is being used in multiple calls to
gtest_discover_tests() but with different EXTRA_ARGS.

TEST_SUFFIX suffix
Similar to TEST_PREFIX except the suffix is appended to the name of every discovered test
case. Both TEST_PREFIX and TEST_SUFFIX may be specified.

NO_PRETTY_TYPES
By default, the type index of type-parameterized tests is replaced by the actual type name
in the CTest test name. If this behavior is undesirable (e.g. because the type names are
unwieldy), this option will suppress this behavior.

NO_PRETTY_VALUES
By default, the value index of value-parameterized tests is replaced by the actual value in
the CTest test name. If this behavior is undesirable (e.g. because the value strings are
unwieldy), this option will suppress this behavior.

PROPERTIES name1 value1...
Specifies additional properties to be set on all tests discovered by this invocation of
gtest_discover_tests.

TEST_LIST var
Make the list of tests available in the variable var, rather than the default
<target>_TESTS. This can be useful when the same test executable is being used in multiple
calls to gtest_discover_tests(). Note that this variable is only available in CTest.

TIMEOUT num
Specifies how long (in seconds) CMake will wait for the test to enumerate available tests.
If the test takes longer than this, discovery (and your build) will fail. Most test
executables will enumerate their tests very quickly, but under some exceptional
circumstances, a test may require a longer timeout. The default is 5. See also the
TIMEOUT option of execute_process().

InstallRequiredSystemLibraries
Include this module to search for compiler-provided system runtime libraries and add install rules for
them. Some optional variables may be set prior to including the module to adjust behavior:

CMAKE_INSTALL_SYSTEM_RUNTIME_LIBS
Specify additional runtime libraries that may not be detected. After inclusion any detected
libraries will be appended to this.

CMAKE_INSTALL_SYSTEM_RUNTIME_LIBS_SKIP
Set to TRUE to skip calling the install(PROGRAMS) command to allow the includer to specify its own
install rule, using the value of CMAKE_INSTALL_SYSTEM_RUNTIME_LIBS to get the list of libraries.

CMAKE_INSTALL_DEBUG_LIBRARIES
Set to TRUE to install the debug runtime libraries when available with MSVC tools.

CMAKE_INSTALL_DEBUG_LIBRARIES_ONLY
Set to TRUE to install only the debug runtime libraries with MSVC tools even if the release
runtime libraries are also available.

CMAKE_INSTALL_UCRT_LIBRARIES
Set to TRUE to install the Windows Universal CRT libraries for app-local deployment (e.g. to
Windows XP). This is meaningful only with MSVC from Visual Studio 2015 or higher.

One may set a CMAKE_WINDOWS_KITS_10_DIR environment variable to an absolute path to tell CMake to
look for Windows 10 SDKs in a custom location. The specified directory is expected to contain
Redist/ucrt/DLLs/* directories.

CMAKE_INSTALL_MFC_LIBRARIES
Set to TRUE to install the MSVC MFC runtime libraries.

CMAKE_INSTALL_OPENMP_LIBRARIES
Set to TRUE to install the MSVC OpenMP runtime libraries

CMAKE_INSTALL_SYSTEM_RUNTIME_DESTINATION
Specify the install(PROGRAMS) command DESTINATION option. If not specified, the default is bin on
Windows and lib elsewhere.

CMAKE_INSTALL_SYSTEM_RUNTIME_LIBS_NO_WARNINGS
Set to TRUE to disable warnings about required library files that do not exist. (For example,
Visual Studio Express editions may not provide the redistributable files.)

CMAKE_INSTALL_SYSTEM_RUNTIME_COMPONENT
Specify the install(PROGRAMS) command COMPONENT option. If not specified, no such option will be
used.

MacroAddFileDependencies
MACRO_ADD_FILE_DEPENDENCIES(<_file> depend_files…)

Using the macro MACRO_ADD_FILE_DEPENDENCIES() is discouraged. There are usually better ways to specify
the correct dependencies.

MACRO_ADD_FILE_DEPENDENCIES(<_file> depend_files…) is just a convenience wrapper around the
OBJECT_DEPENDS source file property. You can just use set_property(SOURCE <file> APPEND PROPERTY
OBJECT_DEPENDS depend_files) instead.

ProcessorCount
ProcessorCount(var)

Determine the number of processors/cores and save value in ${var}

Sets the variable named ${var} to the number of physical cores available on the machine if the
information can be determined. Otherwise it is set to 0. Currently this functionality is implemented
for AIX, cygwin, FreeBSD, HPUX, IRIX, Linux, Mac OS X, QNX, Sun and Windows.

This function is guaranteed to return a positive integer (>=1) if it succeeds. It returns 0 if there’s a
problem determining the processor count.

Example use, in a ctest -S dashboard script:

include(ProcessorCount)
ProcessorCount(N)
if(NOT N EQUAL 0)
set(CTEST_BUILD_FLAGS -j${N})
set(ctest_test_args ${ctest_test_args} PARALLEL_LEVEL ${N})
endif()

This function is intended to offer an approximation of the value of the number of compute cores available
on the current machine, such that you may use that value for parallel building and parallel testing. It
is meant to help utilize as much of the machine as seems reasonable. Of course, knowledge of what else
might be running on the machine simultaneously should be used when deciding whether to request a
machine’s full capacity all for yourself.

SelectLibraryConfigurations
select_library_configurations( basename )

This macro takes a library base name as an argument, and will choose good values for basename_LIBRARY,
basename_LIBRARIES, basename_LIBRARY_DEBUG, and basename_LIBRARY_RELEASE depending on what has been found
and set. If only basename_LIBRARY_RELEASE is defined, basename_LIBRARY will be set to the release value,
and basename_LIBRARY_DEBUG will be set to basename_LIBRARY_DEBUG-NOTFOUND. If only
basename_LIBRARY_DEBUG is defined, then basename_LIBRARY will take the debug value, and
basename_LIBRARY_RELEASE will be set to basename_LIBRARY_RELEASE-NOTFOUND.

If the generator supports configuration types, then basename_LIBRARY and basename_LIBRARIES will be set
with debug and optimized flags specifying the library to be used for the given configuration. If no
build type has been set or the generator in use does not support configuration types, then
basename_LIBRARY and basename_LIBRARIES will take only the release value, or the debug value if the
release one is not set.

SquishTestScript
This script launches a GUI test using Squish. You should not call the script directly; instead, you
should access it via the SQUISH_ADD_TEST macro that is defined in FindSquish.cmake.

This script starts the Squish server, launches the test on the client, and finally stops the squish
server. If any of these steps fail (including if the tests do not pass) then a fatal error is raised.

TestBigEndian
Define macro to determine endian type

Check if the system is big endian or little endian

TEST_BIG_ENDIAN(VARIABLE)
VARIABLE - variable to store the result to

TestCXXAcceptsFlag
Deprecated. See CheckCXXCompilerFlag.

Check if the CXX compiler accepts a flag.

CHECK_CXX_ACCEPTS_FLAG(<flags> <variable>)

<flags>
the flags to try

<variable>
variable to store the result

TestForANSIForScope
Check for ANSI for scope support

Check if the compiler restricts the scope of variables declared in a for-init-statement to the loop body.

CMAKE_NO_ANSI_FOR_SCOPE - holds result

TestForANSIStreamHeaders
Test for compiler support of ANSI stream headers iostream, etc.

check if the compiler supports the standard ANSI iostream header (without the .h)

CMAKE_NO_ANSI_STREAM_HEADERS - defined by the results

TestForSSTREAM
Test for compiler support of ANSI sstream header

check if the compiler supports the standard ANSI sstream header

CMAKE_NO_ANSI_STRING_STREAM - defined by the results

TestForSTDNamespace
Test for std:: namespace support

check if the compiler supports std:: on stl classes

CMAKE_NO_STD_NAMESPACE - defined by the results

UseEcos
This module defines variables and macros required to build eCos application.

This file contains the following macros: ECOS_ADD_INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES() - add the eCos include dirs
ECOS_ADD_EXECUTABLE(name source1 … sourceN ) - create an eCos executable ECOS_ADJUST_DIRECTORY(VAR
source1 … sourceN ) - adjusts the path of the source files and puts the result into VAR

Macros for selecting the toolchain: ECOS_USE_ARM_ELF_TOOLS() - enable the ARM ELF toolchain for the
directory where it is called ECOS_USE_I386_ELF_TOOLS() - enable the i386 ELF toolchain for the directory
where it is called ECOS_USE_PPC_EABI_TOOLS() - enable the PowerPC toolchain for the directory where it is
called

It contains the following variables: ECOS_DEFINITIONS ECOSCONFIG_EXECUTABLE ECOS_CONFIG_FILE - defaults
to ecos.ecc, if your eCos configuration file has a different name, adjust this variable for internal use
only:

ECOS_ADD_TARGET_LIB

UseJavaClassFilelist
This script create a list of compiled Java class files to be added to a jar file. This avoids including
cmake files which get created in the binary directory.

UseJava
Use Module for Java

This file provides functions for Java. It is assumed that FindJava.cmake has already been loaded. See
FindJava.cmake for information on how to load Java into your CMake project.

add_jar(target_name
[SOURCES] source1 [source2 ...] [resource1 ...]
[INCLUDE_JARS jar1 [jar2 ...]]
[ENTRY_POINT entry]
[VERSION version]
[OUTPUT_NAME name]
[OUTPUT_DIR dir]
)

This command creates a <target_name>.jar. It compiles the given source files (source) and adds the given
resource files (resource) to the jar file. Source files can be java files or listing files (prefixed by
‘@’). If only resource files are given then just a jar file is created. The list of include jars are
added to the classpath when compiling the java sources and also to the dependencies of the target.
INCLUDE_JARS also accepts other target names created by add_jar. For backwards compatibility, jar files
listed as sources are ignored (as they have been since the first version of this module).

The default OUTPUT_DIR can also be changed by setting the variable CMAKE_JAVA_TARGET_OUTPUT_DIR.

Additional instructions:

To add compile flags to the target you can set these flags with
the following variable:

set(CMAKE_JAVA_COMPILE_FLAGS -nowarn)

To add a path or a jar file to the class path you can do this
with the CMAKE_JAVA_INCLUDE_PATH variable.

set(CMAKE_JAVA_INCLUDE_PATH /usr/share/java/shibboleet.jar)

To use a different output name for the target you can set it with:

add_jar(foobar foobar.java OUTPUT_NAME shibboleet.jar)

To use a different output directory than CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR
you can set it with:

add_jar(foobar foobar.java OUTPUT_DIR ${PROJECT_BINARY_DIR}/bin)

To define an entry point in your jar you can set it with the ENTRY_POINT
named argument:

add_jar(example ENTRY_POINT com/examples/MyProject/Main)

To define a custom manifest for the jar, you can set it with the manifest
named argument:

add_jar(example MANIFEST /path/to/manifest)

To add a VERSION to the target output name you can set it using
the VERSION named argument to add_jar. This will create a jar file with the
name shibboleet-1.0.0.jar and will create a symlink shibboleet.jar
pointing to the jar with the version information.

add_jar(shibboleet shibbotleet.java VERSION 1.2.0)

If the target is a JNI library, utilize the following commands to
create a JNI symbolic link:

set(CMAKE_JNI_TARGET TRUE)
add_jar(shibboleet shibbotleet.java VERSION 1.2.0)
install_jar(shibboleet ${LIB_INSTALL_DIR}/shibboleet)
install_jni_symlink(shibboleet ${JAVA_LIB_INSTALL_DIR})

If a single target needs to produce more than one jar from its
java source code, to prevent the accumulation of duplicate class
files in subsequent jars, set/reset CMAKE_JAR_CLASSES_PREFIX prior
to calling the add_jar() function:

set(CMAKE_JAR_CLASSES_PREFIX com/redhat/foo)
add_jar(foo foo.java)

set(CMAKE_JAR_CLASSES_PREFIX com/redhat/bar)
add_jar(bar bar.java)

Target Properties:

The add_jar() function sets some target properties. You can get these
properties with the
get_property(TARGET <target_name> PROPERTY <propery_name>)
command.

INSTALL_FILES The files which should be installed. This is used by
install_jar().
JNI_SYMLINK The JNI symlink which should be installed.
This is used by install_jni_symlink().
JAR_FILE The location of the jar file so that you can include
it.
CLASSDIR The directory where the class files can be found. For
example to use them with javah.

find_jar(<VAR>
name | NAMES name1 [name2 ...]
[PATHS path1 [path2 ... ENV var]]
[VERSIONS version1 [version2]]
[DOC "cache documentation string"]
)

This command is used to find a full path to the named jar. A cache entry named by <VAR> is created to
stor the result of this command. If the full path to a jar is found the result is stored in the variable
and the search will not repeated unless the variable is cleared. If nothing is found, the result will be
<VAR>-NOTFOUND, and the search will be attempted again next time find_jar is invoked with the same
variable. The name of the full path to a file that is searched for is specified by the names listed
after NAMES argument. Additional search locations can be specified after the PATHS argument. If you
require special a version of a jar file you can specify it with the VERSIONS argument. The argument
after DOC will be used for the documentation string in the cache.

install_jar(target_name destination)
install_jar(target_name DESTINATION destination [COMPONENT component])

This command installs the TARGET_NAME files to the given DESTINATION. It should be called in the same
scope as add_jar() or it will fail.

Target Properties:

The install_jar() function sets the INSTALL_DESTINATION target property
on jars so installed. This property holds the DESTINATION as described
above, and is used by install_jar_exports(). You can get this property
with the
get_property(TARGET <target_name> PROPERTY INSTALL_DESTINATION)
command.

install_jni_symlink(target_name destination)
install_jni_symlink(target_name DESTINATION destination [COMPONENT component])

This command installs the TARGET_NAME JNI symlinks to the given DESTINATION. It should be called in the
same scope as add_jar() or it will fail.

install_jar_exports(TARGETS jars...
[NAMESPACE <namespace>]
FILE <filename>
DESTINATION <dir> [COMPONENT <component>])

This command installs a target export file <filename> for the named jar targets to the given DESTINATION.
Its function is similar to that of install(EXPORTS ...).

export_jars(TARGETS jars...
[NAMESPACE <namespace>]
FILE <filename>)

This command writes a target export file <filename> for the named jar targets. Its function is similar to
that of export(...).

create_javadoc(<VAR>
PACKAGES pkg1 [pkg2 ...]
[SOURCEPATH <sourcepath>]
[CLASSPATH <classpath>]
[INSTALLPATH <install path>]
[DOCTITLE "the documentation title"]
[WINDOWTITLE "the title of the document"]
[AUTHOR TRUE|FALSE]
[USE TRUE|FALSE]
[VERSION TRUE|FALSE]
)

Create java documentation based on files or packages. For more details please read the javadoc manpage.

There are two main signatures for create_javadoc. The first signature works with package names on a path
with source files:

Example:
create_javadoc(my_example_doc
PACKAGES com.exmaple.foo com.example.bar
SOURCEPATH "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}"
CLASSPATH ${CMAKE_JAVA_INCLUDE_PATH}
WINDOWTITLE "My example"
DOCTITLE "<h1>My example</h1>"
AUTHOR TRUE
USE TRUE
VERSION TRUE
)

The second signature for create_javadoc works on a given list of files.

create_javadoc(<VAR>
FILES file1 [file2 ...]
[CLASSPATH <classpath>]
[INSTALLPATH <install path>]
[DOCTITLE "the documentation title"]
[WINDOWTITLE "the title of the document"]
[AUTHOR TRUE|FALSE]
[USE TRUE|FALSE]
[VERSION TRUE|FALSE]
)

Example:

create_javadoc(my_example_doc
FILES ${example_SRCS}
CLASSPATH ${CMAKE_JAVA_INCLUDE_PATH}
WINDOWTITLE "My example"
DOCTITLE "<h1>My example</h1>"
AUTHOR TRUE
USE TRUE
VERSION TRUE
)

Both signatures share most of the options. These options are the same as what you can find in the
javadoc manpage. Please look at the manpage for CLASSPATH, DOCTITLE, WINDOWTITLE, AUTHOR, USE and
VERSION.

The documentation will be by default installed to

${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/share/javadoc/<VAR>

if you don’t set the INSTALLPATH.

create_javah(TARGET <target>
GENERATED_FILES <VAR>
CLASSES <class>...
[CLASSPATH <classpath>...]
[DEPENDS <depend>...]
[OUTPUT_NAME <path>|OUTPUT_DIR <path>]
)

Create C header files from java classes. These files provide the connective glue that allow your Java and
C code to interact.

There are two main signatures for create_javah. The first signature returns generated files through
variable specified by GENERATED_FILES option:

Example:
Create_javah(GENERATED_FILES files_headers
CLASSES org.cmake.HelloWorld
CLASSPATH hello.jar
)

The second signature for create_javah creates a target which encapsulates header files generation.

Example:
Create_javah(TARGET target_headers
CLASSES org.cmake.HelloWorld
CLASSPATH hello.jar
)

Both signatures share same options.

CLASSES <class>...
Specifies Java classes used to generate headers.

CLASSPATH <classpath>...
Specifies various paths to look up classes. Here .class files, jar files or targets created by
command add_jar can be used.

DEPENDS <depend>...
Targets on which the javah target depends

OUTPUT_NAME <path>
Concatenates the resulting header files for all the classes listed by option CLASSES into
<path>. Same behavior as option ‘-o’ of javah tool.

OUTPUT_DIR <path>
Sets the directory where the header files will be generated. Same behavior as option ‘-d’ of
javah tool. If not specified, ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR} is used as output directory.

UseJavaSymlinks
Helper script for UseJava.cmake

UsePkgConfig
Obsolete pkg-config module for CMake, use FindPkgConfig instead.

This module defines the following macro:

PKGCONFIG(package includedir libdir linkflags cflags)

Calling PKGCONFIG will fill the desired information into the 4 given arguments, e.g.
PKGCONFIG(libart-2.0 LIBART_INCLUDE_DIR LIBART_LINK_DIR LIBART_LINK_FLAGS LIBART_CFLAGS) if pkg-config
was NOT found or the specified software package doesn’t exist, the variable will be empty when the
function returns, otherwise they will contain the respective information

UseSWIG
Defines the following macros for use with SWIG:

SWIG_ADD_LIBRARY(<name>
[TYPE <SHARED|MODULE|STATIC|USE_BUILD_SHARED_LIBS>]
LANGUAGE <language>
SOURCES <file>...
)
- Define swig module with given name and specified language
SWIG_LINK_LIBRARIES(name [ libraries ])
- Link libraries to swig module

Source files properties on module files can be set before the invocation of the SWIG_ADD_LIBRARY macro to
specify special behavior of SWIG.

The source file property CPLUSPLUS calls SWIG in c++ mode, e.g.:

set_property(SOURCE mymod.i PROPERTY CPLUSPLUS ON)
swig_add_library(mymod LANGUAGE python SOURCES mymod.i)

The source file property SWIG_FLAGS adds custom flags to the SWIG executable.

The source-file property SWIG_MODULE_NAME have to be provided to specify the actual import name of the
module in the target language if it cannot be scanned automatically from source or different from the
module file basename.:

set_property(SOURCE mymod.i PROPERTY SWIG_MODULE_NAME mymod_realname)

To get the name of the swig module target library, use: ${SWIG_MODULE_${name}_REAL_NAME}.

Also some variables can be set to specify special behavior of SWIG.

CMAKE_SWIG_FLAGS can be used to add special flags to all swig calls.

CMAKE_SWIG_OUTDIR allows one to specify where to write the language specific files (swig -outdir option).

SWIG_OUTFILE_DIR allows one to specify where to write the output file (swig -o option). If not
specified, CMAKE_SWIG_OUTDIR is used.

The name-specific variable SWIG_MODULE_<name>_EXTRA_DEPS may be used to specify extra dependencies for
the generated modules.

If the source file generated by swig need some special flag you can use:

set_source_files_properties( ${swig_generated_file_fullname}
PROPERTIES COMPILE_FLAGS "-bla")

UsewxWidgets
Convenience include for using wxWidgets library.

Determines if wxWidgets was FOUND and sets the appropriate libs, incdirs, flags, etc.
INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES and LINK_DIRECTORIES are called.

USAGE

# Note that for MinGW users the order of libs is important!
find_package(wxWidgets REQUIRED net gl core base)
include(${wxWidgets_USE_FILE})
# and for each of your dependent executable/library targets:
target_link_libraries(<YourTarget> ${wxWidgets_LIBRARIES})

DEPRECATED

LINK_LIBRARIES is not called in favor of adding dependencies per target.

AUTHOR

Jan Woetzel <jw -at- mip.informatik.uni-kiel.de>

Use_wxWindows
This convenience include finds if wxWindows is installed and set the appropriate libs, incdirs, flags
etc. author Jan Woetzel <jw -at- mip.informatik.uni-kiel.de> (07/2003)

USAGE:

just include Use_wxWindows.cmake
in your projects CMakeLists.txt

include( ${CMAKE_MODULE_PATH}/Use_wxWindows.cmake)

if you are sure you need GL then

set(WXWINDOWS_USE_GL 1)

*before* you include this file.

WriteBasicConfigVersionFile
WRITE_BASIC_CONFIG_VERSION_FILE( filename
[VERSION major.minor.patch]
COMPATIBILITY (AnyNewerVersion|SameMajorVersion)
)

Deprecated, see WRITE_BASIC_PACKAGE_VERSION_FILE(), it is identical.

WriteCompilerDetectionHeader
This module provides the function write_compiler_detection_header().

The WRITE_COMPILER_DETECTION_HEADER function can be used to generate a file suitable for preprocessor
inclusion which contains macros to be used in source code:

write_compiler_detection_header(
FILE <file>
PREFIX <prefix>
[OUTPUT_FILES_VAR <output_files_var> OUTPUT_DIR <output_dir>]
COMPILERS <compiler> [...]
FEATURES <feature> [...]
[VERSION <version>]
[PROLOG <prolog>]
[EPILOG <epilog>]
[ALLOW_UNKNOWN_COMPILERS]
[ALLOW_UNKNOWN_COMPILER_VERSIONS]
)

The write_compiler_detection_header function generates the file <file> with macros which all have the
prefix <prefix>.

By default, all content is written directly to the <file>. The OUTPUT_FILES_VAR may be specified to
cause the compiler-specific content to be written to separate files. The separate files are then
available in the <output_files_var> and may be consumed by the caller for installation for example. The
OUTPUT_DIR specifies a relative path from the main <file> to the compiler-specific files. For example:

write_compiler_detection_header(
FILE climbingstats_compiler_detection.h
PREFIX ClimbingStats
OUTPUT_FILES_VAR support_files
OUTPUT_DIR compilers
COMPILERS GNU Clang MSVC Intel
FEATURES cxx_variadic_templates
)
install(FILES
${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/climbingstats_compiler_detection.h
DESTINATION include
)
install(FILES
${support_files}
DESTINATION include/compilers
)

VERSION may be used to specify the API version to be generated. Future versions of CMake may introduce
alternative APIs. A given API is selected by any <version> value greater than or equal to the version of
CMake that introduced the given API and less than the version of CMake that introduced its succeeding
API. The value of the CMAKE_MINIMUM_REQUIRED_VERSION variable is used if no explicit version is
specified. (As of CMake version 3.10.2 there is only one API version.)

PROLOG may be specified as text content to write at the start of the header. EPILOG may be specified as
text content to write at the end of the header

At least one <compiler> and one <feature> must be listed. Compilers which are known to CMake, but not
specified are detected and a preprocessor #error is generated for them. A preprocessor macro matching
<PREFIX>_COMPILER_IS_<compiler> is generated for each compiler known to CMake to contain the value 0 or
1.

Possible compiler identifiers are documented with the CMAKE_<LANG>_COMPILER_ID variable. Available
features in this version of CMake are listed in the CMAKE_C_KNOWN_FEATURES and CMAKE_CXX_KNOWN_FEATURES
global properties. The {c,cxx}_std_* meta-features are ignored if requested.

See the cmake-compile-features(7) manual for information on compile features.

ALLOW_UNKNOWN_COMPILERS and ALLOW_UNKNOWN_COMPILER_VERSIONS cause the module to generate conditions that
treat unknown compilers as simply lacking all features. Without these options the default behavior is to
generate a #error for unknown compilers.

Feature Test Macros
For each compiler, a preprocessor macro is generated matching <PREFIX>_COMPILER_IS_<compiler> which has
the content either 0 or 1, depending on the compiler in use. Preprocessor macros for compiler version
components are generated matching <PREFIX>_COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR <PREFIX>_COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR and
<PREFIX>_COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH containing decimal values for the corresponding compiler version
components, if defined.

A preprocessor test is generated based on the compiler version denoting whether each feature is enabled.
A preprocessor macro matching <PREFIX>_COMPILER_<FEATURE>, where <FEATURE> is the upper-case <feature>
name, is generated to contain the value 0 or 1 depending on whether the compiler in use supports the
feature:

write_compiler_detection_header(
FILE climbingstats_compiler_detection.h
PREFIX ClimbingStats
COMPILERS GNU Clang AppleClang MSVC Intel
FEATURES cxx_variadic_templates
)

#if ClimbingStats_COMPILER_CXX_VARIADIC_TEMPLATES
template<typename... T>
void someInterface(T t...) { /* ... */ }
#else
// Compatibility versions
template<typename T1>
void someInterface(T1 t1) { /* ... */ }
template<typename T1, typename T2>
void someInterface(T1 t1, T2 t2) { /* ... */ }
template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
void someInterface(T1 t1, T2 t2, T3 t3) { /* ... */ }
#endif

Symbol Macros
Some additional symbol-defines are created for particular features for use as symbols which may be
conditionally defined empty:

class MyClass ClimbingStats_FINAL
{
ClimbingStats_CONSTEXPR int someInterface() { return 42; }
};

The ClimbingStats_FINAL macro will expand to final if the compiler (and its flags) support the cxx_final
feature, and the ClimbingStats_CONSTEXPR macro will expand to constexpr if cxx_constexpr is supported.

The following features generate corresponding symbol defines:

┌──────────────────────┬───────────────────────────┬─────────────┐
│Feature │ Define │ Symbol │
├──────────────────────┼───────────────────────────┼─────────────┤
│c_restrict │ <PREFIX>_RESTRICT │ restrict │
├──────────────────────┼───────────────────────────┼─────────────┤
│cxx_constexpr │ <PREFIX>_CONSTEXPR │ constexpr │
├──────────────────────┼───────────────────────────┼─────────────┤
│cxx_deleted_functions │ <PREFIX>_DELETED_FUNCTION │ = delete │
├──────────────────────┼───────────────────────────┼─────────────┤
│cxx_extern_templates │ <PREFIX>_EXTERN_TEMPLATE │ extern │
├──────────────────────┼───────────────────────────┼─────────────┤
│cxx_final │ <PREFIX>_FINAL │ final │
├──────────────────────┼───────────────────────────┼─────────────┤
│cxx_noexcept │ <PREFIX>_NOEXCEPT │ noexcept │
├──────────────────────┼───────────────────────────┼─────────────┤
│cxx_noexcept │ <PREFIX>_NOEXCEPT_EXPR(X) │ noexcept(X) │
├──────────────────────┼───────────────────────────┼─────────────┤
│cxx_override │ <PREFIX>_OVERRIDE │ override │
└──────────────────────┴───────────────────────────┴─────────────┘

Compatibility Implementation Macros
Some features are suitable for wrapping in a macro with a backward compatibility implementation if the
compiler does not support the feature.

When the cxx_static_assert feature is not provided by the compiler, a compatibility implementation is
available via the <PREFIX>_STATIC_ASSERT(COND) and <PREFIX>_STATIC_ASSERT_MSG(COND, MSG) function-like
macros. The macros expand to static_assert where that compiler feature is available, and to a
compatibility implementation otherwise. In the first form, the condition is stringified in the message
field of static_assert. In the second form, the message MSG is passed to the message field of
static_assert, or ignored if using the backward compatibility implementation.

The cxx_attribute_deprecated feature provides a macro definition <PREFIX>_DEPRECATED, which expands to
either the standard [[deprecated]] attribute or a compiler-specific decorator such as
__attribute__((__deprecated__)) used by GNU compilers.

The cxx_alignas feature provides a macro definition <PREFIX>_ALIGNAS which expands to either the standard
alignas decorator or a compiler-specific decorator such as __attribute__ ((__aligned__)) used by GNU
compilers.

The cxx_alignof feature provides a macro definition <PREFIX>_ALIGNOF which expands to either the standard
alignof decorator or a compiler-specific decorator such as __alignof__ used by GNU compilers.

┌─────────────────────────┬────────────────────────────┬────────────────┐
│Feature │ Define │ Symbol │
├─────────────────────────┼────────────────────────────┼────────────────┤
│cxx_alignas │ <PREFIX>_ALIGNAS │ alignas │
├─────────────────────────┼────────────────────────────┼────────────────┤
│cxx_alignof │ <PREFIX>_ALIGNOF │ alignof │
├─────────────────────────┼────────────────────────────┼────────────────┤
│cxx_nullptr │ <PREFIX>_NULLPTR │ nullptr │
├─────────────────────────┼────────────────────────────┼────────────────┤
│cxx_static_assert │ <PREFIX>_STATIC_ASSERT │ static_assert │
├─────────────────────────┼────────────────────────────┼────────────────┤
│cxx_static_assert │ <PREFIX>_STATIC_ASSERT_MSG │ static_assert │
├─────────────────────────┼────────────────────────────┼────────────────┤
│cxx_attribute_deprecated │ <PREFIX>_DEPRECATED │ [[deprecated]] │
├─────────────────────────┼────────────────────────────┼────────────────┤
│cxx_attribute_deprecated │ <PREFIX>_DEPRECATED_MSG │ [[deprecated]] │
├─────────────────────────┼────────────────────────────┼────────────────┤
│cxx_thread_local │ <PREFIX>_THREAD_LOCAL │ thread_local │
└─────────────────────────┴────────────────────────────┴────────────────┘

A use-case which arises with such deprecation macros is the deprecation of an entire library. In that
case, all public API in the library may be decorated with the <PREFIX>_DEPRECATED macro. This results in
very noisy build output when building the library itself, so the macro may be may be defined to empty in
that case when building the deprecated library:

add_library(compat_support ${srcs})
target_compile_definitions(compat_support
PRIVATE
CompatSupport_DEPRECATED=
)

COPYRIGHT

       2000-2021 Kitware, Inc. and Contributors